Bangor University Postgraduate Prospectus 2014

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2014

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 2

CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION 1 Introduction to the University 2 About the University 4 International Research Excellence

LIVING & STUDYING IN BANGOR 6 8 9 12 13 9 14

Living and Studying in Bangor Accommodation Student Support Library and Archives Service Information Technology Services Student Support Social Life and Entertainment

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 16 Information for International Students and English Language Requirements

STUDENT FINANCE & APPLYING 18 Student Finance and Fees 20 Applying and Entry Requirements 21 Study Options

GENERAL INFORMATION 171 A-Z of Courses 172 General Index 173 Useful Contacts

@BangorUni www.facebook.com/BangorUniversity

If you find it difficult to read the size of print in this prospectus, please look at our website www.bangor.ac.uk for details of our courses and facilities.

22 25 29 35 39 43 47 53 57 61

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND HUMANITIES School of Creative Studies and Media School of English School of History, Welsh History and Archaeology School of Linguistics and English Language School of Modern Languages School of Music School of Philosophy and Religion School of Welsh School of Lifelong Learning

64 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS, LAW, EDUCATION & SOCIAL SCIENCES 67 Bangor Business School 81 Bangor Law School 91 School of Social Sciences 97 Bangor Business School London Centre 103 School of Education 108 111 115 121

COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES School of Biological Sciences School of Environment, Natural Resources and Geography School of Ocean Sciences

126 129 135 138 147 153

COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES School of Healthcare Sciences School of Medical Sciences School of Psychology School of Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences Institute of Medical and Social Care Research

156 159 163 167

COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL AND APPLIED SCIENCES School of Chemistry School of Computer Sciences School of Electronic Engineering

INTRODUCTION TO THE UNIVERSITY Established in 1884, Bangor University has a long tradition of excellence and exceeds expectations, both for academic standards and student experience. Bangor University today is a thriving, forward-looking institution offering excellent postgraduate opportunities in both taught courses and research degrees.

We enjoy an excellent track record for research and teaching quality.

The most recent UK-wide Research Assessment Exercise identified world-leading research in all of our 19 assessed subject areas with nearly 50% given the top grading of 3* and 4*.

Coupled with the high calibre of research activity, students on taught postgraduate courses can enjoy teaching of a high standard delivered by true experts in their field.

Bangor has a strong research base across a spectrum of academic disciplines engaging in research at national and international levels.

Research is carried out either directly in the Schools or in Research Centres and Institutes associated with one or more School.

Bangor University is recognised regionally, nationally and internationally as a centre of excellence for a varied portfolio of academic programmes and for the high quality of the experience it provides for its students and staff. We have a range of national and international partnerships with a number of other universities which provide an opportunity to work collaboratively, as well as for joint working, research and study.

The University has a clear commitment to provide a quality student experience through teaching, learning and student support. Our ratio of teaching staff to students enables us to focus on each student’s individual needs. We are committed to encouraging each and every individual student to reach their full potential.

“Bangor is a genuinely caring and supportive university community, and we take great pride in the first class services we offer our students. These include academic, financial, career and personal advice support.

The quality of our teaching and research is worldclass, attracting students and staff from around the globe. In addition, there are numerous opportunities for students to get involved in a wide variety of activities. The stunning mountains of Snowdonia and miles of coastline provide the backdrop to a university experience which cannot be matched.”

Prof JOHN G. HUGHES Vice-Chancellor, Bangor University

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 1

ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY With over 10,000 students from all over the world, Bangor offers you the chance to become part of a vibrant student community situated in one of the most attractive study locations in the UK and to study at a well-established university with an excellent reputation for both teaching and research.

The University is also situated in one of the most vibrant bilingual areas in the UK and promoting the Welsh language is integral to the University’s vision. The University is proud of the area’s rich cultural and linguistic heritage and plays a leading role in fostering this cultural vitality.

While the University remains an important resource for local people, over half our students come from outside Wales. This is a higher proportion than the average for all Welsh universities and colleges.

All our courses are taught in English, although for Welsh speakers there are opportunities to study a number of courses through the medium of Welsh. Over 20% of our students speak both Welsh and English, while 58% of staff are bilingual or are learning Welsh. Bangor is recognised as one of the world’s leading universities in terms of research on bilingualism and language technologies.

“Because I would be studying miles away from home, I wanted the University to be like a second home and I really felt it was my home away from home.

The warm welcoming culture of the people around, the greenery and the structure; everything was so perfect that I fell in love with the place.”

Over half our students are females and we recruit students from all sorts of backgrounds being particular popular with students who value the smaller community feel which the University and city of Bangor offer.

Around 20% of our full-time students come from 28 European Union and 87 other countries worldwide. Some come from as far as Bahrain, Bangladesh, Brunei, Chile, China, Ghana, Japan, Kazakhstan, Libya, Vietnam, and the US. Why study at Bangor?

Bangor University has recently had great success in the Times Higher Education World University rankings 2012-13 and is placed among the world’s top 300 universities based on key factors such as teaching, research performance and citations, and international outlook.

Bangor University prides itself on the quality of teaching offered, and a recent review by the UK Quality Assurance Agency (QAA) resulted in the highest possible endorsement of the University’s academic standards. The ‘confidence’ judgement by the QAA confirms the University’s academic standing and profile.

The University also performs well in a variety of student surveys rating satisfaction levels and overall experience. For instance, Bangor was ranked amongst the top 12 in the UK for providing small-group tuition (Times Higher Education).

In a recent national student experience survey (Times Higher Education) Bangor was ranked within the top 10 in the UK for the quality of our accommodation. The What Uni Student Choice Awards also placed our halls within the top 10 university accommodation in the UK.

2 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

“There are many great things about Bangor but the most important is that the staff and students of the University and the local people are very respectful, cooperative and friendly.”

BEYOND EXPECTATIONS AND MILES FROM THE ORDINARY

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 3

INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH EXCELLENCE A Research-intensive University Bangor has a strong research base across a spectrum of academic disciplines engaging in research at national and international levels.

The University provides strong support for research activities including encouraging links with commercial and industrial bodies in the UK and overseas. The University also aims to be responsive to local and regional needs and is particularly conscious of its north Wales location and role as a research resource and a training base for Wales.

Investment in Your Future An on-going multi-million pound investment programme has already resulted in new student residences, a new Students’ Union nightclub and academic facilities such as the Management Centre and the Environment Centre Wales building. The next major project is an ambitious new Arts and Innovation Centre - Pontio - which will provide exciting arts and enter-tainment facilities for the University and the local community (see page 14).

Bangor’s Research and You Bangor’s teaching and research combined with high-quality facilities offer you world-class research and learning opportunities. Whether studying a taught postgraduate course or a postgraduate research degree, you will contribute to our research excellence. You’ll benefit from teaching of a high standard delivered by true experts in their field and be directly involved with cutting-edge research.

The Research Assessment Exercise The Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) measures the quality of research conducted in universities and other higher education institutions in the UK. The results are used by the higher education funding bodies to determine the level of research grant given to institutions.

The assessment categories are as follows: 4* = world-leading in terms of originality, significance and rigour 3* = internationally excellent in terms of originality, significance and rigour, but falls short of the highest standard of excellence 2* = recognised internationally in terms of originality, significance and rigour 1* = recognised nationally in terms of originality, significance and rigour Unclassified = falls below the standard of nationally recognised work The most recent UK-wide RAE identified world-leading research in all of our 19 assessed subject areas with nearly 50% given the top grading of 3* and 4*.

Areas of particular excellence include Accounting and Finance within the Business School which is rated as the best in the UK and Electronic Engineering which is rated second in the UK. In addition, Sports Science and Welsh are placed in the top 10 in the UK in their respective units of assessment and Psychology 11th in the UK. In the Arts and Humanities, the School of Music for example had 90% of its research staff rated as world-leading or of international quality.

Also, 90% of research staff in the Earth Systems and Environmental Sciences field which includes Ocean Sciences were rated as worldleading or of international quality.

4 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

AN INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY FOR THE REGION “Academically, Bangor has a long tradition of excellence.

Founded in 1884, the University’s position as a first-class institution of higher education was reaffirmed by the most recent Research Assessment Exercise, when 19 subjects were identified as having world-leading elements in their work.”

SUNDAY TIMES UNIVERSITY GUIDE

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 5

LIVING AND STUDYING IN BANGOR Where is Bangor?

Bangor is located on the coast of north Wales, situated between the mountains of Snowdonia and the sea. Bangor is one of the most attractive study locations in the UK and the size and nature of the City means that it is easy to get to know people and our students settle in immediately.

The City of Bangor Bangor is an ancient cathedral city set in an area of outstanding natural beauty on the north Wales coast, where the Snowdonia mountains meet the sea. It is considered one of the most cost effective cities in the UK in which to live and study. The area offers fantastic opportunities for students interested in the outdoors including sailing, hiking, climbing, surfing, rowing, kyaking and windsurfing.

The city has a vibrant shopping centre boasting the longest high street in Wales. There is a good mix of national chain stores and smaller local businesses. Bangor also has a good choice of supermarkets and a few minutes outside the city centre there is a retail park with a mix of national stores.

Travelling to Bangor The A55 expressway along the north Wales coastline provides fast and easy access to and from the main UK motorway network.

Manchester International Airport is within a one-and a-half hour drive along the Expressway/Motorway. Rail connections to Crewe and London are direct and ferry connections from nearby Holyhead to Ireland are fast and frequent.

If you are travelling to Bangor from outside the UK, you will be pleased to hear that travelling to the UK is very easy, the transport system is one of the most developed in Europe and it is possible to take a relaxing bus or train journey from almost any city to another. It is also possible to catch flights to other cities and many low cost airlines in nearby airports offer competitive last minute deals. We are located close to Manchester, Liverpool and Birmingham with direct trains from London (around 3.5 hours) and Cardiff (around 4 hours). There is also a low cost National Express coach services which operates from Bangor to many city centre locations throughout the UK. For information about our free airport pick-up service for international students, please see page 16.

The compact size of the city itself means that student facilities – including university buildings, accommodation, the Sports Centre and the Students’ Union - are within easy walking distance of the main University buildings. High Street shops, banks, supermarkets, restaurants and bars are also close by. Student surveys show that a high proportion of students choose Bangor because of the small and friendly nature of the University and the town.

The cost of living is lower than in most urban areas, so you can make the most of your money in what is a very pleasant environment in which to live and study. The opportunity to find part-time work is important to some students and the University's Student Employment Bureau (JobZone) within the Careers and Employability Service can help you find suitable work.

Glasgow Glasgow Edinburgh Edinburgh

Newcastle Newcastle stle Belfast Bel fast

M6

Hol Holyhead yheadd

Manchester nch r

Liverpool Liverpoool A55

Dublin Dun Laoghaire Laoghaire

Holyhead Hol yheadd

M1

Manchester nch r

Liverpool Liv erpoool M56 M5

A55

BAN BANGOR ANGOR NGOR W Wrexham rexham x

M56 M5

A5

BANGOR BANGOR AN Wrexham Wrexham x

A4 A470 70

Birmingham i gham ha M1 M

M5

A5 Car Cardiff diff iff

M4

LLONDON ONDON M4

Bristol

A470 A470

6 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Birmingham i gham ha

M3 M

The location, the scenery and the surrounding area are amongst the reasons why many of our students choose to come to Bangor.

All this on your doorstep definitely adds a different dimension to student life.

Beyond Bangor While Bangor itself is compact and convenient, the surrounding area offers plenty of wide open spaces. The mountains and coastline of Snowdonia is an area of outstanding natural beauty, offering you wonderful recreational opportunities whether you’re interested in outdoor activities or just want to enjoy the scenery.

Historical towns such as Beaumaris, Conwy and Caernarfon (which all have their own castles) or picturesque places such as Beddgelert, Llanberis and Betws y Coed are well worth a visit. As a popular holiday destination, north Wales has much to offer in terms of tourist attractions and sights such as the Snowdon Mountain Railway and Thomas Telford’s famous Suspension Bridge. For day trips, the Victorian resort town of Llandudno and historical Chester are both easy car or train journeys away, while the fast ferry service from Holyhead to Ireland means a day trip to Dublin is also a popular option.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 7

ACCOMMODATION

A limited number of rooms are available for postgraduate students in University managed accommodation. All of the University accommodation is self-catered and kitchens are shared with fellow halls students. Equipment provided in the kitchens varies from residence to residence, but all will have basic facilities such as cookers, fridges and freezers. Our accommodation sites are situated throughout the city so you are never far from shops, pubs and cafes of all types. More details can be found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/accommodation However, many postgraduates prefer to live in the private sector, and information about lodgings, flats, cottages and houses can be provided by the Student Housing Office. Student Housing Office staff are available to give help and advice and all of the properties are advertised on our website where you can search our database for your ideal property to rent. We also provide a Student Guide to Private Accommodation, which is designed to help you when looking for your first house in the private rented sector, pointing out the things to look out for and your rights as a tenant. For further information please visit: www.bangor.ac.uk/studentservices/studenthousing or e-mail studenthousing@bangor.ac.uk

“I live in private accommodation in a nice house. My bedroom looks out over the Menai Straits and everyday I wake up to a beautiful view.

I’m so lucky. I share it with two of my friends, who are also postgraduates and we share the common areas which is great for socialising.”

CHARLOTTE WILKIN, from Maidstone in Kent, studying a PhD in Psychology

8 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Family Accommodation The Student Housing Office in Student Support Services can assist students to look for suitable family accommodation in the private rented sector.

Places to Eat A range of eating venues, which are open to all, are available in various locations around the campus. These are situated on the main Ffriddoedd accommodation site (Bar Uno), the Normal Site (Y Bistro), in the Main Arts Building (Café Teras), the Environment Centre Wales Building (Caffi Glas) and in the Management Centre. All our catering outlets use local and Fairtrade products whenever possible.

If you prefer to eat out, there are several restaurants and take-aways (Italian, Chinese and Indian) close to the main University buildings.

“I am living in University accommodation and I am very glad I chose to live here because being a postgraduate, I very much appreciate the quiet and serenity of our halls. What’s more is that the halls are located in a beautiful area and living with the other hall mates is an adventure by itself.”

SHEEBA NAIR, from India, studying an MSc in Foundations of Clinical Neuropsychology

STUDENT SUPPORT

At Bangor, we place a high priority on caring for and supporting our students.

Whether you need help with a financial, personal, academic or administrative issue, we have experienced staff to help you.

Academic Support In order to equip postgraduate students with the broad portfolio of skills increasingly demanded by employers, we provide a series of transferable skills courses.

The Early Researcher Development Programme is designed to help postgraduate students at Bangor University to meet the requirements of the Researcher Development Framework of the UK Research Councils. The Programme is offered free of charge to all postgraduate students at Bangor, regardless of their source of funding. The training is delivered in a variety of formats, from formally taught modules through to half day workshops. We offer a flexible programme that students, in consultation with their supervisors, can tailor to their individual needs and to the needs of their research projects. More details can be found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/adu The PGCertHE Programme The PGCertHE Programme is offered to anyone who wishes to develop their knowledge and skills in the areas of teaching, learning and assessment, including academic staff, research assistants and postgraduate students. For more details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/adu/the_scheme/the.php.en Study Skills The University's Study Skills Centre provides generic advice on all aspects of study including topics such as note taking, planning and writing dissertations, oral presentations and mathematics, statistics and numeracy. One-to-one consultations are available along with group workshops and online resources. More details can be found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/studyskills Postgraduate Students’ Forum The Postgraduate Students’ Forum (PGSF) is the official representation of postgraduate students at Bangor. All postgrad students are welcome to participate in events, attend the meetings, and stand for election. The PGSF works in partnership with the Students’ Union (SU), as well as forming a link between the student body and the University's task groups or executive panels.

Student Services Student Services offers the following assistance: • a free and confidential counselling service • mental health advisers to assist students to manage their studies and who can identify sources of help and support • a team of staff who will deal with crises and serious incidents involving students outside normal University hours • health care via daily surgeries with a local General Practitioner.

• a dedicated student health nurse • our Chaplaincy team provide support for all members of the University, regardless of their religious beliefs • a Money Support Officer - to assist with financial concerns • a Housing Office - for accommodation services in the private sector • Peer Support - to aid new students’ social integration.

International Student Support Bangor has a team of advisers for international students who offer assistance and advice on a range of matters – please see page.

Students’ Union The Students' Union is here to support you throughout your time in Bangor through: • academic representation, including problems with any aspect of your course including academic appeals • feedback and advocacy on your behalf on services that you receive from the University • helping you to create the changes that you want to see in your student experience • our confidential listening service, Nightline, exists for you to call when you need someone to listen • the Vice President Education and Welfare, is based in the SU to help you with any issues you have whilst at University. They run the course representative scheme and are on hand as a first port of call for any problem you might face and will be able to refer you on to the most appropriate person to help find a solution to your problem.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 9

A SUPPORTIVE COMMUNITY Disability Service We offer a service for all disabled students whether full-time or parttime. Including information about your disability, on-going health condition or mental health difficulty on your application form enables us to begin discussions about any support you may need at an early stage. These discussions are in confidence and information will be shared only on a ‘need to know’ basis within the University, when appropriate and with your permission.

Each person’s requirements are considered on an individual basis but some of the help on offer includes: • information about disability or mental health issues, and the services and support which might be available • prepare Personal Learning Support Plans agreed with students and their academic Schools, so that necessary arrangements can be put in place • arrange for specific examination adjustments, for example, extra time • advice on strategies to make studying and everyday tasks more manageable • help with applying for finance through the Disabled Students’ Allowance (DSA), where applicable • through the DSA, provide support workers, for example mentors, note-takers, learner support workers • arrange for the provision of BSL interpretation • help you to liaise with your local Social Services for the provision of personal care support • work with academic Schools and the wider University to ensure inclusive policy and practice.

You can contact the Disability Service at: Disability Service Student Services, 1st Floor, Neuadd Rathbone, College Road, Bangor University, Bangor, Gwynedd LL57 2DF Tel: 01248 382032 E-mail: disabilityservice@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/studentservices/disability

10 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Bangor Miles Dyslexia Centre The Miles Dyslexia Centre’s Student Service provides all-round support for Bangor University students with dyslexia, and other specific learning differences such as dyspraxia and ADD /AD(H)D. The Centre also works with University staff, providing information and helping to build Bangor’s inclusive learning environment. More information can be found on our website: www.dyslexia.bangor.ac.uk You can contact the Miles Dyslexia Centre at: Miles Dyslexia Centre, Bangor University, Bangor, Gwynedd LL57 2DG Tel: 01248 382203 E-mail: dyslex-admin@bangor.ac.uk Postgraduate Ambassador Scheme The Scheme is modelled on our very successful undergraduate Peer Guide Scheme which offers a warm welcome and help with settling in to life in Bangor. The Postgraduate Ambassadors understand what it is like to make the step up to postgraduate study so they can give you a few friendly tips and introduce you to other students. They are all familiar with what it is like to be a student at Bangor and will be able to show you where all the things are that you might need. If you need any help or information they can’t provide themselves they will be able to point you in the direction of someone else who can help you.

Look out for them when you arrive – they’ll be visible in your academic School wearing their green ‘hoodies’. If by chance you don’t meet one for some reason, please contact: postgraduateambassadors@bangor.ac.uk

@CareersBangor www.facebook.com/careersbangor

B-Enterprising - the B-Enterprising team are dedicated to encouraging you to be more enterprising whatever your area of study and whether you see yourself in regular employment or running your own business. We have developed a range of different learning opportunities to enable you to gain commercial awareness and other enterprise skills, and provide practical opportunities for you to engage through experiential workshops, competitions and events.

As well as opportunities to develop enterprising skills, B-Enterprising also provides entrepreneurship training and support to budding entrepreneurs and works closely with external partners to provide free, confidential, one to one mentoring support to help you develop your business idea.

Details of our events and activities can be found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/b-enterprising and www.facebook.com/benterprising

GO Wales - completing a period of work experience is a critical factor in gaining future graduate level employment. To help you achieve this, we provide you with advice and information on term-time and vacation work experience opportunities. We offer students and graduates with a Welsh address the chance to gain a head start in today’s competitive job market by offering a range of quality work experience opportunities and other related services through a number of programmes e.g. work placements, work tasters, Graduate Academy Training Programme, short training courses and funding.

JobZone - it can be a challenging task to find work but JobZone, the University’s dedicated student employment service, is here to help.

JobZone can help you find local part-time work, graduate vacancies, work experience and volunteering opportunities. Access JobZone online - www.bangor.ac.uk/jobzone

You can contact the Careers and Employability Service at: Careers and Employability Service, 2nd Floor, Neuadd Rathbone, College Road, Bangor University, Bangor, Gwynedd, LL57 2DG Tel: 01248 382071 E-Mail: careers@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/careers

Bangor Employability Award The Bangor Employability Award (BEA) scheme is designed to enhance the immediate and longer-term career prospects of Bangor University students. It offers a career management and skills development programme, whilst accrediting extracurricular activities that may not be formally recognised within the academic curriculum.

A Postgraduate Employability Award pilot is currently under way contact employability@bangor.ac.uk for more information.

The Careers and Employability Service Our aim is to help you develop your employability, to make informed and appropriate career decisions as well as gain appropriate jobseeking skills such as CV writing and interview techniques. Our professionally qualified team can provide you with a variety of services. These cover careers guidance, work experience opportunities, finding term-time and holiday jobs as well as graduate jobs, and developing enterprise and entrepreneurial skills.

Alumni After your studies at Bangor, the Development and Alumni Relations Office will help you maintain your contact with the University from wherever you are in the world. A wide variety of benefits and services are available to alumni as well as channels for keeping in touch with former classmates, finding lost friends and help with organising reunions.

Careers Education, Information, Advice and Guidance - one-to-one careers clinics and guidance interviews, on-line e-guidance provision, information resources, programme of workshops and employer talks.

You can contact the Development and Alumni Relations Office at: Development and Alumni Relations Office Bangor University, Bangor, Gwynedd LL57 2DG Tel: + 44 (0)1248 382223 E-mail: alumni@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/alumni BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 11

FACILITIES AND RESOURCES

Library and Archives Services We aim to provide an attractive study environment, with flexible spaces to suit all learning and research needs including collaborative work areas, meeting rooms and silent study spaces. You will benefit from easy access to our extensive collection of books and journals both electronic and in print, and online databases with links to full-text articles. Most electronic resources are accessible on and off campus 24/7 and encompass all subject areas from the arts to natural sciences. The library subscribes to major electronic journal packages including Elsevier ScienceDirect, Springer, Wiley, Oxford University Press, Cambridge University Press, Sage, PsycARTICLES, IEEE Xplore, Royal Society of Chemistry, American Chemical Society, American Institute of Physics, BioOne, JSTOR and Project Muse. 95% of our current journals may be accessed online. Wherever possible we purchase e-books as well as the print version.

Using our online library catalogue you can locate the different resources, as well as renew your loans, reserve items and check past exam papers. All our site libraries provide self-service facilities and access to printers, photocopiers, scanners and computers. There is wi-fi access in all our libraries as well as study support rooms with assistive technology equipment and Braille embossers. We have long opening hours, including evenings and weekends.

12 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

We house one of the largest university based archives not only in Wales but also in the rest of the UK This collection contains important historical and literary material relating to north Wales and includes the archives of nearly all the major landed estates in the area. Allied to the Archives is the Special Collections of rare printed books. Also included is the Welsh Library housed in the prestigious Shankland Reading Room, the Bangor Cathedral collection, Frank Brangwyn’s collection of art and the Owen Pritchard collection which includes important examples from modern private presses.

During Welcome Week you will be given an introduction to our services and an opportunity to meet our staff. Our Library Academic Support staff arrange workshops throughout the year to enable you to make effective use of resources and provide guidance on a widerange of information skills that are essential for you to study efficiently during your time at university. The team are on hand at any time to help if you are looking for guidance on sourcing information for an essay, dissertation or other academic work. If you have any queries - our staff are always happy to help.

Information Technology Services IT Services is responsible for the implementation and support of the University IT infrastructure and provides a wide range of facilities and services including wireless and high speed network access on campus and in all Halls of Residence and remote access to IT when off-campus. The IT Support Centre staff are always on hand for the best advice, help and support on any IT matter.

IT Facilities on Campus - We have a number of computer rooms/areas which can access the University’s network across the campus with over 1,000 computers available for students to use.

Wireless access and laptop power recharge points are also available.

The computer rooms also have long opening hours with some available 24 hours every day. All computers have the necessary software to support your studies at the University, including Microsoft Office, Web browsers, e-Mailers, Statistics and Graphics packages etc.

Printing and copying facilities including a wireless service are available within or near all the open access computing rooms and in all libraries. There are specialised computing facilities in the Main Arts and Deiniol Libraries for the sole use of disabled students or those with additional needs. The rooms contain computers running a range of assistive software, Braille embosser, Rainbow scanner, CCTV magnifier and height adjustable furniture.

IT Facilities in Halls of Residence - You can connect to the Internet from Halls of Residence through our wired and wireless network.

Every bedroom in every hall has Internet access to all legal web services at speeds equivalent to local domestic broadband.

DesktopAnywhere - You can also access the University’s networked software using our DesktopAnywhere facility without having to install any additional special software on your computer. This can be used from halls of residence, home, wireless zones or within the oncampus computer rooms, in fact anywhere you have a broadband or better network connection. The University also provides an e-mail account, and somewhere to store your academic work, both of which can be accessed anywhere with an internet connection.

IT Facilities for students living off-campus - You can use the University IT facilities from home or anywhere away from the campus over any internet connection which permits web browsing, allowing you to access the same DesktopAnywhere service (see above).

Bringing your own computer to University - Computer ownership is not obligatory but if you do decide to bring a PC/Mac/tablet etc. we have easy to use wireless internet access across the campus.

Can I borrow a computer? - We have a laptop loan service – PC Notebooks are available free for 1 week and 3 week loan periods from the IT Support Centre, Adeilad Deiniol.

With a computer and internet access you can connect to a wide range of networked software, e-mail and file storage etc.

Services for Disabled Students The University service, DSAKit is an accredited IT equipment supply service specifically for students eligible for the Disabled Student Allowance (DSA). Where the funding body has selected DSAKit as the equipment supplier they will coordinate the provision of IT equipment and software installation and training, and support you to get you up and running quickly and easily. For further information, please contact DSAKit: E-mail: dsakit@bangor.ac.uk Tel: 01248 382104 www.bangor.ac.uk/dsakit For information about the Disabled Student Allowance, contact: E-mail: access_centre@bangor.ac.uk Tel: 01248 388101 www.bangor.ac.uk/access_centre Learning Technology Online Learning - The University’s bilingual virtual learning environment Blackboard is available on and off-campus for all users.

It provides online support including course notes, audio and video material, blogs and quizzes.

Lecture Capture - ‘Panopto’ lecture capturing software is available in our teaching spaces. If a lecturer has opted to use this service, the system records audio, and whatever is displayed on the projector. This is then saved and can be distributed through Blackboard, the University's online learning environment. Students are using this to review what they have learnt in lectures, and for revision.

Online Services - The University provides online access to information and services to support you whilst at University. The following are examples of our expanding range of online services which will allow you to: • see your timetable online • check which modules you are studying • check your marks • check feedback on modules/courses • log experience towards the Bangor Employability Award • manage your IT account • join a discussion forum • buy printer credits Printing and Binding Unit - We have a central printing and binding unit at the University and the services available include: • Digital Printing – high quality, fast turnaround, colour and black and white printing of dissertation/thesis, posters, flyers etc • Binding of thesis/dissertations – hard and soft covers • T-shirt and mouse mat printing • Laminating – from A4 to A0 (large format) • Large format poster printing IT Help and Support - The IT Support Centre staff are always on hand to help with any IT problem, advice or just that extra bit of reassurance we all need sometimes. All new users are given a comprehensive guide on all IT Services available at Bangor (electronic and printed versions available). We also provide a wide range of IT Guides which can be accessed online.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 13

SOCIAL LIFE AND ENTERTAINMENT Social Life and Entertainment Bangor is very much a University city - the entertainment and nightlife is student-orientated and student-led. The Students’ Union organizes a large number of student clubs and societies, covering a wide range of sporting, social, cultural, religious and political interests.

In addition to the host of artistic events organised by Pontio in Bangor, the latest films are shown at the nine-screen Cineworld Multiplex Cinema at Llandudno Junction. Galeri in Caernarfon and the Venue Cymru theatre in Llandudno, which are both less than half an hour away also offer a variety of entertainment.

Where classical music is concerned, Bangor offers one of the most exciting and varied concert programmes of any British university with well over 30 concerts a season. As well as our own Chamber Ensemble, there are visits by artists of international calibre, regular performances by the BBC National Orchestra of Wales and occasional visits from international orchestras.

Oriel Ynys Môn, on Anglesey, has a purpose built museum, art and events gallery. The gallery offers a dynamic programme of creative exhibitions, displaying the work of established artists and young talents alike. Wales’ premier art gallery, Oriel Mostyn, in Llandudno, has been described as ‘one of the most adventurous contemporary art venues in the country.’ It is also one of the most beautiful galleries in Britain, and shows exhibitions by major international artists.

Throughout the year trips to towns and cities of interest and events within the local community are arranged for international students by the International Student Support Team. These trips provide great opportunities for international students to visit other places in the UK and encourage you to become involved with local community groups and make new friends.

Events organised by the International Student Support for the 2012/13 academic year included: • A tour of Bangor and the surrounding area and trips to Liverpool, Manchester and Cardiff • Trips to Llangollen International Eisteddfod; a local bird reserve centre and to a Christmas market • Activities such as kayaking/canoeing, indoor climbing and jewellery making • Events to celebrate Diwali (Hindu festival of Lights), Newroz (Persian/Kurdish New Year) and Chinese New Year • Zimbabwe Grass Roots theatre • Family Christmas Party

Students’ Union The Students’ Union (SU) represents students on all matters, whether academic, competitive or social. The Union represents every student in Bangor, be they undergraduate, postgraduate, mature, international or part-time.

The SU provides a range of services, support, activities and entertainments for students and encourages you to get involved in the wide range of activities offered, as it’s an ideal way to meet new people and try new things.

Clubs and Societies You can pursue existing or new interests through the range of clubs and societies on offer, and at Bangor University, student membership of the Students’ Union clubs and societies is free of charge.

There are over 135 clubs and societies in total, varying from societies such as film, photography and drama to sport clubs such as canoeing, football and surfing so you’re sure to find something that interests you.

Pontio Pontio, an ambitious new Arts and Innovation Centre on the University campus is set to have a transformative effect on the local economy, as well as become an internationally significant centre for learning, innovation and the performing arts.

The ‘Pontio’ project – which means ‘to bridge’ in Welsh – has received investment from the Welsh Government, the European Regional Development Fund, and the Arts Council of Wales.

The Centre – which will open in 2014 – is set to become a world-class centre for innovation in science, technology and the creative arts and will include a theatre, lecture theatres, exhibition spaces, bar and café.

It is also expected to create or safeguard hundreds of jobs and become a platform from which economic growth in the area can develop. The Centre will become a hub for the local community, bringing people and businesses together to promote investment and regeneration in north Wales.

Bangor University’s Vice Chancellor Prof John G. Hughes said: “This is a once in a generation chance for Bangor. We will create an internationally significant Centre for learning, innovation and the performing arts that will be a potent symbol of regeneration and collaboration for the whole community.”

For more information please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/support/news_trips

“There is something for everyone here. There are nice cafes and restaurants, plenty of pubs and a growing club scene. There are many sports clubs to get involved in, including surfing and mountain walking, thanks to the beautiful surroundings. There are also many opportunities to involve yourself in volunteering in the community - with the elderly, children and the environment.”

CHARLOTTE WILKIN, from Maidstone, Kent, studying a PhD in Psychology

14 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Sport and Fitness Bangor is exceptionally well-situated and wellequipped for students interested in sport – especially those involving the great outdoors. Rock climbing, mountain biking, canoeing, sailing and surfing are just some of the activities available, as well as team sports such as rugby, hockey and football.

The University’s Sport Centre, Maes Glas, has extensive indoor and outdoor sports facilities including 3 well-equipped gyms for cardiovascular exercise and weights training, a gymnastics hall, a multi-route climbing wall with ascents for varying difficulty, and a bouldering section, plus four international-standard squash courts.

Out of doors we have grass pitches for football and rugby, all in sites of scenic beauty, a floodlit synthetic pitch for hockey games and training, and two multi-purpose facilities for tennis, five-a-side football and netball.

We also have shared use with Gwynedd Council of an athletics track. Nearby there is yet another sports hall and two gymnasiums which are used in the evenings and weekends by the Athletics Union clubs for training and group activities.

In Bangor itself there is a 25-metre swimming pool.

Other popular local attractions include the ten-pin bowling alleys in Llandudno, the Ski Slope and Snowboard Centre in Llandudno and the National Mountain Centre at Capel Curig.

“Bangor is one of the most attractive study destinations in the UK and has everything for students who love the great outdoors: climbing, mountain biking, paragliding, canoeing, sailing and surfing – whether on land, sea or air, everyone is catered for.”

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 15

INFORMATION FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Top 5 reasons to choose Bangor University: • Bangor is ranked in the world’s top 300 universities (Time Higher Education World Rankings 2012-13) • The most recent government Research Assessment Exercise identified world-leading research in all of Bangor’s 19 assessed subject areas with nearly 50% given the top grading of 3 or 4 stars • Bangor is the best University in Wales for its teaching, and is placed in the top 15 of UK universities for teaching excellence according to the Sunday Times University Guide for 2012 • Bangor is considered an economical place to live and study and we offer an International Scholarship to academically outstanding international students • Bangor is one of the most stunning University settings in the UK situated between the Snowdonia mountains and the sea - north Wales is an area of outstanding natural beauty yet close to major cities such as Manchester and Liverpool.

Support for International Students The University is very aware of the challenges facing international students in moving away from home to study, so we have a range of services and support to help you in the time leading up to arrival in Bangor and throughout your time here as a student.

Meet and Greet Service A free airport pick up service is available to students arriving at Manchester International Airport*. Simply register online and we'll meet you at the airport and take you to your accommodation. *available on selected dates www.bangor.ac.uk/international/support/airport-september For further information please contact the International Student Support Office at internationalsupport@bangor.ac.uk or +44 (0) 1248 388430.

Welcome Week During the first week at Bangor a range of activities are organised to introduce you to studying and living in Bangor. Sessions include: study skills, registering with a doctor, registering with the Police, advice on work regulations, and other relevant issues.

A special Orientation Day which is an opportunity to meet other international students, external organisations and take a trip around the surrounding area all help students to make friends, get to know their way around and settle in.

International Student Ambassadors Bangor University strongly believes in looking after their students and making sure that everyone is made to feel welcome and settles in with ease. Bangor University’s team of International Student Ambassadors support international students from arrival in Bangor right up to their graduation day.

The International Student Ambassadors are current international students who have been chosen to play a key part in the support programme offered to students during their studies as well as recruitment activities both within Bangor and overseas.

Meet the ambassadors at: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/studentprofiles/ambassadors

16 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

International Student Support Office Throughout the year, the International Student Support Office offers assistance and advice on a range of matters such as: • NHS health care in the UK • opening a bank account • immigration status and applications to extend your visas • work regulations and finding work • travelling outside the UK • Police registration • Accommodation • bringing your family to the UK • nurseries and schools in Bangor • English Language courses.

We also arrange social trips and events throughout the year.

For further information and advice please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/support English Language Requirements To enable you to have the best learning experience at Bangor, you must be able to communicate effectively in English. Students for whom English is not a first language will be required to provide evidence of English proficiency through an approved testing system such as IELTS or TOEFL. Entry onto postgraduate courses requires the following English Language minimum scores: • An overall score of IELTS 6.0 with no individual score lower than 5.5 • TOEFL IBT with an overall score of 75, with minimum score of Listening - 17, Reading - 18, Speaking - 20 and Writing - 18 • Some postgraduate programmes may require higher scores, please refer to the table below for full details (the most up to date information can be found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/future/englishlanguage More information about English Language requirements can be found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/future/englishlanguage English Language Support The English Language Centre for Overseas Students (ELCOS) has over 25 years experience of running English language courses and provides language improvement and study skills courses to overseas students at Bangor University.

Pre-sessional English Students who have not achieved the English language level required can undertake a pre-sessional course prior to the beginning of the academic programme in order to reach the required level of English language proficiency. For more details please see: http://elcos.bangor.ac.uk/foundation In-sessional English The Centre also offers general English language improvement courses and language and writing courses to help you develop your academic English skills whilst you study at Bangor. More information can be found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/future/elcos Alternatively you can contact: ELCOS Department, Bangor University, Neuadd Rathbone, College Road, Bangor, Gwynedd, Wales, United Kingdom LL57 2DF Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382252 E-mail: elcos@bangor.ac.uk

OVER 125 YEARS OF EXCELLENCE

Visits to your country Bangor University representatives regularly travel overseas to meet prospective students and attend education fairs throughout the year.

To find out about the next visit to your country please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/visits Meet your Country Manager Bangor has dedicated team of International Officers who can provide help and support throughout the application process. Contact your country manager for information and assistance or see: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/countries/index.php The University has a world-wide network of advisers and representatives who provide free advice and assistance through the application process. The University currently has an adviser/s in the following countries: Bahrain Indonesia Oman Bangladesh Japan Pakistan Brazil Jordan Philippines Brunei Kazakhstan Romania Cameroon Kenya Russia Canada Kuwait Saudi Arabia China Lebanon Singapore Columbia Libya Sri Lanka Cyprus Malaysia Taiwan Ghana Mexico Turkey Greece Nepal Uganda Hong Kong New Zealand Vietnam India Nigeria USA

Connect with us online If you are unable to attend an open day or educational fair to meet Bangor University staff there are a number of ways you can connect with staff, other applicants, current students and alumni. @BangorUni www.facebook.com/BangorUniversity (International Students Group search ‘Bangor University International Students’) Skype: bangorinternational

To download the International Student Guide brochure and for more information about living and studying at Bangor University as an international student plus information about fees, visas, the application process and much more, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/international

For more information and contact details please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/our_agents

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 17

STUDENT FINANCE AND FEES Tuition Fees The tuition fees cover the cost of your study at the University. The fees are determined by the students’ country of origin and sometimes vary depending on the type of subject being studied.

For all current tuition fees and further information about fees for certain courses, please visit: www.bangor.ac.uk/ar/main/fees Funding There are various sources of funding available to postgraduate students. It is essential that you start thinking about how to fund your postgraduate studies as early as possible as there are often deadlines set for applying for funding.

As well as considering external funding it’s worth knowing that Bangor University offers a number of its own Scholarships, academic School Scholarships, Studentships and Bursaries.

Full details of sources of funding can be found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/studentfinance/postgrad Bangor University Bursaries and Scholarships The University offers numerous opportunities each year to fully or partially fund your study in the form of bursaries and scholarships.

For Masters courses, these generally range from around £500 to £5,000 per year, depending on the subject area, and are usually allocated on a competitive basis.

For research degrees such as a PhD, the University advertises a significant number of fully-funded research studentships each year, with funding allocated variously from central scholarship funds, academic Schools, UK Research Councils and charitable institutions.

Funding opportunities can arise throughout the year, so you are advised to check our website regularly for updates: www.bangor.ac.uk/scholarships/postgraduate Santander Scholarships The Santander Group awards Scholarships to Bangor University Taught Postgraduate students. The scholarship fund aims to reward the most academically gifted students from countries that are supported by the Santander Universidades scheme. Currently, there are a number of scholarships ranging in value from £4,162 to £5,000 available for eligible canidates. For more details please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/scholarships/santander.php.en The Santander Mobility Scholarship Scheme This scheme offers Bangor University research students the opportunity to study or research overseas at institutions within the Grupo Santander Network during the academic year. The activities for which the scholarship is requested should be directly linked to the applicant’s current and future research plans and make a positive contribution to their College/School and/or the University. www.bangor.ac.uk/scholarships/santander/santandermobility

18 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

International Scholarships Scholarships of between £500 and £5,000 are available for outstanding international students applying for postgraduate study.

• Successful applicants who have been offered a place to study at Bangor University will be awarded a £500 scholarship • £1,000 will be awarded to applicants who have achieved a 2.i (or equivalent) in their bachelors programme • £2,000 will be awarded to applicants who have achieved a 1st class honours (or equivalent) in their bachelors programme • £5,000 will be awarded to a limited number of exceptional applicants (applications for admission must be received by 1st June 2013) • Other International Scholarships offered by individual academic schools are also available.

For full information and eligibility criteria please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/future/scholarship_pg.php Third Party Funding It is sometimes possible to obtain third party financial support for your study. This may be from a charity, foundation or trust whose aims and interests correspond with your own proposed area of study, or it may be that your employer is willing to sponsor you. In either case, the onus is usually upon you as the prospective student to secure this kind of funding for your study. Usually, third party funding will only partially cover the cost of your study, and so you may need to apply to several sources to make up the full cost.

Self-funding It is common for postgraduate students, particularly those undertaking a shorter taught course (e.g. a Masters degree), to selffund their study, whether this is achieved by using existing savings, working part-time to support your living costs or using a Career Development Loan from a High Street bank and paying this back in instalments agreed with the bank. Often, it is a combination of the above. Please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/fcourses/postgrad/self_funding If you do self-fund your study, it is worth knowing that the University does not always require full tuition fees to be paid ‘up-front’ and that you can often pay in agreed instalments, or by monthly direct debit.

For more information please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/finance/ic/ic105 Hardship Funds The University has limited means to help existing students in urgent need of financial support. The ‘Financial Contingency Fund’ is made available to institutions to provide discretionary financial help to support vulnerable students, in particular to help them access and remain in higher education. Assistance is given in the form of a nonrepayable grant. Please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/studentservices/moneyadvice/hardship

Bangor is considered an economical place to study so you can make the most of your money here.

Low Cost of Living Market research shows that the cost of living in Bangor is much lower than in other parts of the UK. Bangor has been described as “one of the cheapest places in Britain” to be a student (The Independent’s A-Z of Universities and Colleges) and is consistently ranked as one of the most economical places to study in the UK. By choosing Bangor University, you are already potentially making a substantial saving. We estimate that you can live in reasonable comfort in Bangor’s city centre for around £160 per week in shared accommodation based on the following breakdown of costs#: Room rent, private accommodation: approx. £70 Food and utility bills: approx. £60 Personal expenses+ and books: approx. £30 By comparison, you can expect to pay around £285 per week in London.*

“Bangor is such a great place to live, not too expensive, which is always great for students. There is so much to do here, great places to visit and the scenery is incredible.

When you’re stressed out with work, you can’t beat a nice stroll down to the pier, along the Menai Strait. And then there’s Snowdon and the beaches for even more fun!”

At the time of printing, the UK Border Agency specifies that international students studying at any UK location outside of London must provide evidence of having £800 per month to cover living costs (including accommodation). Students studying in London would need to provide evidence of having £1,000 per month to cover living costs. # These estimates do not include the cost of personal travel to and from Bangor + Being a relatively small city, it is not usually a necessity to use public/private transport to get around Bangor * www3.imperial.ac.uk/studentfinance/livingcosts Please note: these figures are based on current prices, rental markets and current information available. Costs vary widely and these figures are meant as a guide only.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 19

APPLYING AND ENTRY REQUIREMENTS How to Apply You can apply online for all postgraduate taught courses and postgraduate research programmes (with the exception of the PGCE, MA Social Work, MSc/Diploma in Occupational Therapy and DClinPsy – see below for further details) at: www.bangor.ac.uk/courses/postgrad/taught/application You are strongly advised to read the Guidelines for Applicants before completing the form and also read the general application information at: www.bangor.ac.uk/courses/postgrad/taught/apply_taught In some countries we have a network of representatives (Agents) who can assist you with preparing and making an application – please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/our_agents Application for Postgraduate Research Programmes Applicants for a research degree are encouraged to identify and discuss the topic for research with the relevant department prior to submitting the application. The research degree application should include a research proposal outlining the topic, purpose and rationale behind the research in question. A good research proposal is essential if you are applying for a PhD or MPhil. For guidance, please go to: www.bangor.ac.uk/courses/postgrad/research/advice International students are encouraged to apply 6 months in advance in order to allow for the lengthy visa issuing processes which may take months in some countries.

If you’re from a country outside the European Union, you should bear in mind that making immigration and visa arrangements can be a lengthy process, so please apply as soon as possible. It is possible for students to submit an application before they are able to meet all entry requirements, as the University will process the application, and may issue a conditional offer letter, stating the conditions that need to be met prior to registration.

International students undertaking certain Research degrees in Science and Engineering may be required to obtain an ATAS certificate prior to applying for a student visa. The University will advise candidates of the necessary steps if their research application is successful.

If you need further support during the admissions process, contact: Home/EU students: Admissions Office, Academic Registry, Bangor University, Bangor, Gwynedd, LL57 2DG, UK. E-mail: postgraduate@bangor.ac.uk Tel: 01248 388484 International students: International Education Centre Rathbone, Bangor University, College Road, Bangor, Gwynedd, LL57 2DG, UK Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382028 E-mail: international@bangor.ac.uk Applications for Post Graduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) Candidates should note that the application process for the PGCE programmes differs from Bangor University's standard postgraduate application procedure. Applications are made through the Graduate Teacher Training Registry (GTTR), which has earlier deadlines for submission. Applications can be made online at: www.gttr.ac.uk/students/apply/ Further information about the GTTR can be found at: www.gttr.ac.uk

20 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Applications for DClinPsy must be made through: The Clearing House for Postgraduate Courses in Clinical Psychology (please see contact details under DClinPsy in previous column).

Applications for MSc/Diploma in Occupational Therapy For an application form and details of the application process go to: www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences/occtherapy/admissions Applications for MA Social Work For an application form and details of the application process go to: www.bangor.ac.uk/so/listcourses_pg Entry Requirements The qualifications, skills and qualities needed for postgraduate study at Bangor vary from course to course and academic School to School.

Full details can be found on our online postgraduate prospectus at: www.bangor.ac.uk/courses/postgrad We recognise many different qualifications from around the world.

For details of international entry requirements, please visit: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/applying/entryrequirements English Language As the programmes are delivered and assessed through the medium of English at Bangor, and to get the most from your studies, students for whom English is not a first language will be required to provide evidence of English Language proficiency. If you need to take further studies to improve your English Language, you can apply to undertake English Language courses at the University's English Language Centre prior to the beginning of the academic programme.

Academic Entry onto postgraduate programmes requires a Bachelor/first degree from an approved University or Higher Education Institution.

Normally for admission to Masters courses the minimum degree classification accepted is a lower second class honours or equivalent and for research degrees an upper second class honours or equivalent. Bachelor degrees gained in the UK are normally accepted.

For students with degrees from other countries please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/international/countries/list.php Some programmes may require a higher degree classification or a higher degree award.

Mature Student Regulations Mature students who do not have the academic qualifications normally required for entry can be considered for entry onto postgraduate degree programmes. A minimum of two years relevant professional work experience can be recognised as an entry qualification and may be accepted in-lieu of formal academic qualifications.

Disability Support/Applicants with Additional Support Needs If you are an applicant with additional support needs, you can contact an adviser at the Disability Service (within the Student Support Service) to discuss any support needs you may have and arrangements that may be necessary.

Visit the website for more details at: www.bangor.ac.uk/studentservices/disability Alternatively please contact: Disability Advisers, Student Support Services, Bangor University, First Floor, Neuadd Rathbone, College Road, Bangor, Gwynedd, LL57 2DF Tel: 01248 388650 E-mail: disabilityadviser@bangor.ac.uk

STUDY OPTIONS A variety of study options are available at Bangor. Most of our students who study for a postgraduate qualification do so on a fulltime basis, but many of our taught courses and research programmes are available on a part-time basis and some academic Schools offer distance learning courses.

You may have a definite idea of which subject you wish to study but you may be unsure of the way in which you want to study it. The following information will explain the different postgraduate study options available at Bangor.

Taught Courses Postgraduate Diplomas and Masters Degrees normally entail one year full-time study. The coursework element takes eight months, after which a postgraduate Diploma may be awarded. If you reach a sufficiently high standard in the Diploma assessment, you may carry out a research project and a dissertation (usually taking 4-7 months) for a Master degree (MA, MSc, MTh, MMus, MBA, as appropriate). Most Masters courses can be exited at Postgraduate Diploma level. The Masters courses consist of lectures, projects and assignments.

Other postgraduate taught courses on offer include: PG Cert, PG Diploma, PGCE (Postgraduate Certificate in Education – professional teaching qualification).

Research Programmes The degrees of PhD and MPhil are research degrees and are awarded after the examination of a candidate’s thesis, produced following a period of research. While the majority of candidates pursue research degrees on a full-time basis, in certain circumstances it is possible to offer part-time schemes of study. You may register for these degrees at the beginning of any month.

An MPhil demonstrates possession of the skills necessary to carry out supervised research by the systematic analysis of existing data.

For students who wish to gain more extensive training in research an MRes involves fewer taught modules and a greater research element than a Masters. A PhD shows the ability to conduct original research, having acquired the necessary research methodology skills. It will be an independent study, using new data, which advances the frontiers of knowledge in the subject area.

The usual period of registration for research programmes is: Part-time: MPhil 3 years / PhD 5 years Full-time: MPhil 2 years / PhD 3 years DClinPsy This 3-year full-time programme leads to the degree of Doctor in Clinical Psychology, and comprises taught courses, clinical placements and a substantial research project. Applications for this course are NOT made through the University. They must be directed to The Clearing House for Postgraduate Courses in Clinical Psychology, 15 Hyde Terrace, Leeds, LS2 9LT. Please view their website for details and closing dates: www.leeds.ac.uk/chpccp. Please note: this course is not open to international applicants.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 21

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND HUMANITIES About the College Research into the Arts and Humanities at Bangor University dates back to 1884 when the University College was founded. The College of Arts and Humanities brings together a variety of collaborative projects and a wide-range of academic expertise, offering a diverse choice of postgraduate programmes of study. If you’re thinking about a postgraduate career in the Arts and Humanities, with over fifty different and challenging postgraduate programmes available, Bangor is a natural choice.

Research strengths Research in the College spans a wide range of discipline areas and in many cases combines expertise across discipline areas.

We have a proven international record of research achievement with the regular publication of books and articles by staff throughout the College – this means that you will be sharing a learning environment with academics at the cutting edge of their chosen field. There are also varied possibilities for research hosted in the College’s research centres, such as the Bilingualism Centre, the Centre for Research in Early Music, the Institute for Medieval and Early Modern Studies (IMEMS), to name but a few.

Facilities The College has access to a wide range of University teaching, learning and support resources in addition to those resources which are made available by our constituent Schools. We have study rooms, where students have access to study space and IT facilities, and the library has a dedicated arts and humanities research room which houses reference volumes and is for the exclusive use of postgraduates and staff from the College.

22 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Centres of Excellence The following research centres are based within the College of Arts and Humanities: • Centre for Advanced Welsh Music Studies (CAWMS) CAWMS co-ordinates and develops Welsh musical scholarship by promoting conferences and publications, providing written resources in the medium of Welsh, and collaborating with scholars in other Celtic countries.

• Centre for Research in Early Music The Centre, founded in 2006, co-ordinates the activities of music staff engaged in research on music before 1700 – a concentration of specific excellence unequalled in any other institution in the UK. • Centre for Galician Studies in Wales A forum for research on contemporary Galicia. Issues pertaining to bilingualism and cultural identity and their relevance to both Galician and Welsh culture are of particular interest.

• Centre for Medieval Studies CMS fosters collaboration and scholarly exchange in Medieval Studies at Bangor and further afield, and, by extension, promotes teaching at undergraduate and postgraduate level and encourages initiatives involving more than one department.

• Electroacoustic Wales Electroacoustic Wales supports electroacoustic music composition and research in the School of Music’s studios, organises and promotes concerts of electroacoustic music, stages workshops on the principles and practice of electroacoustic music, and acts as a conduit and focal point for discussion and cooperation between electroacoustic music composers, performers and listeners in Wales.

• ESRC Centre for Research on Bilingualism in Theory and Practice Research in the field of bilingualism draws on several disciplines, including linguistics, psychology, neuroscience, education, sociology, economics, and political science.

• The Graduate Programme in Translation Studies The Programme combines the expertise of academics and practitioners in the field of translation who are based at the School of Modern Languages, the School of Welsh and Bangor University's Translation and Language Technologies Unit.

• International Centre for Sacred Music Studies (ICSMuS) This new international centre of excellence sets out to stimulate, support, disseminate and engage in research and study in the interdisciplinary field of sacred music.

• R.S. Thomas Centre The Centre, a collaboration between the Schools of Welsh and English, was officially opened by R.S. Thomas in April 2000. Its archive contains an extensive collection of manuscript material by R.S. Thomas, including unpublished work, as well as all of his published works, together with a comprehensive collection of reviews, critical books and articles, interviews and audiovisual material. This material is available to visiting scholars.

• The Archive of Traditional Welsh Music A repository of recorded musical and verbal forms which are perpetuated in the oral tradition rather than through writing or printing. Primarily a research, teaching and training centre, the Archive endeavours to serve educational institutions and the general public.

• Institute of Medieval and Early Modern Studies (IMEMS) The Institute builds on excellence in Arts and Humanities research at Bangor University and Aberystwyth University and takes a multidisciplinary approach to the study of the medieval and early modern periods.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND HUMANITIES The College of Arts and Humanities consists of the following academic Schools: • School of Creative Studies and Media • School of English • School of History, Welsh History and Archaeology • School of Lifelong Learning • School of Linguistics and English Language • School of Modern Languages • School of Music • School of Philosophy and Religion • School of Welsh “The School of Linguistics is fairly small and so you’re a person rather than a number. The lecturers all know you as a person, not just a student which is just as important when at university. They are always up for joining in with the social events arranged by the Bangor Linguistics Society (BLS). The School has its own departmental library and a postgraduate computer room shared with Modern Foreign Language students, which is ideal as it doesn’t get as busy as the main University computer rooms. The School also hold loads of seminars from invited speakers on many different aspects of Linguistics through the Linguistics Circle, Bilingualism Centre and Bangor Linguistics Society Approaches to Language series. These provide a great opportunity to see what sort of research is being conducted outside the university.

I chose to study at Bangor for my undergraduate degree because I had a good experience on my open day. The people were really friendly and the scenery is beautiful.

Postgraduate study here seemed like a natural progression as I enjoyed being part of the Linguistics department so much that I didn’t want to study anywhere else.

As Bangor is a small city, it’s a really friendly place to be and it’s so easy to make friends from many different departments and the local area. The University is located in an ideal situation which means an adventure isn’t too far away if you happen to get bored.

I’ve spent my summers by a beach which is still a novelty after living in a town all my life!

I would definitely recommend the School of Linguistics and English Language at Bangor as they are so friendly and welcoming.”

HANNAH PATON, from Widnes in Cheshire, studying an MA in Bilingualism

The College of Arts and Humanities hosts a Graduate School that provides a supportive environment for postgraduate study. The Graduate School fosters a research community comprising students and staff, and opportunities for interdisciplinary discussion.

The Graduate School encourages intellectual exchange through Schoolbased interdisciplinary seminars, public lectures, and more informal exchange through a programme of student-led reading groups and seminars.

The Graduate School runs an Induction event to welcome all new students, and a diary of free events designed to enhance your study, that include sessions on giving a conference paper, preparing for a viva, and practical advice on small group teaching.

Throughout your postgraduate career at Bangor, training opportunities and events are organised for you to update and enrich your academic experience and your employability.

“I am currently studying for a PhD in Modern Languages at Bangor, looking at the exhibition of everyday culture from the 1950s in French and German museums. The project builds on research that I conducted during the dissertation element of my MA. I decided to study at postgraduate level at Bangor as I thoroughly enjoyed my undergraduate degree at Bangor and wanted to try and stay in the same department for postgraduate study because of the outstanding support and guidance from the academic staff. I was then lucky enough to secure MA and PhD funding for Bangor.

All the staff in the School of Modern Languages go above and beyond their role as academic researchers and lecturers to ensure that postgraduate students get the most out of their taught or research degrees.

Regular meetings with supervisors are organised from the beginning of the course and staff are always happy to answer any questions students may have in person or via e-mail. What I found particularly beneficial at MA level were the very small class sizes and the personal approach adopted to taught classes. At times, there may only be a handful of postgraduates in each seminar which make for a much more productive and stimulating intellectual environment. I also appreciated the tendency towards lecturers co-teaching seminars at MA level as it made for much more lively academic discussion!

Although I am based in a small department, we have a very interesting and dynamic research environment with regular exchange between postgraduates and lecturers.

Through going to the academic workshops organised by the Academic Development Unit I have also made numerous new friends, also studying for PhDs, from other Schools and Colleges. For the first time in over five years at Bangor I joined an Athletic Union sports club this year (BU Dance Club) and performed in the Summer Show Dance and have started learning Welsh with the School of Lifelong Learning – who says it is never too late to start anything!

If you want to study further at a small and friendly but researchdriven University set in beautiful scenery then Bangor is the place for you.

STEPHANIE JOY BOSTOCK, from North Staffordshire, studying a PhD in Modern Languages

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 23

24 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Creative Studies and Media About the School The School of Creative Studies and Media (SCSM) offers degrees across a wide range of creative arts, including film, journalism, media, digital and interactive media, professional writing and theatre. All of our courses combine the practical and the theoretical, ensuring that our students graduate with a comprehensive knowledge of their subject area.

Academic areas covered within the School The Masters degrees in the School offer you a blend of taught modules and personal supervision, allowing you both to pursue your own area of interest and draw upon the wideranging expertise of members of staff in the School, all within a structured framework.

The MAs also allow you to pursue a blend of theoretical/critical and creative-practice work.

A distinct feature which makes the School exceptional is the way in which students from the various disciplines are encouraged to interact with, and learn from, each other. For example, students from screenwriting, theatre and media practice courses often work together to produce practical pieces of work. Our course structure is extremely flexible, and allows students to choose modules from outside their specialised disciplines.

PhD/MPhil study is available in subjects across the whole spectrum of the Creative Industries, with potential research or practice-led research specialisms in such areas as: Professional Writing, Film and/or Media Studies, New Media, Drama, Communications and related fields.

Research Links/Links with Industry The School has strong links with local companies (e.g. BBC Wales, National Library of Wales, S4C, Cwmni Da, Dafydd Hardy Estate Agents, Menter Môn, Galeri Caernarfon, GeoMôn) and offers a range of invited industry talks and workshops for you to attend and forge links with potential future employers in the Media and Creative Industries.

Staff and facilities Our staff include both highly regarded academics and acclaimed creative practitioners, with strong regional, national and international links in the private and public sector. Academic staff specialise in diverse research areas such as East Asian media, vertical dance, technology and discourse, Jewish film, digital advertising, journalism, politics and risk, digital fiction, videogames and virtual worlds, live television, documentary film making, adaptation studies and comics. Staff expertise is matched by our state-of-the-art purpose built facilities.

SCSM facilities reflect the multidisciplinary nature of the School. As well as broadcast quality TV and radio equipment, the School has dedicated spaces for those studying games, digital media, journalism and writing, as well as a theatre and digital cinema. All of these facilities are gathered together in the John Phillips Hall – SCSM's home – situated on the shore of the Menai Strait.

STAFF PROFILE

The study environment at Bangor couldn’t be better for studying at postgraduate level. You will be joining a vibrant postgraduate community and a School with significant experience in teaching the creative industries at postgraduate level. In recent years, our postgraduate students have won numerous awards and scholarships and found academic and industry employment at such prestigious institutions as the BBC and in the entertainment software sector.

COURSE LIST: MA/Diploma • Digital Media • Filmmaking: Concept to Screen MA • Consumer Psychology and Digital Media (see page 142) MSc • Consumer Psychology and Digital Media (see page 142) • International Media Management (with Business/Law) MRes • Creative Practice • Film and Visual Culture PhD/MPhil • Professional Writing, Film, Media, New Media, Journalism, Creative Studies PhD/MPhil Practice-Led Research • Professional Writing, Film, Media, New Media, Journalism, Creative Studies

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 388560 E-mail: scsm@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/media

Professor Astrid Ensslin, Senior Lecturer in Digital Humanities, School of Creative Studies and Media Professor Astrid Ensslin’s specialist areas of interest are videogames and virtual worlds; digital fiction; semiotics and discourse analysis. She is currently working on publishing books on analysing digital fiction and literary videogames; and on the language of gaming.

“The School of Creative Studies and Media is keen on providing access to cutting-edge facilities in creative media, including the latest gaming technologies (consoles and mobile devices). The School has a special focus on creative technologies and a wide range of creative subjects, bringing together practitioners and scholars. Students gain access to my scholarly experience, resources and networks. They meet with me on a regular basis to discuss ideas and obtain feedback on their work, and they are directly involved in my teaching and research projects, including editorial work on the Journal of Gaming and Virtual Worlds. The School’s diversity of subjects and interests across creative industries, its national and international excellence in teaching and research and its friendly, dynamic atmosphere make it a great place for postgraduate study. The School has a vibrant postgraduate student community with wonderful networking facilities for taught and research postgraduates.”

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 25

Digital Media MA Compulsory Modules: • Contemporary Media Theory This module provides an overview of contemporary theoretical approaches to media, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS which are key for an advanced understanding A good 2.i Honours degree or industry equivalent of how to read and analyse current media experience. IELTS score of 6.5 (no component artefacts, practices and culture such as below 6.0, written component of no less than 6.5) interaction, immersion, hypertextuality, digital or equivalent if your first language is not English multimodality, participatory media, or Welsh. crowdsourcing, cyberculture, social networking, videogame and hacker culture, cloud COURSE DESCRIPTION The MA Digital Media draws upon expertise in the computing and convergence.

School of Creative Studies and Media and the • Digital Politics, Media and Society School of Computer Science at Bangor. It This module offers a range of approaches to provides you with an opportunity to specialise in comprehend the ways in which digital media practical and/or theoretical approaches to digital shape, and are being shaped by, contemporary media, including web technologies, multimedia politics, the economy and wider social design, videogames, new media writing and processes. The aim of this module is to develop critical consideration of digital media. You also in you a deep critical understanding of contemreceive tuition in generic and specialist research porary digital media, their affordances, and the methods, before completing a media-focussed ways in which they contribute to our lives. dissertation, which can be either critical or practice-based in its overall orientation.

• Research Methods The module equips you with an understanding You can choose to follow modules in Creative and critical overview of key methodological Studies and Media, or to work across both issues associated with various types of Schools. Subjects which can be studied include research enquiry in the Media, Cultural and media studies in a digital era; research methods Creative Industries, in preparation for the for digital media; digital media production; dissertation. It addresses conceptual and internet systems and technologies; text and practical issues in designing research projects. discourse studies; games studies; dataveillance; politics and regulation; new media writing; • Masters Dissertation multimedia and games design; and The dissertation provides you with the programming. opportunity to work with a specialist supervisor in the production of an extended piece of writing. As well as developing high level skills in research and presentation, you will also develop important skills of self-management.

COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time.

CAREER PROSPECTS The practical and theoretical modules on this vocationally oriented MA programme will prepare students for a senior career in the digital and creative economies, for instance digital media design, product and project development, and PR. The programme as a whole will also prepare them for PhD or MPhil level postgraduate study - either practice-led or analytical-critical.

The School actively seeks to put students in contact with relevant industry bodies and organises a variety of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. through the Enterprise by Design scheme.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative

Filmmaking: Concept to Screen MA Compulsory Modules: • The Film Industry The aim of this module is to foster an understanding of the workings of the ENTRY REQUIREMENTS international film industry; film production, A good 2.i Honours degree or industry equivalent distribution, exhibition, marketing and experience. IELTS score of 6.5 (no component consumption will all be examined. below 6.0, written component of no less than 6.5) or equivalent if your first language is not English • Concept Development or Welsh.

This module introduces you to the practical and theoretical aspects of developing concepts for COURSE DESCRIPTION film, as well as the craft of screenwriting This taught degree programme has a unique including script formatting, style, structure, focus, offering training in all aspects of genre, plotting, characterisation and dialogue. filmmaking, from concept and creative development through the filmmaking process and on to distribution and marketing. By the end • Film Production: The micro short This module aims to develop your knowledge of of the degree, you will have developed a the technical aspects of filmmaking, including competition and festival-ready calling-card short direction, camera-work, lighting, music and film, together with transferrable skills in editing, with the aim of producing a high-quality developing and marketing your product and an two-minute short film. understanding of the nature of the film industry.

COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time.

• Writing the Short Film Teaching on this degree conforms to current This module expands your practical experience industry practice, and includes training and of screenwriting, and advances core theories on mentoring in standard development documents, the synthesis of creative and industry practice, such as screenplay, treatment and storyboards, and in areas such as risk assessment and budget as well as focusing specifically on the history, format, aesthetics and demands of the short management. Visiting guest speakers from film. various areas of the film industry provide an essential context on changing practices, as well • Pre-Production: The Short Film as offering useful information of their own This module aims to develop knowledge on the experiences in film. The programme does not practical and budgetary aspects of preinclude training in basic production techniques, and successful applicants will have a first degree producing a festival quality short film, including commissioning strategies, casting, rehearsals, in Media Studies or a related discipline, and/or risk assessment, location scouting, and the equivalent industry experience. All students on managing and co-ordination of a production this programme receive a production budget. crew.

26 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

• Film Production - Dissertation You will generate work that displays exceptional capability in operational aspects of media production technologies, systems, techniques and professional practices to produce a competition and festival-ready calling-card short film.

CAREER PROSPECTS This MA has a strong industry focus, and aims to train students vocationally. This will be achieved by providing you with teaching that conforms to current industry practice, including standard development documents (screenplay, treatment, storyboards), and a focus on completing work that can be entered into a variety of international film festivals and competitions. Visiting guest speakers from various areas of the film industry will also provide an essential context on changing practices, as well as providing useful information of their own experiences in film.

The School actively seeks to put students in contact with relevant industry bodies and organises a variety of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. through the Enterprise by Design scheme.

Past graduates have secured positions in a variety of creative (and related) industries, including broadcasting and filmmaking, advertising/PR, games development and tourism.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative

Creative Practice MRes • MRes Dissertation Compulsory Modules: With guidance from experienced members of • Creativity and Research staff, you will develop a topic of your own for This module provides the opportunity for you to further research; you will work towards the consider the role and significance of creative ENTRY REQUIREMENTS production of an independently researched and practice within an academic context and to A good 2.i Honours degree or industry equivalent produced practice-based portfolio and analyse its role in generating knowledge. The experience. IELTS score of 6.5 (no component accompanying critical commentary, which will class will synthesise a variety of theories and below 6.0, written component of no less than 6.5) reflect and demonstrate the knowledge and perspectives on the relationship between art, or equivalent if your first language is not English skills you have acquired during the taught creativity, science and knowledge, and will or Welsh. modules. develop an extended critical analysis of the planning and performance of creative COURSE DESCRIPTION CAREER PROSPECTS functions.

The School of Creative Studies and Media has a This degree programme will prepare you to meet strong reputation for its synthesis of the need, increasingly being identified within • Communicating Practice critical/theoretical work and practice, and this This module introduces you to the practical and industry, for self-reflective practitioners with degree lies at the heart of its activity. You take experience at project development in the creative first semester modules in creativity and research theoretical aspects of practice-based and sector. practice-led research including the grounding and in media theory, before embarking on the of research in the state of the art and production of a substantial practice-based The School actively seeks to put students in theoretical paradigms, project planning and dissertation under the supervision of a specialist contact with relevant industry bodies and member of staff. The dissertation includes both a development, resource planning, practice organises a variety of professional workshops methodologies and the construction of a reflective/critical element and a portfolio, and and competitions, e.g. through the Enterprise by practice-based or practice-led research can be undertaken in any of the practice-based Design scheme. disciplines taught in the School, including writing, proposal. During the module you will develop and document a proposal for an 8-month screenwriting, performance, television and radio Past graduates have secured positions in a programme of practice-based or practice-led production, film and documentary making, digital variety of creative (and related) industries, research in a field of your choosing, such as media writing and production, and journalism. including broadcasting and filmmaking, performance, digital media, film, creative Successful applicants for this programme will advertising/PR, games development and writing or journalism. have an excellent first degree in a relevant tourism. discipline or equivalent practical/industrial • Researching Film/Visual Culture experience, and a demonstrated ability to work The aim of this module is to ensure that you are For further course details, please see: independently to bring a self-directed project to equipped with a comprehensive and advanced www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative completion. knowledge of research approaches and methodologies relevant to the discipline. The module will guide and inform you about the various ways that film and visual culture can be researched and how online, library, archival and textual based sources can be used to inform and disseminate your own research project.

COURSE DURATION MRes: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time.

Film and Visual Culture MRes Compulsory Modules: • Film and Visual Culture The aims of this module are to ensure that you are equipped with a comprehensive and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS advanced knowledge of research approaches A good 2.i Honours degree or industry equivalent and methodologies relevant to the discipline. experience. IELTS score of 6.5 (no component The module will guide and inform you about the below 6.0, written component of no less than 6.5) various ways that film and visual culture can be or equivalent if your first language is not English researched and how online, library, archival and or Welsh. textual based sources can be used to inform and disseminate their own research project.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The module will offer level-appropriate training This programme offers you the opportunity to related to film and visual culture methodology undertake in-depth study on a chosen aspect of and will examine how to conceive, pursue, film and/or visual culture. Following first organise and successfully complete research semester modules in Research Methods for Film projects in film studies. This module directly and Visual Culture and in Media and Cultural prepares you for the MRes dissertation and you Theory, you embark on a 40,000 word will be asked to directly link the methodologies dissertation (or practice-based equivalent), and approaches discussed with your own supervised by specialist film and visual culture proposed projects. Throughout this module you staff across the College of Arts and Humanities will engage with members of the Film and at Bangor. The MRes is supported by a dedicated Visual Culture teaching team and will identify College-wide seminar series, which offers you and work with individual tutors in the the opportunity to present your own work in formulation of your individual MRes progress, and to develop an understanding of dissertation idea. critical paradigms and research in Bangor and beyond.

• Media and Cultural Theory Media and Cultural Theory aims to provide a Successful applicants for this programme will systematic overview of major 20th and 21st have an excellent first degree in a relevant century critical schools and theoretical discipline or equivalent practical/industrial approaches, which are key for an advanced experience, and a demonstrated ability to work understanding of how to read and analyse independently to bring a self-directed project to creative, cultural and media artefacts such as completion. fiction, non-fiction, poetry, drama, film, video games and other new media texts. You will be given the opportunity to study, discuss and close-read seminal readings from the canon of critical literature and apply them to creative, cultural and media artefacts.

COURSE DURATION MRes: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time.

• MRes Humanities: Dissertation With guidance from academic staff, students following the MRes Humanities Dissertation module will be asked to choose a topic of your own for further research. You will be expected to produce an independently researched and produced piece which will reflect and prove the knowledge and skills you have acquired during the taught modules. The topic chosen may be specific to one culture or comparative.

CAREER PROSPECTS The MRes Film and Visual Culture will provide you with ideal training for those wishing to work in the creative industries, with a particular focus on the development of key analytical and critical skills for the film and visual culture sectors. It will also provide a strong basis for those wishing to pursue doctoral study with a view to careers in teaching, lecturing and research.

The School actively seeks to put students in contact with relevant industry bodies and organises a variety of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. through the Enterprise by Design scheme.

Past graduates have secured positions in a variety of creative (and related) industries, including broadcasting and filmmaking, advertising/PR, games development and tourism.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 27

International Media Management MSc • Masters Dissertation Compulsory Modules: The dissertation provides you with the • Organisations and People This modules provides an integrated analysis of opportunity to work with a specialist supervisor in the production of an extended piece of management, organisations and people, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS writing. The work will, of necessity, go through a developing the conceptual, strategic and A good 2.1 Honours degree or industry number of stages, and the supervisor will practical skills necessary for managers in equivalent experience. IELTS score of 6.5 (no support you in the effective revision of your complex, global organisational contexts. component below 6.0, written component of no work. As well as developing high levels skills in less than 6.5) or equivalent if your first language research and presentation, students will also • Intellectual Property Law is not English or Welsh. develop important skills of self-management.

This module equips you with an understanding of the fundamentals of intellectual property law, COURSE DESCRIPTION CAREER PROSPECTS the definition and scope of copyright; the The creative industries play a vital role in Through its unique spread of modules in creative authorship, ownership, duration and economic growth worldwide, accounting for industries, business and law, this vocationally qualification for copyright protection; some 7% of gross domestic product across oriented MSc prepares you for a senior infringement of copyright and the defences to Europe, over 11% in the US and up to 17-20% management career in the creative economies. an infringement action. elsewhere. This phenomenal rate of growth The programme as a whole will also prepare you provides excellent opportunities for individuals for PhD or MPhil level postgraduate study. The • Marketing Strategy with the skills and background to take up School actively seeks to put students in contact This module introduces you to the executive roles within the sector. Bringing with relevant industry bodies and organises a ‘fundamentals’ of marketing, by illustrating together three outstanding Schools at Bangor variety of professional workshops and strategies in a wide range of situations, and University (Business; Law; Creative Studies and competitions, e.g. through the Enterprise by Media), the MSc International Media Management covering the various schools of thought in Design scheme. marketing, together with relevant analytical provides you with the intellectual development models and management practices. and training to develop a senior management Past graduates have secured positions in a career in this area. On this degree you will study variety of creative (and related) industries, topics such as Strategic Management, Marketing • Creative Industries including broadcasting and filmmaking, In this module, you will analyse the Strategy, Finance for Managers, Organisations development of the creative industries globally. advertising/PR, games development and and People, Intellectual Property, Comparative tourism.

There will be a particular emphasis on the Corporate Law, Labour Law, International Law, media, and the relevant social, economic and Research Methods and Creative Industries, and For further course details, please see: political contexts of the main developments will undertake a media-focused dissertation within these industries will also be considered. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative designed to investigate and interrogate theory and practice in the creative economies locally • Research Methods and/or globally.

This module equips you with an understanding and critical overview of key methodological issues associated with various types of research in the Media, Cultural and Creative Industries, in preparation for the dissertation.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time.

Professional Writing / Film / Media / New Media / Journalism / Creative Studies PhD/MPhil (including PhD/MPhil Practice-Led Research) COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time, 4 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We would normally expect students starting a PhD or MPhil to hold a first class or a good second-class undergraduate degree. In many cases PhD and MPhil applicants have studied to MA level, though this is not compulsory. We are able to accept students on a distance-learning basis, but they should have already acquired the skills taught in the introductory seminars, or should make arrangements to attend equivalent seminars at another institution, at their own expense. Students whose first language is not English are expected to have an IELTS score of 7.0.

COURSE DESCRIPTION PhD/MPhil and PhD/MPhil Practice-Led study is available in subjects across the whole spectrum of the Creative Industries, with potential research specialisms in such areas as: film and/or media studies, new media, drama, communications and related fields. Our staff specialise in a wide range of subject areas, such as world cinema, visual culture, digital and interactive media, games and virtual environments, digital arts and culture, journalism, media and cultural studies, screenwriting and adaptation, drama and performance. Whilst our Practice-Led Research staff specialise in areas such as digital and interactive media, professional writing (journalism and screenwriting), media and film production, and performance.

CAREER PROSPECTS Following their research degrees, past graduates have secured positions in prestigious academic institutions as well as a variety of creative (and related) industries, including broadcasting and filmmaking, advertising/PR, games development and tourism.

The School actively seeks to put students in contact with relevant industry bodies and organises a variety of professional workshops and competitions, e.g. through the Enterprise by Design scheme.

All research students have a broad range of academic training events to choose from, which will prepare you for an international academic career: a weekly seminar series for postgraduates and staff, regular supervisory The environment in Bangor could not be better committee meetings, an annual postgraduate for studying at postgraduate level. You will be joining a vibrant postgraduate community and a symposium, as well as research and career skills School with significant experience in teaching the courses offered by the University’s Academic Development Unit. Research students are also creative industries at postgraduate level. involved in undergraduate teaching and editorial/publishing activities in the School.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/creative

28 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of English

The School offers an engaging and supportive environment for postgraduate study, focusing on small group teaching and one-to-one supervision. Postgraduate students work closely with academic staff in a research community that encourages interdisciplinary exchange and activity. Our Masters and PhD students are part of a lively Graduate School within the College of Arts and Humanities, which provides opportunities for productive exchange across its constituent Schools and disciplines.

Research activities initiated and run by our students include the annual postgraduate conference in medieval studies and medievalism, the staff and postgraduate students writing workshop, regular poetry readings, and the online postgraduate journal.

Overview of the academic areas covered within the School Our expertise lies in six key areas: late medieval and early modern literature, literary editing and the history of the book, Welsh writing in English, contemporary literature and creative writing, film, and literature and religion. Three research centres facilitate research in these areas: the Institute for Medieval and Early Modern Studies (IMEMS), a collaborative research institute between Bangor University and Aberystwyth University, focusing on research activities in the pre-1800 period, while the R. S. Thomas Centre fosters new work in this area of study, particularly through an engagement with primary source materials from the R. S. Thomas archives, acquired by Bangor University in recent years. The Centre for Contemporary Poetry (informally known as ‘Contempo’) is a collaborative, crossinstitutional research centre founded in 2006, and run by Bangor, Aberystwyth and Brighton Universities. Through regular video-linked seminars and symposia it aims to develop knowledge about contemporary poetic practices, about the interface between the word and the visual, and to examine differences in practice between experimental and traditional poetic forms. Other areas of

particular strength are Arthurian studies, Milton, rhetoric and the literature of argument, medieval and early modern women’s writing, medieval and early modern drama, Shakespeare, and creative writing, with a team including award-winning poets and novelists. Bangor has one of the longest histories of teaching creative writing in the UK and has pioneered the creative-critical interface that has allowed our graduates to excel in writing and publishing work.

A number of members of staff have interests in gender approaches to literature, while we have specialists in early modern rhetoric, modern drama (Mamet) and experimental writing.

In addition to the training in research skills that you will obtain at Masters level, we also offer specialist training in palaeography and codicology (medieval and early modern manuscripts, in Middle English, Middle Welsh, Anglo Norman and Latin). This scheme, started in 2005, continues to attract students from across Wales and the UK. Staff and facilities The interests of our staff extend from the medieval period to the twenty-first century and look beyond the UK to the exciting international landscapes of literatures in English. Our staff are all enthusiastic researchers and teachers and come together in the introductory postgraduate courses to pass on their invaluable knowledge and expertise. The library holdings have been carefully developed to match the School’s research interests. We have major holdings of scholarly editions and critical texts in the fields of Arthurian literature, the early modern period (being particularly strong in the areas of Milton, Shakespeare, and early modern radical writers), and of Anglophone Welsh literature. The library holdings also include facilities such as the usual research packages, and subscrptions to the latest ejournals.

STAFF PROFILE

About the School The School of English has been an integral part of Bangor University since the University opened its doors in 1884. Our long history, strong tradition and wealth of experience are reflected in our expertise at postgraduate level, and complemented by a range of courses that allow our students to specialise in many areas of traditional and contemporary study. Our academic staff includes some of the world’s foremost authorities on Milton, Arthurian Literature, Herbert, early modern literature, the history of the book and Welsh writing in English, and all teaching staff in the School are successful poets, authors, critics or novelists in their own right.

COURSE LIST: MA/Diploma • Arthurian Literature • Creative Writing • Early Modern Literature • English • Medieval and Early Modern Literature • Medieval Studies PhD/MPhil • Creative and Critical Writing • English

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382102 E-mail: pgadmissionstutor@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/english

STAFF PROFILE Dr Kachi A. Ozumba, Lecturer in Creative Writing and Literature and Postgraduate Admissions Tutor, School of English “I was attracted to Bangor by its distinguished history as one of the first institutions in the UK to offer creative writing at degree level, and by the sheer beauty of the north Wales landscape, the inspiring mountains, valleys and sea, I teach creative writing and modern literature. I also offer one-to-one supervision and feedback which students find particularly helpful. My research interests include prose fiction, comparative literature, transcultural writing, and postcolonialism.

The writing life is a new area of interest, and I am currently co-editing a book on contemporary writers and their craft.

My writings have won the Arts Council England’s Decibel Penguin Prize and the Commonwealth Short Story Prize, been shortlisted for the prestigious Royal Society of Literature Ondaatje Prize and for the Commonwealth Writers’ Prize, been broadcast on BBC, published widely and translated into other languages. My literary activities have also led to my being appointed a judge for the 2010 and 2011 Commonwealth Short Story Prizes, and for the 2011 Lightship International Literary Competitions.”

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 29

Arthurian Literature MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2-3 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should normally hold a good undergraduate degree in a relevant area, demonstrating high achievement in elements relevant to the proposed research or equivalent experience. You should also, in your application, outline the area in which you wish to specialise.

International students whose first language is not English: IELTS score of at least 7.0 overall (6.5 in all aspects of the test) is required.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MA in Arthurian Literature benefits from the expertise of world-class academics, outstanding library resources, and a unique location with medieval roots in the legend.

Arthurian Literature is an established area of learning in the School of English. The main specialists in the field are Dr Raluca Radulescu, whose work has focused on Malory, Arthurian romances and chronicles, and Professor PJC Field, world-renowned for his work on the Arthurian legend through the centuries. The course also draws upon the expertise available within the School of English and other Schools in the College of Arts and Humanities, including Welsh, History and Archaeology, and Music. Staff in these areas contribute regularly to the teaching of Arthurian topics ranging from the medieval period to the present.

The MA in Arthurian Literature takes a flexible, comprehensive, approach to the discipline. You may choose to specialise in the medieval or the post-medieval period. At the same time you can

enjoy all the benefits of one-to-one supervision in • Dissertation The dissertation module gives you the the Open Essay options, and develop your opportunity to produce a substantial piece of research skills. Moreover, in-depth introductions scholarly research, on a subject of your own to the study of medieval palaeography and choice and discussed in detail with a chosen codicology are available by collaboration with supervisor. other relevant Schools and disciplines.

You will usually participate in the activities of the ‘Centre for Medieval Studies’, including the annual international postgraduate conference, ‘Medievalism Transformed’, the bi-weekly Institute for Medieval and Early Modern Studies seminar series (www.imems.ac.uk/) and the online postgraduate journal.

Structure The MA in Arthurian Literature consists of two parts. Part One must be successfully completed before proceeding to the second.

Compulsory Modules: • Introduction to Literary Theory, Scholarship and Research This module develops knowledge of literary theory and research methods.

Optional Modules: • Open Essay • Advanced Latin for Postgraduates • Manuscript and Printed Books Subject to availability, you may choose relevant modules in medieval Welsh literature/Welsh Arthurian literature offered in the School of Welsh.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY A collaboration with the tourist attraction 'King Arthur's Labyrinth' at Corris has led to funded Access to Masters MA places in recent years.

CAREER PROSPECTS Current and past research students have engaged in higher degrees, teaching, research and librarianship in higher education (UK, US, Japan, and elsewhere), publishing, and a range of related activities.

• Medieval Arthur This module explores the Arthurian myth from the earliest archaeological evidence to the end For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english of the fifteenth century, with a view to examining its evolution in a variety of the sociopolitical contexts, as well as material culture.

• Post-Medieval Arthur This module addresses the Arthurian myth and legends from the early modern period onwards, paying attention to the way the story was shaped in different centuries.

Creative Writing MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time or 2-3 years part-time.

• Creative Writing: Poetry A series of group seminars invites you to experiment with a range of approaches to poetry, from the use of traditional forms to innovative techniques for exploring language.

You read and discuss contemporary poetry, and develop a portfolio of your own work with individual supervision.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A degree in a relevant field (please contact us if you are not sure if your degree is relevant) and demonstrated interest in creative writing.

Potential students are invited to submit a short sample of their work with their application.

• Creative Writing: Prose International students whose first language is not English: IELTS score of at least 7.0 overall (6.5 Taught initially by seminar, followed by individual supervision, this module presents in all aspects of the test) is required. advanced fiction writing techniques, focusing on how character, plot, setting, tone and style COURSE DESCRIPTION contribute to compelling narrative, and on how An MA in Creative Writing may be the first step conventions of genre may be challenged. towards a writing career, or a chance for more Assessment is by a portfolio of fiction. experienced writers to develop their work from a new perspective. The School offers a range of • Introduction to Literary Theory, opportunities for postgraduate study in a dynamic critical and creative environment. One of Scholarship and Research This module offers the opportunity to study the first institutions in the UK to offer creative alongside MA students in English Literature, writing at degree level, Bangor has significant and to share ideas about authorship, the history experience in this discipline. Specialist writing of the book, and some key contemporary staff closely involved in teaching and supervision perspectives on the relationship between include Ian Gregson, Carol Rumens, Kachi literature and the culture in which it is Ozumba and Zoë Skoulding, who have a range of expertise in poetry, fiction, literary editing and the produced. For writers, this module offers a valuable insight into how your creative work interface between creative and critical writing. relates to its wider context.

For the first part of the MA, the following modules are taught in small groups or through individual supervision:

Optional modules: • Open Essay/Portfolio (taught by supervision) • Transcreative Writing (taught in conjunction with the School of Modern Languages, but no foreign language skills required).

Modules may also be taken from any part of the MA in English programme.

The second part of the MA is the Dissertation, which is a chance to develop a longer piece of creative writing in consultation with a supervisor.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Practising writers are regularly invited to share their insights with students.

CAREER PROSPECTS An MA in Creative Writing may lead to a career as a novelist, poet or playwright. Planning and developing a substantial writing project is a good preparation for future funded or commissioned writing, as well as for an academic career in practice-based research. This course also offers a range of skills that can be applied in other contexts, for example editing, publishing, journalism and arts administration. The ability to use language fluently and persuasively is essential for success in almost any field, and the flexibility of working across genres in this course offers an excellent grounding in creative language use.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english

30 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Early Modern Literature MA COURSE DURATION 1 year full-time; 2-3 years part-time: Diploma: 9 months full-time (also available parttime).

• Post-Medieval Arthur scholarly writing and documentation. In This module explores the Arthurian myth and addition to this module, you may choose from a wide range of modules in this part of the course legend from the early modern period onwards, focussing on how the story was shaped in which may include: different centuries, socio-political contexts, as well as material culture.

• Myth and the Early Modern Writer This module will explore a wide range of You may elect to take a maximum of three of the literatures in English from the early modern period which deal with the highly complex and following 30 credit modules in which you are guided by one-to-one supervisory tutorials and fluid concept of myth. Attention will be paid to working towards a 5000-word essay: the roles of the translator, the natural • Open Essay (1) philosopher, the dramatist and the poet as creative purveyors of mythological narrative for • Open Essay (2) • Open Essay (3) early modern consumption.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants to this programme should normally hold an undergraduate BA (Hons) degree in English Literature, or a related subject, demonstrating high achievement in elements relevant to the proposed research or equivalent experience. You should also, in your application, outline the area in which you wish to specialise.

International students whose first language is not English: IELTS score of at least 7.0 overall (6.5 • Early Modern Performance Texts in all aspects of the test) is required.

This module will allow students to appreciate a range of performance texts from the early Structure modern period to understand the The MA in Early Modern Literature consists of circumstances of their production and two parts. Part One must be successfully consumption, and to recognise the role of completed before proceeding to the second. performance in literary interpretation.

COURSE DESCRIPTION • Women’s Devotional Writing In Part One of the MA, you develop skills and This module explores a wide selection of acquire subject knowledge by way of preparation published and manuscript texts that for Part Two, a 20,000 word dissertation. The demonstrate the breadth, continuities and Diploma, which consists of Part One of the MA dissimilarities of late medieval and early programme, aims to develop learner autonomy modern women’s devotional writing practices. to the point where you are capable of beginning a scholarly dissertation at MA level.

• The European Renaissance This module will offer you the possibility to Part One: extend and to contextualise your existing At the beginning of this course, you must register knowledge of the early modern period. You will for the following compulsory module: be offered the opportunity to compare and contrast familiar texts from the early modern • Introduction to Scholarship Skills period with those produced in the same period and Literary Theory on continental Europe.

This module introduces you to key ideas in modern literary theory and the complexities of

You may also select relevant modules also on offer by the Graduate School of the College of Arts and Humanities which include: • Medieval Latin • Advanced Latin for Postgraduates • Manuscript and Printed Books Part Two: Preparation of a 20,000 word dissertation on a subject related to early modern literature in English agreed by your supervisor.

CAREER PROSPECTS The course offers excellent preparation for participation in doctoral programmes. It adds to the qualifications of those intending a career in publishing, arts administration, media research, and teaching.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english

English MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2-3 years part-time; Diploma: 9 months full-time (also available parttime).

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants to this programme should normally hold an undergraduate BA (Hons) degree in English Literature, or a related subject, demonstrating high achievement in elements relevant to the proposed research or equivalent experience. They should also, in their applications, outline the area in which they wish to specialise. International students whose first language is not English: IELTS score of at least 7.0 overall (6.5 in all aspects of the test) is required.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The English MA at Bangor is distinctive in that it gives you a free choice of topics, within the limits of the supervision available in the School. It aims to help you develop your intellectual interests, while learning the disciplines involved in advanced literary-critical research. A significant proportion of the course is delivered through weekly one-to-one supervisions. Those applying for the course should have a good idea of a period, topic, or author(s) you would like to study, though the School of English staff will help you to clarify and refine your ideas both before and after applying.

CAREER PROSPECTS The course offers excellent preparation for participation in doctoral programmes. It adds to the qualifications of those intending a career in publishing, arts administration, media research, and teaching.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english

Part One All students are required to study: • Introduction to Literary Theory, Scholarship and Research This module introduces you to key ideas in modern literary theory and the complexities of scholarly writing and documentation.

You also write three open essays on topics related to your primary research interests. One or more of these may be replaced by other postgraduate modules on offer in the School or more widely in the College of Arts and Humanities.

Part Two A 20,000-word dissertation written under the individual supervision of a subject specialist.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 31

32 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Medieval Studies MA The MA in Medieval Studies takes a flexible, comprehensive, approach to the discipline. You may choose to specialise in one of the participating Schools; English, Music, Welsh or History, Welsh History and Archaeology. At the same time you can enjoy all the benefits of oneENTRY REQUIREMENTS to-one supervision in the Open Essay options, Applicants should normally hold a good and acquire independent research skills. undergraduate degree in a relevant area, Moreover, an introduction to the study of demonstrating high achievement in elements relevant to the proposed research or equivalent medieval palaeography and codicology is experience. In their applications, students should available through collaboration with other outline the area in which they wish to specialise. relevant schools and the Bangor University Archives and Special Collections, which includes International students whose first language is not English: IELTS score of at least 7.0 overall (6.5 the library of Bangor Cathedral. in all aspects of the test) is required.

You are encouraged to participate in the activities of the Institute for Medieval and Early Modern COURSE DESCRIPTION Studies (www.imems.ac.uk), the ‘Centre for Medieval Studies is a well-known and Medieval Studies’ and the annual international internationally recognised area of expertise at Bangor. Our particular strengths are in: medieval postgraduate conference, ‘Medievalism Transformed’. literature, particularly Arthurian; Welsh History and Archaeology; Welsh medieval literature, and Structure Music, that have attracted postgraduates to The MA in Medieval Studies consists of two parts.

Bangor to work with experts in each of these Part One must be successfully completed before areas. Additional strengths include, among proceeding to the second part, the dissertation. others, gender, devotional literature, drama, Anglo-Norman studies, and early sacred music.

Compulsory Modules: Interdisciplinary approaches form the core of medieval studies, and the current expertise at Part One: Bangor guarantees this approach, both through • Understanding the Middle Ages the core module and through the optional This module is designed to introduce you to the modules. In addition, Bangor can boast a unique breadth of subject areas and methodologies combination of module choices: Welsh, Arthurian subsumed under the umbrella of medieval studies and Music form the distinctive core of the studies. provision, alongside our widely recognised • Manuscripts and Printed Books expertise in teaching palaeography and This module consists of an introduction to codicology. palaeography and codicology.

COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2-3 years part-time; Diploma: 9 months full-time (also available parttime).

Subject to availability, you may choose from a variety of relevant modules in aspects of medieval studies offered in the Schools of English; History, Welsh History and Archaeology; Music; and Welsh, such as: • Medieval Arthur • Astudiaeth Unigol: 1 (Cymraeg) • Medieval and Early Modern Women’s Devotional Writing (English) • The Age of Llywelyn ap Iorwerth (History) • Principal Subject: Early (Music) • Medieval Latin Part Two • Dissertation - a substantial piece of scholarly research, on a subject of your own choice and discussed in detail with a chosen supervisor.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Collaboration with the National Library of Wales, Aberystwyth, has led to a funded Access to Masters place on this degree in recent years.

CAREER PROSPECTS This MA prepares you for a career in teaching, publishing and a range of related activities, as well as providing preparation for further research in higher education.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english

“For my PhD I am researching identity construction within Latino literature. The Academic Development Unit within the University has been really good - I’ve been to many workshops run by them, e.g. how to present research, build-up your academic CV, the best use of online resources. These workshops have helped me with developing beyond undergraduate level and to become an independent researcher.

Starting a PhD course can be overwhelming and these workshops have given me a foot-hold and the opportunity to network with other postgraduates.

The highlight for me so far is that I have been asked to present a paper on an aspect of my work at other universities and that’s something I’m looking forward to.

The atmosphere at the School of English is a really positive one. There is a big international population at the University which adds a feeling of multiculturalism and diversity. Bangor is surrounded by the mountains and the sea – so you couldn’t ask for a prettier location!”

DAVINA EAGLES, from New York, USA, studying a PhD in English Literature

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 33

Medieval and Early Modern Literature MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2-3 years part-time; Diploma: 9 months full-time (also available parttime).

The MA in Medieval and Early Modern Literature offers you one-to-one supervision from experts in the field. You are also encouraged to participate in the lively research environment of the School and College. This includes the English Literature research seminar series; events hosted by the Institute for Medieval and Early Modern Studies (www.imems.ac.uk) and the Bangor ‘Centre for Medieval Studies’; the annual postgraduate conference, ‘Medievalism Transformed’, and the online postgraduate journal.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should normally hold a good undergraduate degree in a relevant area, demonstrating high achievement in elements relevant to the proposed research or equivalent experience. In their applications, students may outline the period in which they wish to specialise, though this is not a requirement since Recent international conferences organised by the programme deliberately crosses and members of the School of English include challenges period boundaries.

‘Insular Books: Vernacular Miscellanies in Late Medieval Britain’, held at the British Academy; the International students whose first language is not English: an IELTS score of at least 7.0 (6.5 in series of colloquia on ‘Women and the Sacred in the Medieval and Early Modern Periods’; the all aspects of the test) is required. symposia of the research network on ‘Medieval and Early Modern Cultures of War and Peace’; the COURSE DESCRIPTION international conference on ‘Locating George Medieval and Early Modern literary studies are well-known and internationally recognised areas Herbert: Family, Place, Traditions’; and the of expertise at Bangor. Members of the School of biennial Bangor Restoration Conference.

English undertake research in medieval English Structure poetry, prose and drama; the literature of the Tudor period; the drama of Shakespeare and his The MA in Medieval and Early Modern Literature consists of two parts. Part One must be contemporaries, and seventeenth-century successfully completed before proceeding to the literature in poetry and prose as well as on the second part, the dissertation. stage. Our particular strengths include Chaucerian studies, medieval romance, Arthurian literature, medieval and early modern drama, Part One pre-modern travel writing, early modern Compulsory Module: memory studies, George Herbert and devotional • Introduction to Literary Theory, Scholarship poetry, autobiographical writing, Milton, and Research, which develops knowledge of polemical prose, and the work of women writers literary theory and research methods. across the medieval and early modern periods.

.Optional Modules include: • The European Renaissance • Pre-Modern Travel • Early Modern Performance Texts • Myth and the Early Modern Author • Post-Medieval Arthur • Advanced Latin for Postgraduates • Manuscripts and Printed Books • Medieval and Early Modern Women’s Devotional Writing • Open Essay(s) Part Two • Dissertation - a substantial piece of scholarly research, on a subject chosen by you, guided by an expert supervisor.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Collaboration with the Gwynedd Museum and Art Gallery, Bangor, has led to a funded Access to Masters place on this degree programme in recent years.

CAREER PROSPECTS This MA prepares you for a career in research, teaching, publishing, heritage work, and a range of related activities, as well as providing preparation for PhD research in pre-modern English literature.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english

English / Creative and Critical Writing PhD/MPhil PhD/MPhil in Creative and Critical Writing This programme provides the opportunity to work over an extended period on a collection of short stories, a novel or a collection of poems under the individual supervision of a writer ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We would normally expect students to hold a first actively publishing in your field. Your creative work will be accompanied by a critical class or a good second-class degree. Students commentary, which should be mainly focused on without an MA are required to follow the exploring some idea, topic, genre, theme, writer research training module offered by the school. or group of writers that has a relationship with We are able to accept students on a distancethe creative work being undertaken. Researching learning basis, but they should have already this element will ensure a good knowledge of acquired the skills taught in the introductory current literary concerns. The critical seminars, or should make arrangements to attend equivalent seminars at another institution, commentary should include a section in which you discuss your own work and the ways in at their own expense. International students which it relates to the literary texts you have whose first language is not English: an IELTS score of at least 7.0 (6.5 in all aspects of the test) discussed. The major component of the PhD is the creative element, which the critical is required. commentary is intended to support. The creative element should be 70,000 to 80,000 words in COURSE DESCRIPTION length if prose. For poetry an equivalent length, PhD/MPhil in English The MPhil in English is awarded for a dissertation depending on the exact nature of the creative work submitted, will be negotiated with your of not more than 60,000 words and the PhD in supervisor. The critical commentary should be English for a dissertation normally of not more 20,000 to 30,000 words. The thesis, comprising than 100,000 words. Research may be carried both creative and critical components, is out in the main fields of English literature postexpected to have a total word count of about 1300; Arthurian literature; American literature; 100,000 words or equivalent.

Comparative literature or interdisciplinary studies. Staff specialisms include: Anglo-Welsh You will be joining a vibrant postgraduate writing (especially R.S. Thomas); Postcolonial community and a School with significant Literature; Gender and Writing; Autobiography; experience in teaching creative writing at Travel Writing; Romanticism; Renaissance Literature; Modern English and American Drama; postgraduate level. A number of staff members are published and award-winning authors, and Milton and Literature of the Civil War period; are involved in a variety of editing and judging Modernism; Contemporary Poetry; other activities. The School benefits from the presence literature from the middle Ages, and the 16th, of the poet Professor Carol Rumens as a visiting 17th, 19th and 20th centuries. professor and the frequent visits of honorary professor Philip Pullman, who offers both readings and workshops.

COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time, 6-8 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time, 4-5 years part-time.

34 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Visiting academics feature regularly in the School’s research seminars. The School organises a number of readings by writers each year, and recent visitors have included: Jackie Kay, George Szirtes, Anne-Marie Fyfe, Erin Moure, Andrea Brady, Robert Hampson, Jeff Hilson, Michael Symmons Roberts, Tiffany Atkinson, Patrick McGuinness, Richard Marggraf Turley and Damian Walford Davies.

The Contempo seminar series, run jointly with Aberystwyth University, is a staff and postgraduate seminar series that also has a regular programme of visiting writers and critics.

CAREER PROSPECTS The PhD/MPhil in English prepares you for a career in higher education, as well as in publishing, arts administration, media research, and a range of related careers. This course fully prepares you for a future career as a writer and as an academic. Students also have the opportunity to follow a range of training programmes offered through the University that significantly enhance their chances of finding work in the field of their choice.

Our students are successful. A number of recent or existing postgraduate students have successfully published collections of poems or short stories that have arisen from their studies here at Bangor. These include John Tanner, Zoe Skoulding, and Nessa O’Mahoney. Others have published stories including Terri Lee Hackman, Zoe Perrenoud, and Lisa Blower (who also won the 2009 Guardian Short Story Competition).

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/english

School of History, Welsh History and Archaeology About the School History has been taught at Bangor since the University was established in 1884 and Archaeology has been taught here since 1960. The School is located in the historical centre of the University, and the lecture rooms, arts library and archives are all close by. The School has an excellent reputation for teaching and research over a wide area, extending chronologically from prehistory to the present.

Equally, almost half the academic staff in the School have a major interest in Welsh history – from the age of the Welsh princes to devolution, and also including specialisms in early modern religious, social, economic and cultural history, the history of estates and rural society in the nineteenth century, and Welsh historiography (i.e. the history of writing Welsh history). You will therefore be taught by those who are actively researching and publishing in the areas in which you are studying.

Archaeologists take advantage of Bangor’s location in an area which has a wide range of archaeological monuments – prehistoric tombs and stone circles, Roman forts, medieval castles (including the World Heritage Sites of Beaumaris, Caernarfon and Conwy), and the remains of the industrial revolution. The research interests of the archaeology staff include the early prehistory of Britain and Ireland, the Celtic Iron Age in Europe and Britain, the Western Atlantic Seaboard, Wales and Ireland in the early middle ages, and the history of archaeology.

Several members of staff have field projects in Wales and beyond.

In the field of Archaeology there are research strengths in the following areas: • Early prehistory: landscapes and seascapes, death and burial • Later prehistory and Roman: landscapes, settlement and burial, social archaeology, Celtic archaeology • Early medieval: art and sculpture, settlement, social archaeology, Celtic archaeology.

In the field of Heritage there are research strengths in the following areas: • Heritage management: national and international, public archaeology.

STAFF PROFILE

Staff and facilities With 18 teaching staff, the School has particular strength in Welsh history and Celtic archaeology. The School has a vibrant research culture, for example, there are a number of research seminars which host research papers with leading scholars in various fields both from within Bangor and beyond. This is supported by the Institute of Medieval and Early Modern Studies, as well as links with other research groups and series in the University. The library offers excellent resources in these fields, including a comprehensive collection of journals and newspapers, collections from published sources, and a wide range of books which deal with all aspects of Wales’s past. There is also a substantial collection of rare books.

The University Archives have the largest archive collection in Wales after the National Library, and are home to a wealth of manuscripts dating from the middle ages to the present – varying from the substantial collections of the Mostyn and Penrhyn estates to the papers of modern and contemporary politicians, literary figures and scholars as Kate Roberts, the pioneering socialist David Roberts and the historian John Edward Lloyd.

Overview of the academic areas covered within the School In the field of History and Welsh History there are research strengths in the following areas: • Medieval: the Anglo-Norman world; the history of women in the Middle Ages; seals and sigillography; religion, society and culture.

• The early modern period: religion, national identity and political rhetoric in England and Wales during the late Stuart era.

• Modern and contemporary history: charities; towns; racism and nationalism; the labour movement; history of sport; consumerism; devolution.

Prof Tony Claydon, Professor of Early Modern History, School of History, Welsh History and Archaeology

Professor Tony Claydon’s specialist areas of interest are the politics, religion and national identity of people in late Stuart Britain. He is currently working on a series of related articles on the presentation of politicians as celebrities in the late Stuart press; the construction and understanding of time in newspapers under Queen Anne; sermons as propaganda; and the print debate over foreign policy.

“We have a collection of specialists in my period across disciplines - this has, for instance, allowed us to organise what has become the world's leading regular conference on the history and literature of the Restoration period (1660-1689) in Britain and Ireland. This sort of close interdisciplinary working extends outside my period as well: for example, as I wrote my recent article on perceptions of time in the press I had really productive discussions with colleagues from linguistics, English literature, media studies, and psychology.

COURSE LIST: MA/Diploma • Celtic Archaeology • History • Welsh History PhD/MPhil • Archaeology • Heritage • History • Welsh History

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382144 E-mail: history@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/history

The internet means I have access to the holdings of all the world's libraries for my key source - print culture; and this is supplemented by the University archive, which has an extraordinarily rich collection of material from north Wales and so allows me, and graduate students, to think about local case studies of national or international phenomena. For instance, with a PhD student, I am looking at the nature of news in a huge series of manuscript newsletters written by a paid scribe in London to inform Welsh gentry families in the late seventeenth century.

My skills in analysing print sources, and my experience of thinking about religion and national identities in the late Stuart period feed into my PhD supervision (for example topics on news values, and English views of Germany in the later seventeenth century); and into MA classes on reading the press, and modules on British identity.

The centralised Arts and Humanities Graduate School ensures students have the rich interdisciplinary experience I have enjoyed in my research; and it supplements the more subject-based support provided by the School of History, Welsh History and Archaeology. This includes a strong seminar programme; and a close and inclusive atmosphere which makes MA students feel welcome, and which rapidly integrates PhD students into the academic team.”

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 35

Celtic Archaeology MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time; Diploma: 30 weeks full-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Theory and Interpretation in Celtic Archaeology This module introduces you to a range of theories, interpretations and key debates relevant to the study of Celtic Archaeology.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Good undergraduate degree in a relevant discipline at least 2.i normally required.

• Initiating a Research Project Applicants who do not speak English as their This module explains how to begin a research native language must pass the IELTS English test project and ultimately produce a substantive with a score of 7.0 overall and no element below and original research piece.

6.5. Students who have an overall score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a summer pre-sessional • Skills Option module(s) course in the University’s English Language Chosen from a portfolio offered within the Centre for Overseas Students (ELCOS) prior to School of History and Welsh History and beginning their MA. Archaeology, the College Graduate School and the University.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This programme aims to deepen knowledge of • Dissertation archaeology beyond undergraduate level, with The dissertation module gives you the particular emphasis on Celtic archaeology. It opportunity to complete a piece of scholarly provides the opportunity for you to specialise in a research on a subject of your choice and particular academic area, so as to gain a close discussed in detail with a chosen supervisor. understanding of the archaeological debates around it. The programme acquaints you with Optional Modules: relevant archaeological theoretical issues and One chosen from methods of interpretation and the use of evidence. It also provides you with the necessary • The Prehistoric Archaeology of the Irish Sea Zone research skills to produce an original piece of • Celtic Societies in Europe work on a chosen topic.

• The Archaeology of the Early Medieval Celtic Churches An MA will be awarded on successful completion of all 180 credits.

CAREER PROSPECTS An MA in Celtic Archaeology is a versatile qualification and will give you a detailed understanding of the academic discipline of archaeology and the ability to conduct research at various levels of historical analysis. It will enhance your career opportunities in archaeology, communications, teaching, heritage industries, publishing and research. The transferable skills acquired through this programme are beneficial in a range of other careers, including advertising, journalism, consulting etc. After successful completion of the MA in Celtic Archaeology you may also decide to pursue an academic career in archaeology, by applying for a place to study of a PhD in Celtic Archaeology.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/history

A Diploma will be awarded on the successful completion of the first 120 credits.

History MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time; Diploma: 30 weeks full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Good undergraduate degree at least 2.i normally required. Applicants who do not speak English as their native language must pass the IELTS English test with a score of 7.0 overall and no element below 6.5. Students who have an overall score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a summer presessional course in the University’s English Language Centre for Overseas Students (ELCOS) prior to beginning their MA.

Compulsory Modules: • Themes and Issues in History: Interpretations, Approaches and Debates This module develops knowledge of relevant historical theoretical issues and methods of interpretation of the historical past.

• Documents and Sources One module chosen from the following: - Documents and Sources in Medieval and Early Modern History - Documents and Sources in Modern History

Optional Modules: • Normandy under the Normans, 911-1144 • Women and Power in the High Middle Ages • National Identities in Britain and Ireland 16601800 • Identities and the Victorian City • An Open Elite? Nineteenth-Century England and Wales • Sport and Politics 1918–1991 • Consumerism and Anti-Consumerism in the Cold War • The Development of Labour Politics

CAREER PROSPECTS An MA in History is a versatile qualification and will give you a detailed understanding of the COURSE DESCRIPTION discipline and the ability to conduct research at This programme aims to provide a detailed various levels of historical analysis. It will knowledge and understanding of a specific enhance your career opportunities in a range of • Skills Option module(s): academic area through rigorous research professions in the media and communications Chosen from a portfolio offered within the training. You will become acquainted with School of History and Welsh History, the College industries, teaching, heritage and museums, relevant historical theoretical issues and publishing and research. The transferable skills Graduate School and the University. methods of interpretation and the use of acquired through this programme are beneficial evidence. It also provides you with the necessary in a range of other careers, including advertising, • Dissertation research skills to carry out an original piece of journalism, consulting etc. After successful The dissertation module gives you the historical research in the chosen area of study. completion of the MA in History you may also opportunity to complete a piece of scholarly An MA will be awarded on successful completion decide to pursue an academic career in History, research on a subject of your choice and of all 180 credits. A Diploma will be awarded on by applying for a place to study for a PhD in discussed in detail with a chosen supervisor. the successful completion of the first 120 credits History.

(1-4 below).

• Initiating a Research Project This module explains how to begin a research project and ultimately produce a substantive and original research piece.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/history

36 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Welsh History MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time; Diploma: 30 weeks full-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Themes and Issues in History: This module develops knowledge of relevant historical theoretical issues and methods of interpretation of the historical past.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Good undergraduate degree at least 2.i normally • Documents and Sources required. Applicants who do not speak English This module examines the wide range of as their native language must pass the IELTS evidence that historians use to reconstruct the English test with a score of 7.0 overall and no past, and the problems and opportunities of element below 6.5. Students who have an overall interpretation. One module chosen from the score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a summer prefollowing: sessional course in the University’s English Language Centre for Overseas Students (ELCOS) - Documents and Sources in Medieval and Early Modern History prior to beginning their MA. - Documents and Sources in Modern History

CAREER PROSPECTS An MA in History is a versatile qualification and will give you a detailed understanding of the discipline of Welsh History and the ability to conduct research at various levels of historical analysis. It will enhance your career opportunities in media and communications industries, teaching, publishing and research.

Further, the transferable skills acquired through this programme are beneficial in a range of other careers, including advertising, journalism, consulting etc. After successful completion of the MA in Welsh History you may also decide to pursue an academic career in history, by applying for a place to study for a PhD in Welsh History.

For further course details, please see: • Initiating a Research Project COURSE DESCRIPTION www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/history This module explains how to begin a research This programme aims to provide you with a project and ultimately produce a substantive detailed knowledge and understanding of a and original research piece. specific academic area of the history of Wales through rigorous research training. You will • Skills Option module(s) become acquainted with relevant historical Chosen from a portfolio offered within the theoretical issues and methods of interpretation School of History and Welsh History, the College and the use of evidence. It also provides you with Graduate School and the University. the necessary research skills to carry out an original piece of historical research in the chosen • Dissertation area of study.

The dissertation module gives you the opportunity to complete a piece of scholarly An MA will be awarded on successful completion research on a subject of your choice and of all 180 credits. discussed in detail with a chosen supervisor.

A Diploma will be awarded on the successful Option Modules: completion of the first 120 credits.

One chosen from the following: • The Age of Llywelyn ap Iorwerth • State, Society and Culture in Tudor Wales • Plaid Cymru a Gwleidyddiaeth Cymru (Plaid Cymru and Welsh Politics).

History / Welsh History / Archaeology / Heritage PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS It is possible to join the PhD after successfully completing a Masters in a related subject (History/Welsh History/Archaeology/Heritage) at Bangor or elsewhere. Applicants who do not speak English as their native language: IELTS score of 7.0 overall (no element below 6.5).

Students who have an overall score of 5.5 can take a summer pre-sessional course in the University’s English Language Centre for Overseas Students (ELCOS).

COURSE DESCRIPTION This is a degree scheme especially designed for those wishing to write their thesis on a topic relating to History/Welsh History/Archaeology/ Heritage. You will receive research and transferable skills training from the University’s Graduate Training Programme. You may also attend MA modules offered by the School and the College of Arts and Humanities Graduate School.

You will receive guidance from two supervisors.

CAREER PROSPECTS This is a research programme. You can pursue an academic career in History/Welsh History/ Archaeology/Heritage. The high level analytical and research skills acquired during this degree will increase your employability in areas such as communications, media, museums and heritage industries, teaching, publishing as well as roles in research and development roles more widely.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/history BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 37

STAFF PROFILE

Prof Ineke Mennen, Prof of Bilingualism Head of Speech Research Group, and Director of Graduate Studies “My research focuses on the acquisition of speech by bilingual speakers (encompassing both sequential and consecutive bilinguals) with a view to enhancing understanding of the mutual interaction between two or more phonetic systems and its implications for phonetic and phonological theory. I am particularly interested in understanding along which dimensions intonation and prosody differ across languages or language varieties, and how such differences are generated in speech production, evaluated in speech perception, acquired in first or second language acquisition, and lost or broken down in conditions of attrition or speech impairment.

As such, my research interests span different disciplines and provide a welcome balance between theory and practice. My research is experimental in nature and I employ instrumental techniques for data analysis.

While I have studied intonation mostly in adult sequential bilinguals, my research has also focused on acquisition of intonation in child speech as well as in disordered speech (e.g. in individuals with Parkinson's Disease, dysarthria, Asperger's Syndrome). Other research interests relate to speech and language therapy provision to bilingual clients and clients from ethnic and linguistic minorities.

38 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

I teach on the MA in Bilingualism. My research directly informs the modules I deliver on this MA programme. This means that students are exposed to the very latest research. I also supervise postgraduate and PhD students in areas including bilingual first language acquisition of sound structure, cross-language differences in the prosody of emotion, foreign accent, and phonetic first language attrition. My supervisees will have the opportunity to use and get training in our Bilingual Speech Laboratory, with state of the art recording facilities and speech analysis equipment.

The School of Linguistics and English Language is relatively small and very friendly. Staff get to know students as individuals. There is also a strong and vibrant research culture in the School with excellent links with other Schools, Colleges and Research Centres, including Modern Languages, Psychology, Education, and the Bilingualism Research Centre. Postgraduates have a dedicated fully-equipped computer lab, and actively participate in research and social events in the School.”

School of Linguistics and English Language About the School The School of Linguistics and English Language was established in 1960, making it one of the oldest Linguistics departments in the UK. The School provides a vibrant teaching and research environment, and is unique in the UK and internationally in terms of the areas of teaching and supervision that it offers. Students are taught and supervised by staff, all of whom are active researchers.

Many of the staff in the School are recognised as international leaders in their fields of expertise.

Postgraduate programmes in the School cover a wide range of theoretical and applied areas. While each MA and MSc course features compulsory training components, there are a wide range of option modules available. Students are supported in their learning by lectures, seminars and smaller tutorial groups, and are assessed in a range of ways, including research reports, and presentations. Learning is supported by a virtual BlackBoard system, which features a library of electronic reading resources that can be downloaded, discussion forums and lecture slideshows and other handouts. MA and MSc students progress through a taught component, comprising a range of compulsory and option modules, before embarking on a significant individual research project. This culminates in a 20,000 word dissertation, and is supported through one-on-one tutorials by a supervisor.

PhD study is supported by regular tutorials with a supervisor, as well as a second supervisor who has relevant expertise. You are also supported by a taught research training and development programme, and can also take subject-specific modules from the wide-range of postgraduate modules available through the School’s taught programme. PhD students have an annual allowance of funds available to them to participate in conferences, and are encouraged, as appropriate, to contribute to and participate in the School’s Research Seminar Series.

Strengths and expertise The School of Linguistics and English Language has two research priorities, in which it has world-class expertise. These are in the areas of Bilingualism and Cognitive Linguistics. The School’s expertise also extends to the areas of Language Development and Forensic Linguistics.

Bilingualism is the study of the way speakers of two (or more) languages acquire and use their languages and how these languages are represented in the mind. Bangor University is situated in the UK’s only truly bilingual region (Welsh-English). Members of staff in the School conduct research on all aspects of bi/multilingualism, and adopt a multidisciplinary, empirically-informed perspective. The School spearheaded the successful bid for a £5m Bilingualism

Research Centre, funded by the UK’s Economic and Social Science Research Council (ESRC). The Bilingualism Research Centre features state-of-the-art research facilities and a phonetics laboratory. The School has a central role in the organisation of the Summer School in Bilingualism at Bangor, which is taught by leading researchers in the field. The School is the only academic unit in the UK to offer an MA, and a PhD in Bilingualism. Moreover, the study of Bilingualism is central to the School’s Linguistics, and English Language undergraduate curriculum.

Cognitive Linguistics is the study of language that is informed by the psychological sciences. It provides an interdisciplinary approach which situates language within the study of the mind, culture and communication. Cognitive linguists assume that language reflects general cognitive abilities, and can be deployed to investigate certain aspects of the way the mind is organised. Members of staff in the School conduct research on various aspects of language, mind, text and culture from the perspective of cognitive linguistics. You can also specialise in cognitive linguistics at PhD level. Cognitive linguistics provision is central to the School’s undergraduate curriculum.

Staff and facilities The School has ten members of permanent academic staff, this includes three professors, with expertise in aspects of sociolinguistics, speech science and cognitive linguistics, as well as five lecturers, and two senior lecturers with expertise including speech and language disorders, to first and second language acquisition, bilingualism, forensic linguistics, Welsh linguistics and cognitive linguistics. In addition, the School is proud to have David Crystal as its Honorary Professor, who spends a full day in the School each year giving a series of lecturers on a range of language-related topics. Staff in the School conduct research on a wide range of languages including English, French, Danish, German, Italian, Spanish, Greek, Lombard, Dutch and Welsh.

The School features a range of learning facilities including a computer laboratory reserved for the School’s postgraduate students, an extensive collection of books on Linguistics and English Language maintained by the Bangor Linguistics Society (a student run society), and a phonetics laboratory which includes recording, speech analysis and audio facilities.

COURSE LIST: MA • Bilingualism • Cognitive Linguistics • Linguistics MSc • Forensic Linguistics • Language Development PhD/MPhil • Bilingualism • Linguistics

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382264 E-mail: lingadmin@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/linguistics

Overview of the academic areas covered within the School In terms of taught provision, the School offers an exciting array of taught programmes covering all aspects of bilingualism, human communication, language development, forensic linguistics, linguistics and cognitive linguistics. Introductory modules cover aspects of meaning, grammar, and sound, as well as dealing with research methods.

Advanced modules relate to a broad range of topics including grammatical systems, metaphor and thought, aspects of bilingualism, aspects of language acquisition and processing, forensic linguistics, crosslinguistic surveys in domains such as space and time, and many other areas.

The School currently offers PhD supervision in a wide range of areas, including language acquisition, forensic linguistics, cognitive linguistics, bilingualism, phonetics, second speech learning, Welsh linguistics, language processing, and speech and language disorders.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 39

Linguistics MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Foundations of Linguistics This module provides an overview of the discipline of language science. In particular, it covers key ideas, and methodologies in the study of meaning, grammar and sound.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Good undergraduate degree normally required.

Applicants who do not speak English as their native language must pass the IELTS English test • Language, Culture and Power with a score of 6.0 in all four components.

This is a survey module reviewing facts and Students who have an overall score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a summer pre-sessional course in processes involved in ethno-linguistic diversity, in language and development, in the University’s English Language Centre for multilingualism, and in sociolinguistics.

Overseas Students (ELCOS) prior to beginning their MA. • Research Methods in Linguistics This module aims at equipping you with the COURSE DESCRIPTION necessary foundations and tools to design and This course is for students with an carry out experimental research within undergraduate degree in any subject who want a linguistics. qualification in linguistics. You also write a research dissertation on a topic of your own choice. To help you achieve this, the programme Optional Modules: has a compulsory module on Research Training • Language Acquisition • Current Issues in Bilingualism which includes training in specific linguistic • Text Analysis research and general social science research.

• Issues in Forensic Linguistics Those who have a BA in Linguistics may be • Grammatical Systems and Change exempt from compulsory modules which they have already covered as part of their first degree, • Metaphor and Thought • Welsh Linguistics or may prefer to follow one of the other MA • Language Contact and Bilinguals modules offered by the School.

• L2 Speech Learning • Authorship Attribution • Language, Space and Time • Language and Communication

CAREER PROSPECTS An MA in Linguistics will give you a detailed understanding of how language works and the ability to conduct research at various levels of linguistic analysis. Graduates find career opportunities in communications, teaching, publishing, research, and the transferable skills acquired through this programme are beneficial in a range of other careers, including advertising, journalism, consulting etc. After successful completion of the MA in Linguistics, you may also decide to pursue an academic career in Linguistics, by applying for a place on the PhD in Linguistics.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics

Cognitive Linguistics MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Foundations of Linguistics This module provides an overview of the discipline of language science. In particular, it covers key ideas, and methodologies in the study of meaning, grammar and sound.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Good undergraduate degree in linguistics or a related area normally required. Applicants who do not speak English as their native language must pass the IELTS English test with a score of • Metaphor and Thought 6.0 in all four components. Students who have an This module represents an introduction to the main theoretical paradigms in cognitive overall score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a linguistics that investigate figurative language, summer pre-sessional course in the University’s particularly metaphor.

English Language Centre for Overseas Students (ELCOS) prior to beginning their MA. • Research Methods in Linguistics This module aims at equipping you with the COURSE DESCRIPTION necessary foundations and tools to design and The MA in Cognitive Linguistics is primarily carry out experimental research within aimed at those who wish to undertake a taught linguistics. programme of graduate-level study in order to pursue research in some aspect of Cognitive Optional Modules: Linguistics.

• Grammatical Systems and Change Cognitive Linguistics is a modern and innovative • Language, Space and Time approach to the study of language and mind, and • Language Acquisition their relationship with embodied experience and • Current Issues in Bilingualism • Text Analysis culture. The MA provides a focused and • Issues in Forensic Linguistics comprehensive programme of graduate-level • Welsh Linguistics training in the core subject matter of Cognitive • Language Contact and Bilinguals Linguistics, including the most important • L2 Speech Learning theoretical frameworks. The subject matter • Authorship Attribution covered includes conceptual structure and organisation, figurative language, grammar and • Language, Culture and Power mind, the relationship between language, thought • Language and Communication and culture, lexical and cognitive compositional semantics, the issue of embodiment, and contemporary methodology in Cognitive Linguistics.

40 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

CAREER PROSPECTS The MA provides a platform for those interested in pursuing an academic career, who can apply for an advanced research degree such as a PhD. Skills acquired through this programme increase your employability in a range of careers, including communications, teaching, publishing, research, journalism, consulting etc.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics

Forensic Linguistics MSc CAREER PROSPECTS Successful completion of the programme will provide you with the requisite skills, understanding, and knowledge to work ENTRY REQUIREMENTS effectively in environments where an Good undergraduate degree in linguistics or a understanding of legal practices is required; and related area normally required. Applicants who so will increase your employability in forensic do not speak English as their native language domains as well as in related fields such as the must pass the IELTS English test with a score of • Issues in Forensic Linguistics 6.0 in all four components. Students who have an This module deals with a cross-section of areas police force, prison service, emergency call services and security services. relevant to the study of forensic linguistics, overall score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a including (i) the techniques used by linguists to summer pre-sessional course in the University’s analyse language evidence to be used in court For further course details, please see: English Language Centre for Overseas Students www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics (specifically ‘forensic’ linguistics) and (ii) the (ELCOS). language used by legal professionals and laypersons in court (also known as ‘language COURSE DESCRIPTION and the law’).

The MSc Forensic Linguistics course provides a programme of graduate-level study and research • Research Methods in Linguistics training in this area. It consists of a taught This module aims at equipping students with component including a combination of core and the necessary foundations and tools to design optional modules, and a research dissertation of and carry out experimental research within 20,000 words. linguistics.

This course aims to develop your competence Optional Modules: and critical understanding of the range of • Text analysis phenomena dealt with in the field of forensic • Authorship Attribution linguistics (language analysis for authorship • Language Acquisition attribution; violent crime prevention/detection; • Current Issues in Bilingualism and an understanding language use in professional settings). The purpose of the course • Grammatical Systems and Change • Metaphor and Thought is to provide you with the necessary theoretical, analytical and methodological skills to undertake • Welsh Linguistics • Language Contact and Bilinguals practical work and/or advanced research in the • L2 Speech Learning field of forensic linguistics.

• Language, Space andTime • Language, Culture and Power • Language and Communication COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Foundations of Linguistics This module provides an overview of the discipline of language science. In particular, it covers key ideas, and methodologies in the study of meaning, grammar and sound.

Bilingualism MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Foundations of Linguistics This module provides an overview of the discipline of language science. In particular, it covers key ideas, and methodologies in the study of meaning, grammar and sound.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Good undergraduate degree in Linguistics or a related area normally required. Applicants who do not speak English as their native language must pass the IELTS English test with a score of • Research Methods in Linguistics 6.0 in all four components. Students who have an This module aims at equipping students with the necessary foundations and tools to design overall score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a and carry out experimental research within summer pre-sessional course in the University’s linguistics.

English Language Centre for Overseas Students (ELCOS) prior to beginning their MA. • Bilingual Research & Methods This module exposes you to a range of COURSE DESCRIPTION theoretical issues addressed and practical The MA in Bilingualism provides a programme of methods used in the study of bilingualism. graduate-level study in the broad field of bilingualism as well as research training in this area. It consists of a taught component including Optional Modules: a combination of core and optional modules, and • Language Contact and Bilinguals • Language Acquisition a research dissertation of 20,000 words.

• L2 Speech Learning The course provides a comprehensive, varied • Current Issues in Bilingualism and flexible programme of training in multi• Iaith Plant/Child Language disciplinary topics associated with the study of • Metaphor and Thought bilingualism, including issues relating to language, education, and cognition. The purpose • Language, Space and Time of the course is to provide you with the necessary • Language, Culture and Power • IT and Data Handling theoretical, analytical and methodological tools and skills to undertake advanced research in an • App. of IT data Handling • Statistics for Postgraduate Research area of bilingualism.

• SPSS for Postgraduate Research • Language and Communication • Issues in Forensic Linguistics • Welsh Linguistics • Grammatical Systems and Change • Language, Culture and Power

CAREER PROSPECTS Multilingualism is a wide-spread phenomenon in many countries including the UK. An MA in Bilingualism will give you a detailed understanding of issues related to bilingualism and the ability to conduct research in this area.

Graduates find career opportunities in communications, teaching, speech and language therapy, publishing, research, and the transferable skills acquired through this programme are beneficial in a range of other careers, including advertising, journalism, consulting etc. After successful completion of the MA in Bilingualism, you may also decide to pursue an academic career, by applying for a place on the PhD in Bilingualism.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 41

Language Development MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Foundations of Linguistics This module provides an overview of the discipline of language science. In particular, it covers key ideas, and methodologies in the study of meaning, grammar and sound.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Good undergraduate degree in linguistics or a related area normally required. Applicants who do not speak English as their native language must pass the IELTS English test with a score of • Language Acquisition 6.0 in all four components. Students who have an The main objective of this module is to introduce you to central questions in language overall score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a acquisition research (e.g. How do we learn the summer pre-sessional course in the University’s meaning of words? What are the advantages of English Language Centre for Overseas Students bringing up a child bilingually? Are children (ELCOS). better language learners than adults?). The focus will be on first language (L1) acquisition.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This new Language Development MSc course is • Research Methods in Linguistics the first master’s programme in Wales to offer This module aims at equipping you with the courses in typical and atypical language necessary foundations and tools to design and development in both monolingual and bilingual carry out experimental research within (simultaneous and sequential) populations. It linguistics. consists of a taught component including a combination of core and optional modules, and a Optional Modules: research dissertation of 20,000 words.

• L2 Speech Learning The Language Development MSc course aims to • Current Issues in Bilingualism develop your understanding of monolingual and • Text Analysis • Issues in Forensic Linguistics bilingual development and acquisition in typically-developing children, in adults, as well as • Grammatical Systems & Change • Metaphor and Thought children with language impairments. The purpose of the MSc programme is to provide you • Welsh Linguistics • Language Contact and Bilinguals with the necessary theoretical and • Authorship Attribution methodological skills to undertake research in • Language, Space and Time this field.

• Language, Culture and Power • Language and Communication

Linguistics / Bilingualism PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS It is possible to join the PhD. programme after successfully completing a Masters in Linguistics or related subject at Bangor or elsewhere.

Applicants who do not speak English as their native language must pass the IELTS English test with a score of 6.0 in all four components.

Students who have an overall score of 5.5 on the IELTS can take a summer pre-sessional course in the University’s English Language Centre for Overseas Students (ELCOS).

COURSE DESCRIPTION Linguistics PhD/MPhil: This is a research programme. You will receive research and transferable skills training from the University’s Graduate Training Programme. You may also attend modules on Linguistics offered by the School. You conduct research in an area of Linguistics, under the guidance of two supervisors, and submit a thesis at the end of the CAREER PROSPECTS programme.

This is a research degree, preparing you for an academic career in Linguistics / Bilingualism or Bilingualism PhD/MPhil: for other work requiring highly qualified This is a degree scheme which is especially individuals in related areas. The high level designed for those wishing to write their thesis analytical and research skills acquired during on the topic of bilingualism. You will receive research and transferable skills training from the this degree will increase your employability in areas such as communications, teaching, University’s Graduate Training Programme. You publishing, research etc. may also attend modules on Linguistics and Bilingualism offered by the School. You will For further course details, please see: receive guidance from two supervisors. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics

42 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

CAREER PROSPECTS Successful completion of the programme will provide you with the requisite skills, understanding, and knowledge to work effectively and increase your employability in organisations working with bilingual populations and second language learners with and without language impairment, such as speech and language therapists and teachers.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/linguistics

School of Modern Languages About the School The teaching of Modern Languages has featured in the University curriculum at Bangor ever since what was then the University College of North Wales welcomed its first students in 1884. Our work is based on this solid and continuous tradition and we embrace and promote the best of what technology has to offer the language learner.

We offer one of the UK's broadest and most flexible ranges of degree courses in French, German, Italian, and Spanish - plus many combinations with other subjects. We also provide modules which allow all students within the University the opportunity to develop their language skills throughout their time at Bangor.

The School of Modern Languages offers postgraduate research supervision in a variety of areas and languages (French, German, Italian, Spanish, Galician, Mandarin) in a friendly and vibrant environment. The School also hosts the Centre for Galician Studies in Wales and has close links with organisations all over the UK, Europe and the Far East.

We hold a regular Research Forum with a variety of guest speakers as well as regular events aimed specifically at fostering the research skills of our postgraduate students.

Teaching opportunities are also available for postgraduate students interested in further developing their profile.

There is a lively and expanding postgraduate community within the School, and students work in a close-knit and supportive environment.

Staff and facilities Our staff are internationally recognised researchers in their chosen fields, demonstrating a wide range of expertise.

Collaborative projects across the different language areas provide for a vibrant and cross-disciplinary research culture which feeds directly into postgraduate teaching.

Students interact regularly with staff through small group teaching and/or one-to-one tutorials, and students will normally have two project supervisors. Your supervisory team will encourage you to develop your research profile and career prospects by attending training events, presenting at international conferences and publishing your research.

At Bangor we boast excellent research support facilities including dedicated work stations and a broad range of media and library resources. You will be guaranteed full access to computing facilities, library provision and all departmental resources, including our extensive film library, subscriptions to foreign-language media, specialist language software and the Centre for Galician Studies library.

COURSE LIST: MA • European Languages and Cultures • Translation Studies PhD/MPhil • French and Francophone Studies • German Studies • Italian Studies • Hispanic Studies • Translation Studies PhD/MPhil by Practice • Translation Studies

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382130 E-mail: modlangs@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/ml

Overview of the academic areas covered within the School The School currently offers both taught postgraduate degrees and research-based postgraduate degrees covering a broad range of specialist and interdisciplinary areas.

These include Translation Studies, Iberian Studies (including Galician), German and Austrian Studies (with specific expertise on the post-1945 period), Italian Studies, Film Studies, Francophone Studies (both the 19thcentury and contemporary period) and Comparative Literature.

STAFF PROFILE

Expertise in cross-disciplinary areas is particularly strong in the fields of memory studies, minority languages and cultures, cultural transfer, and translation and sociopolitical change.

Dr Gillian Jein, Lecturer in French, School of Modern Languages “I studied French and History at Trinity College, Dublin gaining a double first-class honours degree before moving to Paris in 2001 to complete a DEA at Université Sorbonne Nouvelle, Paris III. In Paris I taught English at the Institut du Monde Anglophone, while residing and taking classes at the École normale supérieure.

After a semester at NYU, and some years working in London I returned to Trinity College, Dublin to research a doctoral thesis on urban travel writing, supervised by Professor David Scott. My PhD, funded by the prestigious Ussher Fellowship, was awarded in 2008 and is to be published as a monograph entitled Urban Crossings: French Travel Writing in London and New York, 1851-2000 by Anthem Travel Press. I am an editor of The Irish Journal of French Studies and co-founder of the Irish Centre for Transnational Studies.

After periods teaching at the University of Stirling and the University of Limerick, I came to Bangor in 2012. My research interests can be gathered under the rubric of ‘urban cultures’. I am interested in exploring the relationships between space, ideology and practices of urban life in France. The empirical slant of my research focuses on cultural practices and urban intervention, and is informed by theoretical strands of space, power and identity. Exploring the ethics of urban social space and its governance is a key theme informing this work. My current project is concerned with the dynamics of transnational identities in France and investigates how textual/visual practices of deceleration and interruption inform understandings of the self and belonging in the global city. The project has just been awarded a British Academy Small Grant.”

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 43

European Languages and Cultures MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time.

module from those on offer in any given year (in French, German, Italian or Spanish). These modules form the necessary preparation for the dissertation on a topic of personal interest.

Assessment is by essays, seminar papers, portfolio and a dissertation.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should have an appropriate first degree in a relevant subject with a minimum of second class honours, or a qualification or Compulsory Modules: experience which is acceptable as equivalent.

Non-native speakers of English will normally be • Research Methods This module develops skills in academic required to have IELTS 6.5 or above, with 6.5 or writing, presenting, and conducting more in writing and a minimum of 6.0 in all other bibliographic research in different language components or equivalent. Applications are areas. always considered individually, and applicants are judged on their individual merits; work experience and other factors are also considered. • Modes of Critical Theory This module takes a thematic approach to critical modes of analysis and critical theories.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Up to six themes are studied in a given The MA in European Languages and Cultures is academic year, including (but not limited to): designed to appeal to a wide range of suitable theories of language, conflict, memory, graduates. This course aims to enable you to aesthetics, national identity and gender. acquire an in-depth knowledge and understanding of European cultures and • Critical Theory in Practice identities within their socio-historical contexts and from a comparative perspective by analysing Building on Modes of Critical Theory, this module incorporates student-led case studies theories, films, literary works and historical based on themes studied in semester 1, and sources in the original language. The course requires some target-language academic provides a varied, cross-cultural and flexible writing to complement your analytical work. programme which allows students to specialise in specific aspects of European culture, such as literature, political and social history, aesthetics, Target Language Optional Modules: • (Non)conformity in the GDR critical theory, culture, national identity, cinema • Sites of Memory in Eastern Germany and the visual arts.

• Writing Austria • Pathologies of Memory The School offers research supervision in a • Noirs de France: Immigration, Integration variety of areas and languages and provides and Identity research opportunities in a personal and vibrant interdisciplinary environment. Having completed • From Surrealism to Street Art: Art, Politics and Everyday Life in France compulsory modules in 'Research Methods' and 'Critical Analysis', you choose a language specific • Visions of the City in French Cinema

• Translating Spain • 20th Century Spanish Women’s Writing • Italian Romanticism • 20th Century Italian Short Fiction Dissertation 20,000 words on a topic relevant to your chosen language specialism(s). This may be a comparative project across more than one language area.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The School of Modern Languages actively promotes engagement with local companies via the Knowledge Economy Skills Scholarships (KESS) and the Access to Masters (ATM) schemes. During the last few years, several MA students have benefited from these scholarships.

CAREER PROSPECTS The MA in European Languages and Cultures is designed for those wishing to enhance their employment prospects or to pursue research interests relating to a European context, with a view to a specific career in a number of areas, such as national and international businesses, education, translating, cultural management or the media. The course will equip you with a wide range of transferable skills, including skills in research and in written, oral and intercultural communication. It also provides the foundation for students who intend to continue their research at Bangor in the shape of a PhD qualification.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/modernlanguages

Translation Studies MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MA in Translation Studies programme requires a good honours degree or equivalent in a relevant subject. However, applicants are judged on their individual merits and age; work experience and other factors are also considered. Non-native speakers of English will normally be required to have IELTS 6.5 or above, with 6.5 or more in writing and a minimum of 6.0 in all other components or equivalent.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MA in Translation Studies not only provides excellent professional training, but also offers the opportunity to study in a bilingual country which hosts an intensive and stimulating research culture in Translation Studies. This course aims to prepare you both for professional careers in the translation industry and advanced academic research.

The first semester provides theoretical and methodological underpinning through modules in Translation Studies and Research Methods. The practice-led modules in the second semester provide you with an opportunity to investigate various aspects of the profession and explore areas of personal interest. The dissertation project consolidates your learning either through research or translation practice. The School of Modern Languages can offer supervision in a variety of research specialisms and languages; the languages available include: Chinese, English, French, Galician, German, Modern Greek, Italian, Spanish and Welsh.

44 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

The School works closely with the University’s Canolfan Bedwyr (Centre for Translation Services) and School of Welsh to provide Welshrelated modules.

Compulsory Modules: • Research Methods This module develops knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods at postgraduate level.

• The Making of a Discipline This module equips you with the necessary skills, knowledge and understanding to pursue independent research in the area of Translation Studies or other related disciplines.

Optional Modules (students choose one Content Module and one Practice Module): Content Modules: • Translation in Practice • Translation and Creative Writing • Translation in Wales Practice Modules: • Translation Portfolio • Cymraeg/English translation • English/Chinese legal translation

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The programme is closely linked with the local translation industry. Canolfan Bedwyr provides opportunities for site visits and work placements.

The ATM (Access to Masters) scheme allows you to apply your translation skills in a ‘real-life’ setting through work placements in public and private sectors that use translation services.

Further links with the translation industry are also being developed outside Wales.

CAREER PROSPECTS You will be prepared for a range of careers as translators within public organisations, such as the European Commission, as well as in private commercial companies and translation agencies.

You may also consider careers in other areas that require advanced language and communication skills such as marketing, public relations, technical writing or language teaching. If you wish to further your study subsequently, there is an opportunity to continue in Bangor with either a practice-led or a research-based doctorate in Translation Studies.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/modernlanguages

French and Francophone Studies / German Studies / Hispanic Studies / Italian Studies / Translation Studies PhD/MPhil French and Francophone Studies: • French film • Multiculturalism, immigration and national identity in modern France • Colonialism and slavery ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should normally have a first or upper • Memory studies second class honours undergraduate degree and • Travel writing • Urban cultures, graffiti and street art a Masters degree in a relevant subject. Nonnative speakers of English will normally be German Studies: required to have IELTS 6.5 or above, with 6.5 or more in writing and a minimum of 6.0 in all other • Post-war Austrian literature, society and politics components or equivalent. Applications are, • German Romanticism however, always considered individually, and • German/Spanish literary relations (19th C) applicants are also judged on their individual • East German history, society and politics merits, work experience and other relevant • Representations of memory in contemporary qualifications.

Germany • Representations of ageing, illness and death COURSE DESCRIPTION • Translation and ideology The School of Modern Languages offers research-based postgraduate degrees covering a Italian Studies: broad range of specialist and interdisciplinary • 20th and 21st Century Italian fiction areas within French, German, Hispanic, Italian • Memory and history in contemporary fiction and Translation Studies. The close working • Representations of space and the image relationship between these areas creates high of the city levels of interdisciplinarity and extensive crosscultural research, which is displayed through Hispanic Studies: research expertise in literary studies, film • The Spanish 19th century studies, visual culture, historical studies and translation. Co-supervision of comparative topics • 20th and 21st century peninsular literature • Spanish comics within the School can also be offered. Research specialism within the fields of translation studies • Iberian travel writing and minority cultures and languages also provide • Hispanic women writers for a research culture which is particularly suited • Galician Studies • Nations and Nationalisms in Spain to the bilingual community of north Wales.

• Spanish cinema You will normally be assigned two supervisors and are guaranteed full access to computing facilities (including translation memory software), library provision, and all School resources including the film library. Bangor has a long tradition of excellent student support. There is a lively and expanding postgraduate community within the School, and students work in a close-knit and supportive environment.

COURSE DURATION PhD: 3-4 years full-time; 6 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time, 3 years part-time.

Translation Studies (PhD/MPhil by Research or by Practice) A PhD or MPhil by Research in Translation Studies can include: a wide range of subjects on translation theory, history and practice, covering a range of European languages (German, French, Spanish, Italian) and Chinese. Due to the expertise of academic staff in the College of Arts and Humanities, certain topics would be particularly relevant. These include: translation and minority languages (with expertise in the Welsh, Galician and Catalan contexts available); translation and gender; sociological approaches to translation practice and contexts, or translation and the creative industries (journalism, film, media and creative writing).

A PhD or MPhil by Practice in Translation Studies would combine a completed translation of a critical/creative piece of work plus a dissertation, including 1) a critical analysis/commentary of the translation and its context and 2) critical piece engaging with Translation Studies which stands as a contribution to the field.

CAREER PROSPECTS Successful completion of a PhD or MPhil enhances employment prospects and opens up opportunities in a broad range of areas, including higher education, translating, cultural policy and management, the media, journalism, the publishing sector, national and international businesses.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/modernlanguages

The School is able to offer supervision of postgraduate degrees by research in the following areas:

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 45

STAFF PROFILE

Dr Christian Thomas Leitmeir, Senior Lecturer in Music, Director of Graduate Studies in Music Dr Leitmeir’s specialist research interests are in medieval music theory, Renaissance polyphony, palaeography, source studies, editorial philology and music of the long 19th century.

“Research specialisms in the School of Music cover a wide range from medieval chant right up to performance and composition with live electronics. As an expert in early music and editing, I am particularly thrilled to work in Bangor, which has a strong commitment to these two areas. In fact, we are one of the very few institutions where medieval, Renaissance and Baroque music as well as critical philology are not represented by a lone scholar, but by a host of specialists. The size of the University is very conducive to co-operation, both within the School and across different disciplines. Since I came to Bangor I have particularly enjoyed the congenial and open-minded atmosphere, where colleagues and postgraduate students form part of a genuine scholarly community.

In my experience, being far from the madding crowd of busy cities really helps to focus the mind. Although Bangor forms a great base for intensive research, we are equally committed to take our research out into the world. Both staff and students regularly present their work at international conferences and we hold international conferences ourselves every year, often organised by or with our postgraduate students.

On postgraduate level, research feeds directly back into teaching and supervision: for instance, I have a special interest in early music from Continental Europe, which still has undiscovered riches to offer. In order to share this passion, I have organised regular block seminars in Prague, where our students experience a different musical culture and meet colleagues from the Czech Republic, Poland, France and Germany.”

46 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Music About the School The School of Music has a stimulating postgraduate culture, with a lively community of taught and research postgraduates studying a wide range of areas. The School is small enough for students to feel a real sense of belonging, but large enough to offer exciting opportunities for collaborative work.

We have a long tradition of academic excellence, with 70% of our work rated 3* (internationally excellent) or 4* (world leading) in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise, confirming our status as one of the UK's leading research universities.

Our concert series is one of the most extensive and varied of any British university.

It includes regular concerts by resident ensembles (such as the Benyounes String Quartet and the Orlando Consort whose members also give workshops and master classes) and Electroacoustic Wales; a further high point of the season is the annual Bangor New Music Festival. The BBC National Orchestra of Wales also visits twice a year, and we have links with the Welsh National Opera.

Strengths and expertise Within composition, outstanding specialist areas are electroacoustic composition, sonic arts and composition for film. Musicology focuses around three world-leading Research Centres: the Centre for Research in Early Music (CREaM), which in turn forms part of the interdisciplinary Institute of Medieval and Early Modern Studies (IMEMS); the Centre for Advanced Welsh Music Studies (CAWMS); and the International Centre for Sacred Music Studies (ICSMuS). Other specialisms include editorial musicology and music of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries.

Staff and facilities Our staff, together with graduate teaching assistants and more than 30 instrumental and vocal teachers, allow us to teach within our various research specialisms, and cover an exceptionally wide range of subject matters. All of our staff have international research profiles which feed directly into postgraduate teaching; students profit from this through regular one-to-one tutorials and/or teaching in small groups. A strong sense of support and mutual interaction is encouraged through our fortnightly research seminars.

Our excellent facilities include state-of-theart electroacoustic studios equipped to international standards for recording, research and composition; a music library with over 3,000 CDs, 20,000 scores and an extensive video and DVD collection, with a fully-equipped listening and video/DVDviewing room; a specialist Archive of Traditional Welsh Music; our very own building with teaching rooms, rehearsal space, and a number of individual practice rooms, full complement of pianos, harpsichords, organs, harps and percussion; a collection of over 300 world instruments.

The University also has 2 fine concert halls.

COURSE LIST: MA • Music • Early Music • 20th and 21st Century Music MMus • Composition/Electro-acoustic Composition/Sonic Arts • Performance MA/MMus by Research • Music PhD/MPhil • Music

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382181 E-mail: music@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/music

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 47

Music (Standard Track) MA Historical Musicology, Editorial Musicology, Ethnomusicology, Celtic Traditional Music, Music in Wales, Music and the Christian Church, Composition, Electroacoustic Composition, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Composing Film Music, Studying Film Music, Solo A first degree at British Bachelor’s standard 2.i or equivalent. Performers will have to audition or, Performance, Sacred Music Studies, Early Music, alternatively, submit a recent unedited recorded 20th/21st Century Music. video performance, featuring contrasting The Preparing for the Part II Project module acts repertoire (25-30 minutes). Musicologists and as a bridge between Parts I and II. composers may be asked to submit samples of their work.

An additional 40 credits will be gained through submissions in other fields through either one For non-native English or Welsh speakers, proficiency in English - IELTS overall result of 6.5 Major Open Submission or two Minor Open Submissions. You can select from a number of with no individual score lower than 6.0. subject areas, including, but not restricted to, those listed above. Additional offerings include COURSE DESCRIPTION modules in Arts Administration, Music in the The MA in Music combines specialisation in one Community, Ethnomusicology and Analysis. area (including Historical Musicology, Editorial Musicology, Composition, Solo Performance) with Depending on the main area of specialism, you further training in up to three complimentary areas. The range of choice on this course makes will attend a core module in musicology it one of the most flexible MA programmes in the Current Musicology or composition - Contexts and Concepts in Composition. During these UK. You can make your education as broad or modules you will became familiar with up-tonarrow as you wish. For those with a singleminded interest in one area specialised degrees date research and creative techniques and methodologies in the selected disciplines. are available (see information on Special Track MA and MMus below).

Subject-specific teaching is provided through a combination of individual tuition and seminar The course is divided into two parts: two session in small groups. Within each of the semesters of taught study (Part I) and a chosen subject areas, you can identify your own substantial independent piece of work in the projects, for which you will receive expert main area, produced over the summer (Part II). supervision.

Part I is centred on the Principal Subject module in your main area of interest. It lays the foundations of a Part II project in the same area. The following subjects are available: COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2-5 years part-time.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The School of Music has traditionally been strong in establishing collaborative links. Through the Access to Masters scheme (ATM), several students pursued their MA studies in combination with a project for a company.

CAREER PROSPECTS On this course, you will develop and refine knowledge in your chosen subject areas at an advanced level, and be equipped to undertake specialist research in an informed and systematic manner by providing a range of appropriate methodologies and skills, whilst also attaining a high standard of scholarship and a mature intellectual understanding of your discipline.

All these are key skills which prepare you for the demands of highly qualified jobs (both within and outside music).

On the ever more competitive job market, a postgraduate qualification often makes the crucial difference. Previous students have pursued further careers as professional composers, performers, editors, scholars, arts administrators, librarians, instrumental/vocal tutors and school teachers.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music

Music (Special Track) MA Depending on the main area of specialism, you will attend the core module in musicology Current Musicology. During this module you will became familiar with up-to-date research and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS creative techniques and methodologies in the A first degree at British Bachelor’s standard 2.i or equivalent. Applicants may be asked to submit selected disciplines. samples of their work.

Subject-specific teaching is provided through a combination of individual tuition and seminar For non-native English or Welsh speakers, proficiency in English - IELTS overall result of 6.5 session in small groups. Within each of the chosen subject areas, you can identify your own with no individual score lower than 6.0. projects, for which you will receive expert supervision.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MA in Music (Special Track) allows you to RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY specialise in any one of the following areas: Historical Musicology, Editorial Musicology, Music The School of Music has traditionally been strong in establishing collaborative links. Through the in the Christian Church, Celtic Traditional Music, Access to Masters scheme (ATM), several Music in Wales, Studying Film Music. students pursued their MA studies in All the training will be centred on your main area, combination with a project for a company. aided by a broader look at the methodological foundation of the discipline as a whole (through the core module in musicology).

COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2-5 years part-time.

The programme is divided into two parts: two semesters of taught study (Part I) and a substantial independent piece of work in the main area, produced over the summer (Part II).

Part I is centred on the Principal Subject module in your area of specialism. Another aspect of the same area will be explored in the Independent Special Study. The Preparing for the Part II Project module acts as a bridge between Parts I and II.

48 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

CAREER PROSPECTS On this course, you will develop and refine knowledge in your chosen subject area at an advanced level, and be equipped to undertake specialist research in an informed and systematic manner by providing a range of appropriate methodologies and skills, whilst also attaining a high standard of scholarship and a mature intellectual understanding of your discipline.

All these are key skills which prepare you for the demands of highly qualified jobs (both within and outside music). Owing to its narrow focus, the Special Track course will generate a high level of expertise which makes you particularly marketable in your area of specialism.

On the ever more competitive job market, a postgraduate qualification often makes the crucial difference. Previous students have pursued further careers as performers, editors, scholars, arts administrators, librarians, instrumental/vocal tutors and school teachers.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music

Composition / Electro-acoustic Composition / Sonic Arts (Special Track) MMus COURSE DESCRIPTION The MMus in Composition / Electro-acoustic Composition / Sonic Arts (Special Track) allows you to specialise in any one area of composition, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS including Electro-acoustic Composition, Sonic Art A first degree at British Bachelor’s standard 2.i or equivalent. Composers will submit samples of and Composing for Film. their work. For non-native English or Welsh All the training will be centred on your main area, speakers, proficiency in English - IELTS overall aided by a broader look at compositional result of 6.5 with no individual score lower than techniques and approaches as a whole (through 6.0. the core module in Composition).

COURSE DURATION MMus: 1 year full-time, 2-5 years part-time.

The programme is divided into two parts: two semesters of taught study (Part I) and a substantial independent piece of work in the main area, produced over the summer (Part II).

Part I is centred on the Principal Subject module in a chosen area of composition. Another aspect of the same area or a different approach to composition will be explored in the Independent Special Study module. The Preparing for the Part II project module acts as a bridge between Parts I and II. Additionally you will attend a core module in composition - Contexts and Concepts in Composition. During this module you will became familiar with up-to-date research and creative techniques and methodologies in the selected disciplines.

Subject-specific teaching is provided through a combination of individual tuition and seminar session in small groups. Within each of the chosen subject areas, you can identify your own projects, for which you will receive expert supervision.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The School of Music has traditionally been strong in establishing collaborative links. Through the Access to Masters scheme (ATM), several students pursued their MA studies in combination with a project for a company.

CAREER PROSPECTS On this course, you will develop and refine knowledge in your chosen subject area at an advanced level, and be equipped to undertake specialist research in an informed and systematic manner by providing a range of appropriate methodologies and skills, whilst also attaining a high standard of scholarship and a mature intellectual understanding of their discipline.

All these are key skills which prepare you for the demands of highly qualified jobs (both within and outside music). Owing to its narrow focus, the Special Track course will generate a high level of expertise which makes you particularly marketable in your area of specialism.

On the ever more competitive job market, a postgraduate qualification often makes the crucial difference. Previous students have pursued further careers as professional composers, performers, arts administrators, librarians, instrumental/vocal tutors and school teachers.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music

Performance MMus COURSE DURATION MMusc: 1 year full-time; 2-5 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A first degree at British Bachelor’s standard 2.i or equivalent. Applicants will audition or, alternatively, may submit a recent unedited recorded video performance, featuring a contrasting repertoire (25-30 minutes). A sample of academic work may also be requested. For non-native English or Welsh speakers, proficiency in English - IELTS overall result of 6.5 with no individual score lower than 6.0.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MMus in Performance allows you to specialise in Solo Performance with further training in up to three complimentary areas.

The programme is divided into two parts: two semesters of taught study (Part I) and a substantial recital prepared over the summer (Part II).

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The School of Music has traditionally been strong in establishing collaborative links. Through the Access to Masters scheme (ATM), several students pursued their MA studies in combination with a project for a company.

CAREER PROSPECTS On this course you will develop and refine knowledge in your chosen subject areas at an Part I is centred on the Principal Subject module advanced level, and be equipped to undertake in Solo Performance. It lays the foundations of a specialist research in an informed and Part II project, which will result in a major recital. systematic manner by providing a range of The Preparing for the Part II project module acts appropriate methodologies and skills, whilst also attaining a high standard of scholarship and a as a bridge between Parts I and II. mature intellectual understanding of their discipline.

An additional 40 credits will be gained through submissions in other performance-related fields All these are key skills which prepare you for the through either one Major Open Submission or demands of highly qualified jobs (both within and two Minor Open Submissions. These are outside music). The special focus on available in the following subject areas: performance-related skills and activities will • Historical Performance Practice make you particularly employable as • Historical Musicology professional performers and vocal/instrumental • Techniques of Vocal/Instrumental Teaching tutors or prepare for a doctoral programme in • Performing with Live Electronics. performance.

The core module in Musicology will get you acquainted with up-to-date research and creative On the ever more competitive job market, a postgraduate qualification often makes the techniques and methodologies. crucial difference. Previous students have pursued further careers as professional You will receive 42 hours of vocal/instrumental performers, editors, scholars, arts tuition. In other subject areas, teaching is administrators, librarians, instrumental/vocal provided through a combination of individual tutors and school teachers. tuition and seminar session in small groups.

Within each of the chosen subject areas, you can For further course details, please see: identify your own projects, for which you will www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music receive expert supervision.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 49

The School of Music has a stimulating postgraduate culture, with a lively community of taught and research postgraduates studying a wide range of areas.

50 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Early Music (Standard Track) MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2-5 years part-time.

The programme is divided into two parts: two semesters of taught study (Part I) and a substantial independent piece of work in the main area, produced over the summer (Part II).

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A first degree at British Bachelor’s standard 2.i or equivalent. Applicants may be asked to submit Part I is centred on the Principal Subject module in Early Music. It lays the foundations of a Part II samples of their work. project in the same area. The Preparing for the Part II project module acts as a bridge between For non-native English or Welsh speakers, proficiency in English - IELTS overall result of 6.5 Parts I and II. with no individual score lower than 6.0.

An additional 40 credits will be gained through submissions in other fields through either one COURSE DESCRIPTION Major Open Submission or two Minor Open The MA in Early Music (Standard Track) allows Submissions. You can select from a number of you to specialise in music of the medieval and early modern periods. Typically this area will be subject areas related to early music, including: • Historical Musicology explored through a combination of different • Editorial Musicology perspectives, such as historical musicology, • Music and the Christian Church editorial musicology, sacred music studies.

• Sacred Music Studies This will be supported by broader look at the methodological foundation of the discipline as a • Analysis whole through the core module in musicology or the interdisciplinary modules: Current Musicology.

• Medieval Latin • Advanced Latin for Postgraduates • Manuscript and Printed Books Subject-specific teaching is provided through a combination of individual tuition and seminar session in small groups. Within each of the chosen subject areas, you can identify your own projects, for which you will receive expert supervision.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The School of Music has traditionally been strong in establishing collaborative links. Through the Access to Masters scheme (ATM), several students pursued their MA studies in combination with a project for a company.

CAREER PROSPECTS On this course, you will develop and refine knowledge in your chosen subject areas at an advanced level, and be equipped to undertake specialist research in an informed and systematic manner by providing a range of appropriate methodologies and skills, whilst also attaining a high standard of scholarship and a mature intellectual understanding of their discipline.

All these are key skills which prepare you for the demands of highly qualified jobs (both within and outside music). The special focus on music before 1700 will make you particularly employable in any profession related to early music.

On the ever more competitive job market, a postgraduate qualification often makes the crucial difference. Previous students have pursued further careers as editors, scholars, arts administrators, librarians, instrumental/vocal tutors and school teachers.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music

20th and 21st Century Music (Standard Track) MA An additional 40 credits will be gained through submissions in other fields through either one Major Open Submission or two Minor Open Submissions. You can select from a number of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS subject areas related to music after 1900, A first degree at British Bachelor’s standard 2.i including: or equivalent. Applicants may be asked to • Historical Musicology audition and/or submit samples of their work.

• Editorial Musicology For non-native English or Welsh speakers, proficiency in English - IELTS overall result of 6.5 • Ethnomusicology • Music in Wales with no individual score lower than 6.0.

• Music and the Christian Church • Composition COURSE DESCRIPTION • Electroacoustic Composition The MA in 20th/21st Century Music (Standard • Composing Film Music Track) allows you to specialise in music after • Studying Film Music 1900. Typically this area will be approached • Solo Performance through a combination of different angles, such • Performance/Composition with Live Electronics as historical musicology, analysis, performance • Sacred Music Studies and composition.

• Analysis • Arts Administration This will be aided by a broader look at • Music Studio Techniques techniques, methodologies and approaches • Popular Music Studies (through the core module in either Composition or Musicology).

Subject-specific teaching is provided through a combination of individual tuition and seminar The programme is divided into two parts: two session in small groups. Within each of the semesters of taught study (Part I) and a chosen subject areas, you can identify your own substantial independent piece of work in the projects, for which you will receive expert main area, produced over the summer (Part II). supervision.

Part I is centred on the Principal Subject module in 20th/21st Century Music. It lays the foundations of a Part II project in the same area.

The Preparing for the Part II project module acts as a bridge between Parts I and II. COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2-5 years part-time.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The School of Music has traditionally been strong in establishing collaborative links. Through the Access to Masters scheme (ATM), several students pursued their MA studies in combination with a project for a company.

CAREER PROSPECTS On this course, you will develop and refine knowledge in your chosen subject areas at an advanced level, and be equipped to undertake specialist research in an informed and systematic manner by providing a range of appropriate methodologies and skills, whilst also attaining a high standard of scholarship and a mature intellectual understanding of their discipline.

All these are key skills which prepare you for the demands of highly qualified jobs (both within and outside music). The special focus on music after 1900 will make you particularly employable in any profession related to contemporary music.

On the ever more competitive job market, a postgraduate qualification often makes the crucial difference. Previous students have pursued further careers as professional composers, performers, editors, scholars, arts administrators, librarians, instrumental/vocal tutors and school teachers.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 51

Music MA/MMus by Research COURSE DESCRIPTION Areas of Study Research degrees can be gained in the areas of musicology (MA by Research), performance and composition (both MMus by Research).

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Normally the research project will be limited to A first degree at British Bachelor’s standard any one area. Performers, however, will follow, in normally first-class degree or equivalent.

Applicants will be expected to prepare a proposal addition to their practical studies (60%), an agreed programme of original research into of a project, appropriate to the duration and historical study, performance practice, editing or academic level of the course. Performers will have to audition or, alternatively, submit a recent analysis, focusing on aspects related or central to unedited recorded video performance, featuring repertoire performed (40%). contrasting repertoire (30-40 minutes).

Structure of Programme Musicologists and composers may be asked to As a research programme, the course does not submit samples of their work. For non-native English or Welsh speakers, proficiency in English have a modular outline. Each student receives close supervision on an individual and original - IELTS overall result of 6.5 with no individual project, which has the potential to make a new score lower than 6.0. and substantial contribution to the field. Each student has a supervisory committee, led by the Postgraduate degrees by research are suitable main supervisor, assisted by two other staff for candidates who already have some members with relevant expertise. experience at postgraduate level (normally evinced through a Master’s degree). Applicants who can demonstrate outstanding ability in their You will have regular meetings with your chosen field of study at undergraduate level can supervisor and are entitled to consult other members of your committee as appropriate. You be admitted to the MA/MMus by Research. are also encouraged to present reports on your work in seminars and colloquia during your Apart from these formal requirements, period of study. applicants will be accepted on the strength of their research proposal.

Final assessment will be through viva voce examination through an appointed panel. The panel consists of one internal examiner from within the University/School (not identical with members of the supervisory committee), one external examiner, who is an expert in the field, and a chair.

COURSE DURATION Registration period (excluding write-up year) MA/MMus: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time.

Submission: • Historical Musicology / Editorial Musicology: Thesis of 50,000 words or equivalent • Composition: Portfolio of compositions, consisting of around 60 minutes of music (depending on complexity); accompanying essay of 5,000-7,000 words on style, technique and aesthetic which contextualises the submitted portfolio • Performance: (i) one full-length public recital (40-50 mins) and one CD (40-50 mins) with partial overlap of repertoire (60%) (ii) dissertation on a related area (15,000 words) or a composition of comparable length for the instrument in question (40%) RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The School of Music has traditionally been strong in establishing collaborative links, often combined with full funding (through schemes such as KESS and KTP).

CAREER PROSPECTS A research postgraduate degree is the highest attainable study qualification. During the programme you will make a significant and original contribution to your subject area and become a leading expert in this field.

The learning process, although supervised, is independent, self-motivated and self-directed.

Together with your subject-specific expertise, this makes graduates qualified for managerial positions or for an academic career.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music

Music PhD/MPhil Structure of Programme As a research programme, the course does not have a modular outline. Each student receives close supervision on an individual and original project, which has the potential to make a new and substantial contribution to the field.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Each student has a supervisory committee, led A degree at British Master’s standard: normally by the main supervisor, assisted by two other merit degree or equivalent. Applicants will be staff members with relevant expertise. expected to prepare a proposal of a project, appropriate to the duration and academic level of Research students have regular meetings with their supervisor and are entitled to consult other the course. Performers will have to audition or, alternatively, submit a recent unedited recorded members of their committee as appropriate.

They are also encouraged to present reports on video performance, featuring contrasting their work in seminars and colloquia during each repertoire (45-60 minutes). Musicologists and of their period of study. Final assessment will be composers will be asked to submit samples of through viva voce examination through an their work. For non-native English or Welsh appointed panel. The panel consists of one speakers, proficiency in English - IELTS overall internal examiner from within the result of 6.5 with no individual score lower than University/School (not identical with members of 6.0. the supervisory committee), one external examiner, who is an expert in the field, and a Postgraduate degrees by research are suitable chair. for candidates who already have some experience at postgraduate level (normally Submission – PhD evinced through a Master’s degree). Apart from • Historical Musicology / Editorial Musicology: these formal requirements, candidates will be Thesis of 100,000 words or equivalent accepted on the strength of their research • Composition: Portfolio of compositions, proposal. consisting of around 120 minutes of music (depending on complexity); accompanying COURSE DESCRIPTION essay of 7,000-10,000 words on style, Areas of Study technique and aesthetic which contextualises Research degrees can be gained in the areas of the submitted portfolio musicology, performance and composition.

• Performance: Normally the research project will be limited to (i) two full-length public recitals (40-50 mins) any one area. Performers, however, will follow, in and one CD (40-50 mins), featuring different addition to their practical studies (60%), an repertoire (60%) agreed programme of original research into (ii) dissertation on a related area (40,000 words) historical study, performance practice, editing or analysis, focusing on aspects related or central to or a composition of comparable length for the instrument in question (40%). repertoire performed (40%).

COURSE DURATION Registration period (excluding write-up year) PhD: 3 years full-time, 6 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time; 4 years part-time.

52 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Submission – MPhil • Historical Musicology / Editorial Musicology: Thesis of 60,000 words or equivalent • Composition: Portfolio of compositions, consisting of around 70 minutes of music (depending on complexity); accompanying essay of 5,000-7,000 words on style, technique and aesthetic which contextualises the submitted portfolio • Performance: (i) one full-length public recital (40-50 mins) and one CD (40-50 mins), featuring different repertoire (60%) (ii) dissertation on a related area (20,000 words) or a composition of comparable length for the instrument in question (40%).

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The School of Music has traditionally been strong in establishing collaborative links, often combined with full funding (through schemes such as KESS, and KTP).

CAREER PROSPECTS A research postgraduate degree is the highest attainable study qualification. During the programme students will make a significant and original contribution to their subject area and become a leading expert in this field. The learning process, although supervised, is independent, self-motivated and self-directed.

Together with their subject-specific expertise, this makes candidates qualified for managerial positions or for an academic career.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/music

School of Philosophy and Religion About the School The School of Philosophy and Religion offers students the opportunity to study some of the most important and challenging philosophical and ethical ideas that have shaped Western culture and to consider how they interrelate with Western religious thought. The School has developed out of a longstanding tradition in these subject areas within the University since the nineteenth century, and it provides a friendly, supportive and informal atmosphere that will enable students to cultivate the skills of debate and independent thinking. Students will benefit from personal attention, small group teaching and one-to-one supervision. Our Masters and doctoral students are part of the Graduate School within the College of Arts and Humanities and all new students participate in an induction course which helps provide them with the necessary skills to undertake their research.

The School holds regular seminars at which students present their work in progress. This fosters a strong sense of student support and mutual interaction. The Masters programmes offer a blend of taught modules and personal supervision allowing students to pursue their own interests and drawing on the wideranging expertise of members of staff, all within a structured framework.

Overview of the academic areas covered within the School The expertise of the staff lies in the areas of the history of Western philosophy (including continental and analytical philosophy), psychoanalysis, and Christian and Jewish thought. The modules offered explore the principal ideas, disputes, and arguments that have shaped Western thought from ancient to modern times, including rationalism, empiricism, existentialism, and ethical motivations. Students will develop an indepth understanding of different philosophical thinkers such as Marx, Nietzsche, and Freud before critiquing their ideas and identifying their influence on other relevant cultural, religious, socio-political and epistemological discourses. Students will also study the foundation of Christian ethics in the New Testament and will examine its roots in the Jewish religious tradition as reflected in the Old Testament. They will also critically discuss the application of Christian ethical values to specific issues or areas of contemporary concern such as stem-cell research, euthanasia, abortion, capital punishment, and environmental ethics. The Texts in Context module provides students with a detailed introduction to research methods and to a range of critical and theoretical approaches.

COURSE LIST: MA/MRes • Philosophy and Religion# MA by Distance Learning • Studies in Philosophy and Religion MTh by Distance Learning • Theology* PhD/MPhil • Philosophy and Religion

#

These courses will be offered for 2015 entry * Full details of this programme is on our website: www.bangor.ac.uk/spar

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382079 E-mail: spar@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/spar

Both the MA and MRes programmes require the student to write an extended piece of research on a subject of their choice.

Staff and facilities Staff of the School are internationally recognised experts in their chosen field; they serve as editors or on the editorial boards of leading international journals, and are deeply committed to passing on their knowledge in an interesting and lively way in order to enhance the learning experience of the student.

Since both religion (under various guises) and philosophy have been taught at Bangor for well over a hundred years, the library is particularly well stocked with books and periodicals which match the School’s research interests.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 53

Philosophy and Religion MA/MRes COURSE DURATION MA/MRes: 1 year full-time; 3 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Bachelor’s degree at 2.i or higher is normally required. Possession of a suitable professional qualification or other relevant experience may also be accepted.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The two taught postgraduate degree programmes aim to provide a flexible yet rigorous philosophical analysis within the Western cultural tradition and ethical analysis within the Jewish and Christian religious tradition. Students pursuing the MA programme will be expected to study the following modules in Part 1 before progressing to a 20,000 word dissertation in Part 2:

CAREER PROSPECTS Those wishing to teach religion or philosophy in schools or in institutions of Higher Education will find the programme especially beneficial. Many who pursue the programme will enter various careers in the public or private sector. It is anticipated that international students from nonWestern cultures will find this degree helpful in working in international organisations and businesses. Some students may wish to proceed to doctoral study and pursue an academic career in a university setting.

If your native language is not English, you must provide satisfactory evidence that you have an Compulsory Module: adequate knowledge and understanding of written and spoken English. IELTS: overall score • Texts in Context This module explores the importance of writing For further course details, please see: of 7.0 (with no component below 6.5) or style and textual interpretation within religious www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/philosophyandreligion equivalent, usually acceptable. It may be and philosophical discourses. You will be necessary for applicants falling short of this minimum standard to attend an intensive English introduced to close readings of three texts written in disparate styles in order to Language course before registering for the appreciate how these styles reveal the different academic programme. Such a course is available motivations and intentions of their author. The at Bangor. texts to be studied are the book of Joshua in the Old Testament; René Descartes’ Discourse on Method; and Thus Spoke Zarathustra (18831885) a philosophical work written by Friedrich Nietzsche that is thought to parody the Bible.

Other Modules include: • Ethics in Culture • History of Philosophy • Masters of Suspicion Students pursuing the MRes programme will be expected to study the compulsory Texts in Context module and any one of the other modules listed above in Part 1 before progressing to a 40,000 word dissertation in Part 2.

Studies in Philosophy and Religion MA (Distance Learning) COURSE DESCRIPTION This research-based course offers a lot of flexibility and is tailor made to suit your interests in philosophy and/or religion. It will allow you to ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should normally have an appropriate explore your chosen topics under your own first degree with minimum 2.i, or alternatively a terms, driven by your own questions under the qualification of experience which is acceptable as guidance of an experienced research equivalent. Mature students without appropriate professional. The course comprises two parts. academic qualifications will be considered on an individual basis.

Part One You will write four essays, each of 5,000 words If your native language is not English, you must (30 credits each). At least two of theses will be on provide satisfactory evidence that you have an topics from any two of the four MA Philosophy adequate knowledge and understanding of and Religion modules (listed above). The other written and spoken English. IELTS: overall score two essays will be on topics chosen from a list of of 7.0 (with no component below 6.5) or ‘specialised studies’. (This list will be continually equivalent, usually acceptable. It may be updated, with more topics added during 2013/14. necessary for applicants falling short of this Currently they comprise, Old Testament, minimum standard to attend an intensive English Psychoanalytic Studies, Continental Philosophy, Language course before registering for the Political Philosophy, Philosophy of Education, academic programme. Such a course is available Religious Experience.) The ‘specialised studies’ at Bangor. give you the opportunity to work on any topic you are interested in, provided it falls within the broad research expertise of the staff within the School. If you wish to take these modules you should consult the staff profile pages of the School website to see the broad topics and areas that can be supervised.

COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 3 years part-time.

The course offers students the flexibility of a postgraduate degree without having to come to Bangor University to study. It is ideal for overseas students who wish to remain in their home countries and for those who find living in or regular travel to Bangor unfeasible. The course makes use of Bangor’s extensive online facilities including Blackboard, the University’s Virtual Learning Environment, and close contact with a personal supervisor throughout the duration of your study.

CAREER PROSPECTS The course provides you with skills of learner autonomy, and advanced grounding and specialist knowledge in your chosen field of inquiry. It will enhance your employment and career prospects in today’s increasingly competitive job market. It is anticipated that international students from non-Western cultures will find this degree helpful in working in international organisations and businesses.

Many of our students will pursue a career in the public or private sector. Some will go to teach in schools or in institutions of Higher Education.

This course will equip students with the skills and experience required to proceed to doctoral study and to pursue an academic career in a university setting.

Part Two You will write a supervised dissertation of 20,000 For further course details, please see: words (60 credits); the subject of the dissertation www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/philosophyandreligion will be decided by you in consultation with your supervisor.

Each component involves regular one-to-one supervision. Guidance and feedback is given via email, telephone, Skype, or other means that are agreed between you and your supervisor.

54 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Philosophy and Religion PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS To be accepted to an MPhil degree you will be expected to have gained a 2.i degree or above in Philosophy and/or Religion or in a related subject. To be accepted for a PhD degree students will either have attained a Masters degree in Philosophy and/or Religion or in a related subject or have an exceptional undergraduate degree and demonstrate an ability to complete an independent and original research project.

If your native language is not English, you must provide satisfactory evidence that you have an adequate knowledge and understanding of written and spoken English. IELTS: overall score of 7.0 (with no component below 6.5) or equivalent, usually acceptable. It may be necessary for applicants falling short of this minimum standard to attend an intensive English Language course before registering for the academic programme. Such a course is available at Bangor.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The aim of the MPhil degree is that you will have gained substantial specialist knowledge of a particular discipline and/or historical period, as a basis for more detailed research. You will have developed independent research skills appropriate for an academic post or a career in advanced research and written a substantial thesis, which may be extended subsequently into a thesis at doctoral level.

CAREER PROSPECTS This is a research degree, preparing you for an academic career in religion or philosophy or for other work requiring highly qualified individuals in related areas. The high level analytical and research skills acquired during this degree will increase your employability in areas such as communications, teaching, publishing, research.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/philosophyandreligion

The aim of the PhD degree is to assist you to complete a major piece of research in the area of Philosophy and/or Religion, and to demonstrate suitable academic attainments for appointment to a University-level teaching or research post. At the end of the programme, you will possess a good general knowledge of the particular field of learning within which the subject of the thesis falls and will have made a significant, original and substantial contribution to research.

For both degree programmes, you will receive research and transferable skills training from the University’s Graduate Training Programme.

You will be assigned a supervisor, whose duty it is to advise concerning the choice of subjects and on any questions relating to your academic work.

Teaching is by means of individual tuition, according to the circumstances and the discretion of the supervisor. Arrangements vary from case to case. Advice can be given also by email or telephone but you will need to meet your supervisor on a regular basis in order to discuss your progress.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 55

STAFF PROFILE

Dr Aled Llion, Lecturer, School of Welsh “For some time, I taught Welsh and Celtic Studies at overseas universities, including Lublin (Poland), Gaillimh (Ireland) and Harvard (USA). During the last two years I have had the privilege of being a Lecturer at the School of Welsh, Bangor University, and it is an extremely pleasant experience to begin to see Wales from within once again! I tend to work on the border between Literature and Philosophy (the area of my undergraduate degree). Hitherto, my main research work has focused on Welsh Medieval poetry and poetic art, making considerable use of concepts borrowed by European thinkers in the traditions of using Philosophy of Language and Literary Theory.

It is very pleasant to live and work in an atmosphere as Welsh as that of Bangor University and the surrounds. This was my main reason for returning to Wales – in order to speak Welsh (English can be spoken anywhere!). It is this, together with the School’s intellectual richness and the commitment of its lecturers, that makes the experience of teaching – and learning – here so noteworthy; it is not surprising that students derive such pleasure from the experience of being here.

The languages of the world form part of the immeasurable treasury of our heritage – the cultural ambience is of equal importance to the natural environment, and vice versa – and it is a privilege and pleasure to contribute to international discussions which can place Welsh language and literature at the centre.

Having said so, sometimes, people are somewhat overawed when they remember who their colleagues are; all the other lecturers in the School of Welsh are authors and academics of an international standing, not to mention their vast contributions to the culture of Wales. An effort, therefore, needs to be made!“

56 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Welsh About the School The survival of Welsh in the modern era – both as a living language and a dynamic literary medium – is a truly remarkable story.

As Wales gradually evolves into a vibrant bilingual nation, there has never been a more exciting time to study the language and its literature at postgraduate level. Bangor University is located in an area where 69% of the population is able to speak Welsh. No other university offers such a unique linguistic environment to study a living Celtic language and its literature.

Bangor University’s contribution to the growth of modern Welsh scholarship and learning has been immense. It was here that John Morris-Jones compiled his monumental Welsh Grammar (1913), which forms the basis of the modern literary language.

Between the 1930s and 1960s, it was at Bangor that Ifor Williams produced the first modern scholarly editions of the earliest Welsh poetry. Bangor also had an instrumental role in the production of three of the outstanding reference works of contemporary Wales, The Welsh Academy English-Welsh Dictionary (1995), Dictionary of the Place-Names of Wales (2007), and the Welsh Academy Encyclopaedia of Wales (2008).

Staff and facilities Our staff are leading international experts in their respective fields of study. Their publications encompass both the medieval period and the literature of Wales in more recent times. The School has expertise in all of the major fields of Welsh literature, and among our staff are some of contemporary Wales’s leading writers and creative practitioners.

Students can take advantage of the excellent IT Services on offer at the University together with an extensive collection of books and journals in our Library and Archives Service.

Many of the journals are available online in full-text format and we also have databases, videos and CDs; micro material; a wonderful manuscript collection and a web-based catalogue to access e-books, e-journals, past exam papers, subject guides and other learning resources.

Overview of the academic areas covered within the School If you have experience of studying literature or comparative literature at undergraduate level, we would be interested in hearing from you. Wales has an unbroken literary tradition which extends back to such medieval highlights as the tales of the Mabinogion (which include the Welsh Arthurian legends), the heroic poetry of the Book of Aneirin and the love and nature poetry of Dafydd ap Gwilym. During the twentieth century, writers such as T. Gwynn Jones, Saunders Lewis, Kate Roberts and T.H. Parry-Williams gave a dynamic new direction to the literature of Wales.

You may also have an interest in the social history of minority languages and the manner of their survival in the modern world.

How did Welsh survive the industrial revolution? What was the fate of the Welsh diaspora in north America? What is the connection between Welsh and the growth of nationalism in modern Wales? If you are intrigued by such questions, a postgraduate course at the School of Welsh at Bangor is for you!

COURSE LIST: MA/Diploma • Cymraeg/Welsh • Y Celtiaid - The Celts PhD/MPhil • Cymraeg/Welsh

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382240 E-mail: cymraeg@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/ysgolygymraeg

The great merit of our MA course is its flexibility and the fact that it allows a free choice of topics within the broad parameters of the discipline. If, for example, you are primarily interested in medieval literature, your course will be structured accordingly. If, on the other hand, you wish to undertake a study of modern Welsh literature, or, if you wish to pursue the social history of Welsh, our MA course will be able to accommodate your academic interests.

Research for the degree of MPhil or PhD may be conducted in the main fields of Welsh literature from the medieval period to the present, e.g. early court poetry, Welsh saga poetry, the tales of the Mabinogion, Dafydd ap Gwilym, the poets of the Welsh gentry, literature and society 1500-1900, the Welsh diaspora and Welsh culture of north America, the modern Welsh novel, modern Welsh poetry, the modern Welsh theatre.

For those students who have no knowledge of Welsh prior to enrolment, the School works in close partnership with the University’s Welsh for Adults Unit, which has a host of courses and opportunities for students wishing to learn the language. Your language tuition needs will be assessed as part of the application process. Before embarking on your postgraduate course, you may well decide to take advantage of the Welsh for Adults Unit’s intensive three-week sumer school for beginners.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 57

Y Celtiaid – The Celts MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; up to 3 years part-time; Diploma: 30 weeks full-time.

This new MA gives you the opportunity and ability to sift fact and fiction, and to answer in detail the question: ‘Who were – and who are – the Celts?’

anthropology, art, music, literature, politics), we explore what is considered as ‘Celtic’ material in these various fields, and discuss the main arguments which have been forwarded in the course of defining the term.

Do ‘The Celts’ actually exist, and if so, who and what are they? How can we discuss such questions, with what methodology and with what • Celtic Institutions This module explores the main aspects of evidence? How has the word itself (‘Celt’, ‘Keltoi’, medieval ‘Celtic’ literacy, in poetry and prose, etc.) been used through the centuries, from across a range of genres from the prose Classical historians to modern pop musicians? legends and the court poetry to the laws and What has been – and what is – the political and the vitae (Lives of Saints and rulers). The main ideological relevance of the ‘Celt’? focus is on Wales and Ireland, but the other Celtic languages will also be considered.

The course is taught by experts in the Schools of Equally, we consider the continuation of these Welsh; History, Welsh History and Archaeology; early traditions into the modern period and up and Music, studying literature, archaeology, to the current day. religion, mythology, antiquarianism, art history and music, to explore the culture and identity of the Celtic peoples from the hillforts of prehistory Optional Modules: IELTS overall score of 6.0 (no single component below 5.5) or equivalent is usually acceptable for to the devolved and independent parliaments of A wide range of optional modules are available for students wishing to pursue specific research those who wish to study this course through the today. interests (e.g. History, Archaeology, Music, medium of English. It may be necessary for Medieval Literature, contemporary aspects). applicants falling short of this minimum standard Compulsory Modules: • The Celt: Sources of Evidence to attend an intensive English Language course CAREER PROSPECTS This module introduces the main sources for before registering for the academic programme.

You will acquire a wide range of transferrable information about the ‘Celts’, based on two Such a course is available at Bangor. different definitions of ‘Celtic’: (i) the use of the skills, enabling you to proceed to a variety of word itself (‘Celt’, ‘Keltoi’, etc.) in identification or career paths, including all those normally COURSE DESCRIPTION associated with graduates in the Humanities. self-identification; (ii) the prime sources ‘Celtic’ brings to mind the intricacies of Bronze concerning attitudes to the history and identity Those who wish to pursue academic interests Age jewellery, the massive structures of will gain a sound basis to enable you to continue of the ‘Celts’ (defined as those peoples who Stonehenge and Newgrange, the legends of speak or spoke a Celtic language in the Modern to PhD level.

Arthur and Cú Chulainn and the Bardic craft of period). medieval kings and princes. But ‘Celtic’ is also For further course details, please see: about the Renaissance, the Enlightenment and www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/welsh the New World; Romanticism, Revolution and the • The Creation of the Modern Celt This module explores how the concept of the struggles for survival in modernity of entire ‘Celt’ and the ‘Celtic’ was used and manipulated national identities. in the Modern period. Considering a wide range of discourses (e.g. linguistics, archaeology, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MA programme requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g. literature, history, folklore, mythology, comparative literature, archaeology, anthropology from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution.

Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits and age; work experience and other factors are also considered.

Welsh MA COURSE DESCRIPTION The MA in Welsh is a long-established and successful course which combines a practical grounding in postgraduate and research training ENTRY REQUIREMENTS with the opportunity to concentrate on a specific Our MA course is suitable for students who already have fluency in Welsh and for those who and chosen field of study. Whilst maintaining its aim to acquire – in a rigorous academic context – own distinct identity, the MA course is also a means of laying foundations for a subsequent a greater understanding of the language, its PhD project in terms of training provision and literature and of Welsh culture in general. For thematic context. those who have no previous experience of studying Welsh at university level, a good first You study for an MA in Welsh by the traditional degree, preferably in the humanities or social sciences, is required. However, applicants will be route of examination and dissertation. The first judged on their individual merits and all relevant part (examination) comprises three course essays (3 x 4,000-6,000 words) which should experiences will be considered. display a solid grasp of the broad outlines of your chosen field of study; the second part is the dissertation (20,000 words) comprising original research based in part on primary material.

During Semester 1 you will also follow an induction course on research methodology in the field of Welsh.

COURSE DURATION 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time.

nature, linking the study of Welsh with areas such as English literature, medieval studies, European languages, language revitalization, Arthurian studies, history, religion, philosophy, gender studies, political theory and nationalism.

Course Modules: • Individual Study I • Individual Study II • Individual Study III • Dissertation CAREER PROSPECTS Wales is a bilingual country in which English and Welsh are legally recognised as official languages. In fields as varied as education, language planning, media and journalism, the civil service, the heritage industry, public relations and marketing there is a great demand for graduates who have competence in Welsh and an ability to work in a bilingual environment.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/welsh The great strength of our MA course is its flexibility and the fact that it allows a free choice of topics within the broad parameters of the discipline. If you are primarily interested in medieval Welsh literature – the Gododdin, the Mabinogion, or Dafydd ap Gwilym, for example – your course will be structured and tailored accordingly and you will have a dedicated course supervisor who will be an expert in your chosen field of study. If, on the other hand, you wish to undertake a study of modern Welsh literature and culture, or aspects relating to the language itself, we will be able to accommodate your academic interests. We also warmly welcome students who wish to embark on a structured Welsh MA course which may be comparative in

58 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Welsh PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time; 5 to 6 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time; 4-5 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to our PhD/MPhil programme requires a good ďŹ rst degree and an MA in Welsh, Celtic Studies, or a closely related area.

COURSE DESCRIPTION An MPhil allows for two full academic years of research, leading to a dissertation of up to 30,000 words. You are free to pursue your own course of research, decided upon in consultation with the School and your academic advisor.

The School of Welsh runs an exchange programme with Harvard University's Department of Celtic Languages and Literatures, enabling students from each institution to spend a semester studying at the other. Harvard is recognised as one of the leading educational establishments in the world, and in addition to world-leading research facilities in most areas of the Humanities, its libraries contain outstanding collections of Welsh and Welsh-language materials.

Our PhD programmes are usually 3 years of fulltime study with a 60,000 to 100,000 word thesis being submitted at the end of the third year.

Recent PhDs have been completed in ďŹ elds covering the whole range of Welsh-language literature, from the Middle Ages (e.g. court poetry, For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/welsh medieval Welsh proverbs, bardic lore and education) to the work of living contemporary authors, and on areas as diverse as popular culture, the history of Welsh and language planning, feminist studies and the editing of eighteenth-century Interludes. Welsh-language research is of course not limited to the geography of Great Britain, and Bangor has produced much important research into the literature and culture of the Welsh-speaking Americas.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 59

60 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Lifelong Learning About the School The School of Lifelong Learning provides high quality and flexible part-time educational opportunities across north Wales. Our parttime postgraduate courses are aimed both at working people looking for professional and career development, and at those wishing to study at a higher level for more general personal challenge and development. The programmes scored highly in the most recent student survey, gaining 100% on most measures of satisfaction.

Overview of the academic areas covered within the School: The Community Development Programme benefits from the expertise of academic and practitioner tutors brought together to ensure a learning-for-change process that has critical reflection, research based and applied practice at its core. A key element of this course is the accredited study visit programme to communities and regions across Europe and the seminar series delivered by critical experts in the field.

The School is involved in a wide range of action research and projects related to various aspects of lifelong learning. Our key areas of interest are:

The Women’s Studies Programme is unique in Wales and has been taught at Bangor since 1994. Within the programme, participants gain critical insight into the issues facing women in contemporary Wales and benefit from the expertise of academic tutors and keynote speakers. The knowledge and understanding gained has enabled women to progress their work and lives successfully.

Dissertation texts also add to depth and wealth of information on women’s lives in Wales.

• Community development • Learning for change • Womens’ issues • Global citizenship • Older learners • New technologies and lifelong learning Our action research and projects complement our teaching activity, enabling us to develop new learning materials and to extend our activities to reach a wider range of learners across north Wales. We work in partnership with other organisations across the region and have a wide range of active European partners.

The MA Fine Art Programme builds on the successful undergraduate programme and through three phases of part-time study enables independent studio practice to develop over a longer period of time than conventional degrees. The programme is designed to engage you in substantial studio based research and you will review, develop and strengthen your position as a practising artist.

COURSE LIST: MA/Diploma/Certificate • Community Development (part-time) • Fine Art (part-time) • Women's Studies (part-time)

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382475 E-mail: ll@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/ll

Our programmes scored highly in the most recent student survey, gaining100% on most measures of satisfaction

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 61

Community Development MA/Diploma/PgCert COURSE DURATION MA: up to 3 years part-time; PgDip: 1 year part-time; PgCert: 1 year part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Non-traditional entry encouraged based on a minimum of 3 years experience in the field/in a related field. Traditional entry is a minimum of a 2.ii undergraduate degree.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The main aim of the taught sections of the Postgraduate Programme is to increase the critical understanding, practical knowledge and skills of workers (paid and voluntary) in community development and related fields. The dissertation element provides an opportunity to carry out a sustained and intensive investigation into a relevant topic.

The taught Postgraduate Certificate consists of six, 10 credit compulsory modules: Understanding Community, Community Analysis, Community Development Practice, Community Enterprise, Study Visit (1 week long residential), Sustainable Communities. The taught Postgraduate Diploma will follow a similar pattern of 6 x 10 credit modules: Community and Regional Development, Community Development Theory, Community Planning, a eight-day residential European Study Visit, Critical Reflections and finally Research Methodology.

The Dissertation is the final element of the MA and you are encouraged to develop your topics during the previous year with your course tutor.

Each student will be allocated a dissertation tutor. We encourage you to publish dissertations that earn merit or distinction in Lifelong Learning’s online Community Development Monograph Series.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY All programme staff are actively involved in Community Development practice and all students undertake short periods of study visits to specific communities, community agencies and community policy offices in Wales and Europe. You are encouraged to base all your written work in community settings facilitated by community development groups, NGOs and government offices and to express your findings in ways relevant to both academia and the workplace.

CAREER PROSPECTS The programme will enable you to develop your capabilities in guiding and facilitating social change through community development within a wide range of policy, managerial and practice settings. Career prospects include working as local facilitators and community project managers; county level and regional project directors and CEO of progressive social enterprises.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/lifelonglearning

All our programmes scored between 95% and 100% in the recent postgraduate student satisfaction survey and feedback is positive from employers, students and external examiners.

Fine Art MA COURSE DURATION MA: 3 years part-time.

Modules include: The course is divided into three phases each lasting one year of part-time study.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Admission to the course is by an honours degree Part 1: of an approved University or a non-graduate • Research Practice 1 qualification which is of satisfactory standard for (Orientation and Context) the purpose of postgraduate admission. In The emphasis is on critical experimentation, readdition, applicants are asked to attend an establishing practice through research, and a interview with a portfolio of previous work and questioning of established routines. make a proposal for study, including contextual reference (around 500 words) that will outline • Research Practice 2 your intentions.

(Context and Practice) The emphasis is on critical experimentation COURSE DESCRIPTION and a questioning of established routines The ethos of the programme is to enable you to through an objective deconstruction of existing acquire a confident individual expertise and the practice. advanced skills to develop your creative potential beyond the course through developing your Part 2: knowledge and understanding of the contexts of • Advanced Studio Practice 1 critical and professional sustainable practice.

(Application and Collaboration) In this module the application of studio practice The part-time programme allows reflective is considered and you will be encouraged to studio practice to develop over a longer period of develop a collaboration project with a partner time than conventional degrees and therefore, organisation, institution, group or individual helps you to effectively balance study and work practitioner. or other commitments.

• Advanced Studio Practice 2 Your research will be supported by supervisory (Towards Resolution) guidance, tutorials, mentoring, seminars, visiting This module provides an opportunity to develop lectures, case studies and peer group learning, skills in research and critical reflection building all combining to create a critical environment in on knowledge acquired so far on the course, preparation for further professional practice in and to use these skills to develop a proposal for the creative industries. the MA project and exhibition.

62 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Part 3: • Exhibition Practice (Resolution and Synthesis) Part 3 involves the development and production of a substantive manifestation of coherent and critically robust original work that will represent the level achieved through individual creative practice.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The programme has excellent working relations with galleries and institutions in the region and since 2006 all our degree shows have been held in dedicated public exhibition galleries.

CAREER PROSPECTS It is expected that graduates from the MA Fine Art will be equipped to contribute to the cultural and creative industries of the region either through independent studio practice as artist makers, engaging in socially responsive practice, public art projects, cross disciplinary collaborations, international and national commissions and residencies, exhibitions and art projects or as employees of art organisations and institutions.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/lifelonglearning

Women’s Studies MA/Diploma COURSE DURATION MA: up to 5 year part-time; Diploma: 5 semesters.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants are accepted on to the course with degrees in any subject (2:ii or above), or who have other relevant experience. The majority of our students work full-time and the course is designed to fit in with work and other commitments.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Taught at Bangor since 1994, the programme has a reputation for being both intellectually stimulating and practically relevant. The course has six compulsory modules beginning with Contemporary Women’s Studies which sets the scene and explores the concepts and theories surrounding women’s issues and lives. This is followed by Discovering Women’s History which has a focus on active researching and analysing of Welsh women’s history. Two 30 credit modules then focus on the cultural Representing Women (literature, film and art) and Women in Practice (women in education, work and enterprise and crime and deviance). These modules provide an opportunity to explore in more detail specific areas of interest and issues of intersectionality in the field. The final taught element is Researching Women’s Lives, this module introduces you to research methodologies and to feminist critiques and analyses, research ethics, and the political context of feminist research methodology. It provides you with a framework to develop your dissertation proposal and design and plan your research. The final part of the MA is the Dissertation, a piece of independent research based work and gives you an opportunity to investigate and write about an issue in greater depth.

The programme scored between 95% and 100% across various indicators in the most recent postgraduate student satisfaction survey and receives positive feedback from students and external examiner alike.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Topics such as equal opportunities and gender equality duty, and issues relating to education, health, enterprise or crime are important and relevant issues for different employers. You develop valuable transferable skills in research, analysis and writing. Students often carry out dissertations in areas directly related to their field of work and may be supported by their employers in that. We have a working relationship with ‘Chwarae Teg‘ who carry out periodic research in matters relating to women and the economy in Wales. Staff and past students also sit on the board of WEN (Women’s Equality Network) and WAW (Women’s Archive Wales). Past dissertation work has informed the public sector and third sector research and staff are actively involved with a range of these organisations in terms of research, training and policy development.

CAREER PROSPECTS Most of our students are already in work and are looking to develop their career prospects. Course content is useful in particular in terms of work in the arts, education and social sector based work.

The programme also develops your transferable skills, in particular relating to qualitative research and analysis and writing.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/lifelonglearning

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 63

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS, LAW, EDUCATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES The College of Business, Law, Education and Social Sciences is a forward-looking and expanding College, bringing together four related disciplines to form a College with a sound research base which delivers the highest quality courses at both undergraduate and postgraduate level.

With a combined faculty of around 180 staff, and a teaching base in the city of London, we can also provide you with the excellent personal support for which Bangor is well recognised, nationally and internationally.

Our teaching is informed by world-class inter-disciplinary research. The College achieved an excellent set of results during the most recent Research Assessment Exercise with the Business School leading the UK table, ahead of all other universities conducting research in the area of Accounting, Banking and Finance. These results has enabled the Business School to take its first-class education and expertise to the city of London, offering innovative MSc and MBA degrees in Banking and Finance in its new centre in the heart of London’s financial district.

STAFF PROFILE

Our research centres provide collaborative opportunities for both staff and research students, and provide the backdrop to our postgraduate taught programmes.

Top researchers and senior staff within the College also teach on our Masters programmes. This means that students will have the opportunity to study with and receive lecturers by academic staff who are pushing back the frontiers of research.

The College of Business, Law, Education and Social Sciences is committed to providing quality facilities and resources to support and promote students’ learning experience, which includes dedicated Postgraduate study areas, with individual workstations and networked access. The College also benefits from a world-class training and conference centre, which offers part-time executive and professional management training in high quality state-of-the-art teaching facilities.

These complement the excellent resources offered centrally by the University such as extensive IT, library and archive facilities. Amongst these is a virtual learning environment where recordings of lectures, notes, reading materials and many other resources are made available for students to access.

Professor Phil Molyneux Dean of the College of Business, Law, Education and Social Sciences Professor of Banking and Finance PhD (Economics) MA (Economics) Prof Phil Molyneux’s main area of research is on the structure, efficiency and performance of banking markets and he has published widely in this area. He is series editor of the Palgrave Macmillan Studies in Banking and Financial Institutions and co-editor of the Oxford University Press Handbook of Banking.

In 2002, he was appointed as an Expert Adviser on financial services legislation to the European Parliament Committee of Economic and Monetary Affairs. He has also undertaken contract research on policy formation commissioned by the European Commission (2005) and the Spanish Savings Banks Foundation (2003-2006). He has acted as consultant to the New York Federal Reserve Bank, World Bank, UK Treasury, Citibank Private Bank, Barclays Wealth, Credit Suisse and various other international banks and consulting firms.

He was appointed Danielsson Chair of Banking and Finance at the University of Gothenburg and the Swedish School of Economics in 2002-2003; in 2005-2006, he was appointed Levob Special Chair of Financial Services at Erasmus University, Rotterdam.

In 2013, Prof Molyneux was awarded the Distinguished Academic Award by the British Accounting and Finance Association (BAFA) in recognition of his significant contribution to teaching and research.

64 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Bangor Business School is ranked No1 in the UK for Accounting, Banking and Finance Research following the most recent government Research Assessment Exercise.

“Bangor Business School provided me with a solid academic grounding in economics and business.

What I learned at Bangor I still use today in my position as Chief UK Economist at Deutsche Bank in London.

The standard of teaching was excellent. Bangor Business School set me up for life, and has helped me enormously in my subsequent studies and my career.”

Dr George Buckley, Chief UK Economist, Deutsche Bank, London

“I received a Masters in Banking and Finance and a PhD in Economics, both from Bangor.

Those years in Bangor were great for me at both academic and personal level. The programme and courses I followed were fantastic. Bangor certainly widened my career opportunities and provided me with a strong financial background. And Bangor is located in such a beautiful area. There is plenty to do in Bangor, Anglesey and all of north Wales.

At present I am a Professor and a consultant for various European and US institutions (including the European Central Bank). These international advisory roles highlight the high reputation Bangor has.”

Prof Santiago Carbo Valverde, Business Consultant for various European and US institutions

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 65

STAFF PROFILE

Prof John Thornton, Head of Bangor Business School John Thornton is a Professor of Global Finance and Head of Bangor Business School. Prior to joining the Business School in 2008 he was with the International Monetary Fund (IMF) in Washington DC, where he was, respectively, an Assistant Director in the Western Hemisphere Department, the Fiscal Affairs Department, and in the Middle East and Central Asia Department. He also held posts as the IMF resident representative in Nepal and in Costa Rica.

Professor Thornton has also been a staff member of the Economics Department of the Organization of Economic Development and Cooperation in Paris, a Vice President of Economics at Merrill Lynch International in London, and a Lecturer in Macroeconomics at the Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Paris.

66 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Bangor Business School About the School Bangor Business School is one of the major European university schools for financial and banking studies offering a full range of disciplines from undergraduate to doctoral level. It is currently the top Business School in the UK for research in Accounting, Banking and Finance following the most recent Research Assessment Exercise.

Students are attracted by its reputation for high quality and expertise, particularly in the area of Banking and Financial Services in which Bangor is a leading European centre which houses one of the largest PhD schools of any business school in the UK. Staff research papers and articles are published regularly in leading journals and their books published to a worldwide audience.

Bangor Business School’s teaching and research have not only been highly rated by external agencies, but also by our students and the businesses that employ our former students. We have a proven track record in producing highly skilled and highly employable postgraduates, with the broad range of abilities that employers require from new recruits.

Staff and facilities Bangor Business School’s top researchers and senior staff who were responsible for achieving the No 1 position in the UK for Accounting, Banking and Finance research, also teach on Masters programmes. This means that students will receive lecturers by academic staff who are pushing back the frontiers of research.

During recent years, Bangor Business School staff have undertaken policy work and consultancy linked to their research for organisations as diverse as the European Commission, World Bank, IMF, UK Treasury, European Central Bank, Deutsche Bundesbank, Spanish Savings Bank Association, as well as many other national and international organisations.

In addition to the scholastic research for which it is respected worldwide, Bangor Business School’s bespoke Management Centre undertakes market-facing research in conjunction with local businesses, as well as providing first-class professional training courses and conference facilities.

Overview of the academic areas Bangor Business School’s excellent record in postgraduate teaching is reflected in the innovative nature of our degree programmes, and the performance of our students at Masters and PhD levels. Bangor Business School established the first MA in Banking and Finance offered by any UK university in 1973, and more recently was the first to offer MBAs in Banking and Finance and Islamic Banking and Finance.

Postgraduate students at Bangor Business School can choose between several types of higher degree programmes and subjects.

These include taught MSc, MA and MBA degrees in the fields of Accounting, Banking, Finance, Islamic Banking and Finance, Business, Management, Marketing, Consumer Psychology, Computer Science and Law. The Business School also runs a highly successful programme for students who wish to study for the research degrees of MPhil or PhD. Bangor Business School offers a number of attractive Scholarships and Bursaries to encourage well-qualified and talented students to reach their full potential.

Career Prospects Graduates have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles in the accounting, business, banking and financial sectors of the global economy.

The programmes’ emphasis on practical insights enhances students’ employability and enables students to develop a range of transferable skills which are widely sought in the above sectors. For example, students develop technical skills in conducing independent research and in working in a team.

Graduates of Bangor Business School have an impressive track record of employability and some of our alumni are now employed in senior positions across the globe, from Downing Street and Deutsche Bank to Accenture Luxembourg and the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority.

Research Links/Links with Industry The Business School places significant value on its links with industry. Our Academic staff have a wide range of links with business, banks and international financial institutions.

We also enjoy strong links with professional bodies such as the ACCA, whose courses we deliver, and the Chartered Institute of Marketing through our CIM Student Chapter aimed at helping students develop marketing skills and competences.

Demonstrating our commitment to teaching of the highest quality and developing student career opportunities, a programme of distinguished guest speakers are regularly invited to the Business School to deliver lecturers and share their experiences with our students.

COURSE LIST: MA • Banking and Finance • Banking and Law • Business and Marketing • Business with Consumer Psychology • Finance • Islamic Banking and Finance • Management and Finance MSc • Accounting and Finance • Banking and Finance • Business with Consumer Psychology • Finance • International Banking and Development Finance • International Media Management • Islamic Banking and Finance • Management and Finance MBA • Banking and Finance • Banking and Law • Environmental Management* • Finance • Information Management • Islamic Banking and Finance • Law and Management • Management • Marketing PhD/MPhil • Accounting, Banking, Economics, Finance, Management Studies * new course - subject to validation Bangor Business School London Centre Bangor Business School now has a centre in the city of London offering a portfolio of specialist MBA degrees. See page 97 for further details.

The Bangor Business School’s Management Centre offers first class professional training courses and conference facilities: www.bangor.ac.uk/management_centre

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 383023 E-mail: business.pg@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/business

Bangor Business School English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements are: • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 5.5) or TOEFL Internet-based (IBT): 75 with the following minimum component scores: Reading-18; Writing-18, Listening-17; Speaking-20.

For MBA Banking and Finance and MSC/MA Business with Consumer Psychology: • IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than 6.0) or TOEFL Internet-based (IBT): 85 with the following minimum component scores: Reading-20; Writing-20, Listening-20; Speaking-20.

For research PhD/MPhil: • IELTS 7.0 (with no individual score lower than 6.5) or TOEFL Internet-based (IBT): 95 with the following minimum component scores: Reading-21; Writing-22, Listening-21; Speaking-21.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 67

Accounting and Finance MSc# # The MSc Accounting and Finance programme is The MSc Accounting and Finance programme is also offered at the Bangor Business School’s designed to develop your existing skills through a London Centre. Please see page 100 for details. scheme of specialist advanced study. An important objective is to provide you with relevant analytical training, so that you are COURSE DURATION familiar with the latest theoretical and practical MSc: 1 year full- time. developments relating to accounting and finance.

The programme provides a coherent theoretical ENTRY REQUIREMENTS framework for the various subject areas, but the Entry to the MSc Accounting and Finance emphasis throughout is on advanced practical programme requires a good undergraduate application of accounting and financial degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Accounting, techniques in a real-world setting.

Banking, Finance, Business, Management and Marketing from a university, or a similar Compulsory Modules: qualification from any other institution.

• Research Methods Alternatively, possession of a suitable This module develops knowledge of professional qualification and relevant practical intermediate and advanced research methods, experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual and provides a basis in research methodology for those who may eventually wish to pursue merits, work experience and other factors are research degrees. also considered.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency – please see page 67.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Changes in the business environment create the need for individuals wishing to pursue a senior management role to be aware of contemporary accounting and finance developments.

Understanding these theoretical and practical issues is critical for managers who often have to make rapid and far-reaching decisions about the short term financial operations and long term strategies of firms.

The MSc in Accounting and Finance offers you a unique opportunity to develop an appreciation of the causes and significance of current developments in the financial and corporate sectors, and to study advanced theory and practice relating to accounting and finance. The aim of the programme is to provide graduates, and other individuals who have practical accounting and financial training, with the knowledge and skills necessary to pursue a senior level professional career in accounting, financial services or related sectors of the economy.

• Accounting Theory This module critically evaluates a widespread and widely based set of theories that underpin any explanation of accounting behaviour and accounting regulatory output.

• Management Accounting This module provides an understanding of the uses of financial data in measuring and evaluating business performance, and in setting the strategic aims of the organisation.

Optional Modules - choose 2: • Corporate Risk Management • Islamic Accounting and Financial Reporting • Islamic Finance • Financial Econometrics • International Financial Management • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

• International Financial Markets This module provides an overview of financial instruments in a multi-currency world, taking account of insights from portfolio theory concerning the relationship between risk and return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing of assets.

• Advanced Financial Reporting and Regulation This module provides an advanced treatment of the main theoretical principles underlying financial reporting, and the practical implications of alternative regulatory regimes.

• Financial Analysis This module analyses the techniques that are used to evaluate a company’s financial position and performance.

“I first came to Bangor as an exchange student. I enjoyed the experience so much that I decided to return to pursue my Masters degree in Accounting and Finance. The low cost of living in Bangor and the Business School’s reputation as the best in the UK for research convinced me that this was definitely the right decision.

I particularly enjoyed the structure of the course, the classes and the friendly and helpful atmosphere of the School. The small class sizes meant that it was easy to get in touch with lecturers and to ask for help - you are always guaranteed to find someone to help you at Bangor!

I am now undertaking a PhD in Accounting and Finance. I enjoy living in Bangor as everything feels familiar and is within walking distance. I will miss everything about the place when I leave, but who knows - I may decide to stay at Bangor Business School and become a lecturer!”

ANNIKA BEELITZ, from Germany, studied an MSc in Accounting and Finance

68 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Banking and Finance MSc/MA/MBA# # The MSc and MBA Banking and Finance programmes are also available at the Bangor Business School London Centre. Please see page 98 and 101 for details.

COURSE DURATION MSc/MA/MBA: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc/MA/MBA Banking and Finance requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, Business, Management and Marketing from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits, work experience and other factors are also considered. For MBA degrees, whilst work experience is desirable, it is not essential.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency – please see page 67.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Banking and financial services represents a highly competitive and rapidly changing sector in every modern economy. Changes in customer requirements, technology, competitive conditions and regulation create the need for managers, traders and analysts to make rapid and often farreaching decisions about their short term operations and long term strategies. The MSc, MA and MBA Banking and Finance degree courses at Bangor offer you a unique opportunity to study advanced theory and practice relating to financial services, and to develop an appreciation of the causes and significance of current developments in this vitally important and dynamic sector of the economy.

Compulsory Modules (MSc): • Research Methods This module develops knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, and provides a basis in research methodology for those who may eventually wish to pursue research degrees.

• International Financial Management In this module the financial management of multinational companies and the influence of macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political environments on business and financial decision-making are examined in an international and global context.

• Bank Financial Management This module provides a grounding in the nature, strategic context and managerial functions of financial management in banks, and other financial services firms.

Optional Modules (MA) - choose 2: • Islamic Finance • Corporate Risk Management • Financial Institutions Strategic Management • Financial Analysis • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management • Islamic Banking

• International Financial Markets This module provides an overview of financial instruments in a multi-currency world.

• Financial Modelling This module develops a combined theoretical and practical approach to mathematical modelling for specialists in finance.

• International Banking This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of international banks, the markets in which they participate, and the sources of risk.

• Financial Econometrics This module provides advanced coverage of econometric methods and practices that are used to model financial and business data.

Compulsory Modules (MBA): • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

• Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches.

• Bank Financial Management This module provides a grounding in the nature, strategic context and managerial functions of financial management in banks and other financial services firms.

• International Banking • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation This module examines the origins of This module examines why banks and financial international banking, the activities of markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, international banks, the markets in which they and analyses the role of policy makers and participate, and the sources of risk. institutions.

Optional Modules (MSc) - choose 1: • Islamic Finance • Financial Institutions Strategic Management • Financial Analysis • Financial Engineering • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management • Islamic Banking

The MSc/MA/MBA Banking and Finance programmes are designed to develop your existing skills through a scheme of specialist advanced study. An important objective is to Compulsory Modules (MA): provide you with relevant analytical training, so • Research Methods that you are familiar with the latest theoretical This module develops knowledge of and practical developments relating to banking, intermediate and advanced research methods. finance and capital markets. These programmes provide a coherent theoretical framework for the • Bank Financial Management various subject areas, but the emphasis This module provides a grounding in the nature, throughout is on advanced practical application strategic context and managerial functions of of financial techniques in a real-world setting. financial management in banks, and other financial services firms.

The MSc degree may be more suitable for applicants with some previous background in • International Financial Markets mathematics, statistics or econometrics, while This module provides an overview of financial the MA degree is more suitable for applicants instruments in a multi-currency world. who prefer to adopt a predominantly nonquantitative approach to their studies. The MBA • International Banking will develop knowledgeable and capable This module examines the origins of executives, who will move quickly into key international banking, the activities of positions in the financial sector. The degree international banks, the markets in which they focuses on the financial and strategic participate, and the sources of risk. management of banks and other financial institutions. Case studies and contemporary • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation issues figure prominently in the MBA This module examines why banks and financial programme. markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, and analyses the role of policy makers and ESRC Recognition institutions.

The MSc/MA Banking and Finance programmes are recognised by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) as the first year of a 1+3 PhD training programme.

• Financial Institutions Strategic Management This module examines the main theoretical and practical issues concerning banking business.

Optional Modules (MBA) - choose 3: • Strategic Management# • Marketing Financial Services# • Islamic Finance • Contemporary Issues in Management • Banking and Development • International Financial Management • Islamic Banking # Your optional modules must include either Strategic Management or Marketing Strategy.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 69

Banking and Law MA/MBA COURSE DURATION MA/MBA: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MA/MBA in Banking and Law requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Law, Banking, Economics, Finance, Accounting or Management from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits, work experience and other factors are also considered. For MBA degrees, whilst work experience is desirable, it is not essential.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency – please see page 67.

COURSE DESCRIPTION In today’s global competitive marketplace, the successful corporate executive needs to understand how the legal system and legal regulation can impact on their own area of expertise. Accordingly, the Bangor Business and Law Schools have combined to offer an innovative suite of interdisciplinary MBA and MA programmes.

Compulsory Modules (MA): • Research Methods This module develops knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, and provides a basis in research methodology for those who may eventually wish to pursue research degrees.

Compulsory Modules (MBA): • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

• Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and • Bank Financial Management This module provides a grounding in the nature, examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches. strategic context and managerial functions of financial management in banks, and other • Bank Financial Management financial services firms.

This module provides a grounding in the nature, strategic context and managerial functions of • International Banking financial management in banks and other This module examines the origins of financial services firms. international banking, the activities of international banks, the markets in which they • International Banking participate, and the sources of risk.

This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of • Financial Institutions Strategic Management international banks, the markets in which they This module examines the main theoretical and participate, and the sources of risk. practical issues concerning banking business.

• Financial Institutions Strategic Management • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation This module examines the main theoretical and This module examines why banks and financial practical issues concerning banking business. markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, and analyses the role of policy makers and • International Banking & Capital Markets Law institutions.

This module will provide a sound understanding of the law and practice of • International Banking & Capital Markets Law modern international banking.

This module will provide a sound understanding of the law and practice of The MA in Banking and Law is an interOptional Modules (MA and MBA) - choose 2: modern international banking, including the disciplinary programme that will enable you to regulation and prudential supervision of banks • Comparative Corporate Governance study key legal and regulatory developments • International Banking Law in the UK and EU in the areas of capital affecting the financial sector. This includes the • International Commercial Arbitration adequacy and risk management. regulation of financial services, security • Intellectual Property Law instruments, corporate finance, arbitration and • World Trade Law other issues affecting modern banks at UK, EU • Competition Law and international level. The MA degree is suitable • Industrial Property Law for those who wish to adopt a predominantly • International Insurance Law non-quantitative approach to their studies.

• International Taxation Law • Employment Law The MBA in Banking and Law will develop • International Environmental Law knowledgeable and capable banking executives • European Union Internal Market Law and banking lawyers who will move quickly into key positions in the financial sector. The degree CAREER PROSPECTS focuses on the financial and strategic Graduates of the Bangor Business School management of banks and other financial programmes have excellent prospects for institutions as well as the increasingly complex pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. legal and regulatory structures within which Please see page 67 for more information. banks and their executives have to operate. The legal issues will cover a wide range of topics at For further course details, please see: UK, EU and international level with which a www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business modern banker needs to be familiar. Case studies and contemporary issues figure prominently in the programme, particularly focusing on the lessons to be learnt from the recent ‘credit crunch’ and the issues for international financing and regulation that this has thrown up.

70 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Business and Marketing MA • Management Research organisational issues. An important objective is to provide relevant analytical training in the latest This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and strategic, managerial and industrial examines a number of key methodological developments in Marketing both the public and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS issues and approaches. private sectors. We look at marketing at local, Entry to the MA in Business and Marketing national and global levels developing skills in programme requires a good undergraduate strategic analysis, problem-solving and decision • New Venture Creation degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Accounting, This module examines the advantages and making.

Banking, Finance, Business, Management and disadvantages of the various routes to business Marketing from a university, or a similar start-up.

The programme will prepare you for a career in qualification from any other institution. marketing or in business and management. You Alternatively, possession of a suitable • Marketing Communication professional qualification and relevant practical may choose to undertake a dissertation in a This module examines the processes by which business or marketing topic. The Bangor experience may also be accepted. In general, integrated marketing communications however, applicants are judged on their individual Business School has a Chartered Institute of programs are planned, developed and Marketing student chapter which enables our merits, work experience and other factors are executed. students to become involved in real life issues also considered. and enjoy hands-on experience of Marketing.

• Entrepreneurial Marketing International applicants are normally required to This module explores relationship marketing provide evidence of English language proficiency Compulsory Modules: theory and practice in a range of global • Organisations and People – please see page 67. environments and business contexts.

This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational COURSE DESCRIPTION Optional Modules - choose 1: behaviour and human resource management.

This degree is designed for graduates wishing to • Knowledge Management start, or further develop, careers in marketing. It • Contemporary Issues in Management explores the principles, theoretical concepts and • Strategic Management • European Business This module analyses strategic decisionpractice of marketing within the context of • Public Sector Management making within business. business and management and will focus on developing academic and applied skills in CAREER PROSPECTS • Marketing Strategy marketing including advertising, brand Graduates of the Bangor Business School This module critically evaluates the management and loyalty, customer service, programmes have excellent prospects for contributions of various schools of thought in public relations and market research. pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. marketing, and examines the relevant analytical models and management practices, Please see page 67 for more information.

The programme will also develop your with emphasis on the strategic importance of knowledge and skills across a broader range of For further course details, please see: marketing to all organisations. business and management subjects, including www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business organisations, their management and the changing external environment in which they operate, and develop your ability to take a strategic overview of business and COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time.

Business with Consumer Psychology MA/MSc COURSE DURATION MSc/MA: 1 year full-time.

thinking? Will the internet change the face of urban and suburban shopping areas?

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc/MA in Business with Consumer Psychology programme requires a good undergraduate degree, preferably in a related subject, e.g. Business, Psychology, Marketing, Finance, Management from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution.

Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits, work experience and other factors are also considered.

You may choose between the MSc or MA routes, which are differentiated by the nature of the dissertation. The MSc dissertation will involve undertaking empirical research, whilst the MA dissertation will involve an extended literature review.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency – please see page 67.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This joint Masters degree is designed for graduates wishing to start, or further develop, careers in Consumer Psychology and Business.

The programme is delivered by Schools which enjoy an international reputation in their field.

The marriage of both disciplines is a natural one, as understanding behaviour and specifically consumer behaviour in the world of business can be crucial to the success of businesses.

Today’s successful businesses and organisations need highly trained people who can help them understand their consumers and understand issues such as: What makes them choose one product over another? Do brand names and advertising really affect our

The MA/MSc Consumer Psychology with Business option involves specialisation in Consumer Psychology, leading to a Dissertation in this subject area.

Compulsory Modules: • Consumer Psychology: Theory This module is an introduction to consumer science as it is currently practiced in the marketplace.

• Nudges and Behaviour Change This module will examine how we can shape and /or modify behaviours in both the shortterm or the long-term and understand some of the psychological mechanisms at work.

• Marketing Strategy This module critically evaluates the contributions of various schools of thought in marketing, and examines the relevant analytical models and management practices, with emphasis on the strategic importance of marketing to all organisations.

• Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches.

• Applied Consumer Psychology This module’s aim is to provide practical research experience in consumer psychology and involves hands-on work with viable commercial enterprises. You are partnered with local companies and are required to design and conduct a practical consumer research project, typically involving fieldwork.

Optional Modules - choose 3: • European Business • New Venture Creation • Contemporary Issues in Management • Finance for Managers • Enterprise by design • Marketing Communication • Entrepreneurial Marketing CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 71

Environmental Management MBA* COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time (2.5 years part-time).

The programme includes highly topical case studies from across these sectors reflecting changing strategies and alternative approaches.

It is suitable for graduates in a wide range of disciplines, including Environment, Engineering, Finance, Social Sciences and other subjects.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to this programme requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g.

Environmental Science or Business Studies from Compulsory Modules: a university, or a similar qualification from any • Organisations and People other institution. Alternatively, possession of a This module examines key issues arising from suitable professional qualification and relevant contemporary research in organisational practical experience may also be accepted. In behaviour and human resource management. general, applicants are judged on their individual merits, work experience and other factors are • Strategic Management also considered. For MBA degrees, whilst work This module analyses strategic decisionexperience is desirable, it is not essential. making within business. You will develop a critical understanding of the strategic Non-native English speakers are normally processes of business management, and the required to provide evidence of English language interconnections with the functional domains. proficiency – please see page 67.

• Management Research COURSE DESCRIPTION The role of the corporate environmental manager This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and is becoming increasingly complex and strategic. examines a number of key methodological Corporate social and environmental responsissues and approaches. ibility is becoming prominent in consumer demand and a pre-requisite for tender eligibility.

• Business Planning for the Green Economy This necessitates a more sophisticated This module explores the process of environmental manager who can interpret establishing a venture from idea generation to legislative and audit requirements and deliver the completion of a business plan which them in a manner conducive to continued incorporates environmental planning and economic development, whilst recognising the management. market trends.

The aim of this programme is to develop skills in the delivery of economic activities related to the environment, green technology and sustainability.

72 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

• Finance for Managers This module is designed for those who aim to achieve a basic understanding of financial management and control, and who require an understanding of finance in order to manage an organisation effectively.

• Strategic Environmental Management This module is designed to provide an understanding of the principles of sustainable development, environmental legislation, environmental auditing and assessment, and green technological development.

• Green Technology This module reviews the environmental consequences of economic activities, including energy generation, waste management, food and water supply and consumer goods.

CAREER PROSPECTS There are an increasing number of roles in Environmental Management and Consultancy available. An Environmental Manager oversees the environmental performance of private, public and voluntary sector organisations. They develop, implement and monitor environmental strategies, policies and programmes that promote sustainable development. There are also many other roles in commercial and public sector organisations carrying out impact assessments to identify, assess and reduce an organisation’s environmental risks and financial costs.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business *new course - subject to validation

Finance MSc/MA/MBA# # The MSc and MBA Finance programmes are also offered at the Bangor Business London Centre. Please see page 98 and 100 for details.

COURSE DURATION MSc/MA/MBA: 1 year full-time.

Compulsory Modules (MSc): • Research Methods This module equips you with knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, which you will encounter in other modules and in your dissertation.

• International Financial Markets ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This module provides an overview of financial Entry to the MSc/MA/MBA Finance requires a instruments in a multi-currency world, taking good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, account of insights from portfolio theory e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, Business, concerning the relationship between risk and Management and Marketing from a university, or return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing a similar qualification from any other institution. of assets.

Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical • Financial Modelling experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual This module develops a combined theoretical and practical approach to mathematical merits, work experience and other factors are modelling for specialists in finance. also considered. For MBA degrees, whilst work experience is desirable, it is not essential.

• Financial Engineering This module develops a combined theoretical International applicants are normally required to and practical approach to derivatives pricing provide evidence of English language proficiency and financial engineering.

– please see page 67.

• Financial Econometrics COURSE DESCRIPTION This module provides advanced coverage of The ever-changing nature of financial markets, econometric methods and practices that are financial institutions and business firms has used to model financial and business data. made it increasingly important for finance experts to have a clear understanding of the • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation theory and practice relating to financial market This module examines why banks and financial operations and corporate financial strategy. markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, Familiarity with the most recent developments in and analyses the role of policy makers and risk appraisal, portfolio analysis, the engineering institutions. of synthetic products, modelling techniques, financial analysis and valuation are essential • Investment Strategy and Portfolio requirements for all those involved directly in Management financial activities or who wish to gain a deeper This module evaluates the development of understanding of this important area of business investment strategies for bonds, equities and management. derivatives that are designed to achieve optimal risk-return outcomes, and examines the The MSc/MA/MBA Finance programmes at measurement and evaluation of the Bangor offer you a unique opportunity to develop performance of a portfolio of investments. an appreciation of the causes and significance of current developments in the financial and corporate sectors, and to study advanced theory Optional Modules (MSc) - choose 1: and practice relating to financial markets and the • Corporate Risk Management • Islamic Finance financial management of business firms.

• Behavioural Finance The availability of parallel MSc and MA degrees • International Financial Management in Finance allows you to choose between • Financial Institutions Strategic Management registering for a more technical MSc degree • Financial Analysis (including a compulsory element in Financial Econometrics), and a less technical MA degree Compulsory Modules (MA): (for which Financial Econometrics is optional).

The MSc degree may be more suitable for those • Research Methods This module develops knowledge of with some previous background in mathematics, intermediate and advanced research methods, statistics or econometrics, while the MA degree and provides a basis in research methodology is more suitable for those who prefer to adopt a predominantly non-quantitative approach to their for those who may eventually wish to pursue research degrees. studies.

The MBA in Finance will develop knowledgeable • International Financial Markets This module provides an overview of financial and capable executives, who will move quickly instruments in a multi-currency world, taking into key positions in the financial sector. The account of insights from portfolio theory degree focuses on the operation of financial concerning the relationship between risk and markets and the strategic management of return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing financial entities. You will gain practical insight of assets. and skills in a range of financial and strategic management topics in financial services and markets. You will develop an appreciation of the • Corporate Risk Management This module provides an analysis of pure risk causes and significance of current developments and its management. in the financial and corporate sectors. Case studies and contemporary issues figure • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation prominently in the programme.

This module examines why banks and financial markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, ESRC Recognition and analyses the role of policy makers and The MA/MSc Finance programmes are institutions. recognised by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) as the first year of a 1+3 PhD training programme.

• Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management This module evaluates the development of investment strategies for bonds, equities and derivatives that are designed to achieve optimal risk-return outcomes, and examines the measurement and evaluation of the performance of a portfolio of investments.

• International Financial Management In this module the financial management of multinational companies and the influence of macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political environments on business and financial decision-making are examined in an international and global context.

Optional Modules (MA) - choose 2: • Financial Modelling • Islamic Finance • Accounting Theory • Advanced Financial Reporting and Regulation • Behavioural Finance • Financial Institutions Strategic Management • Financial Analysis • Islamic Banking Compulsory Modules (MBA): • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

• Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches.

• Global Financial Markets This module provides an overview of financial markets and instruments in a global context, taking account of insights from portfolio theory concerning the relationship between risk and return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing of assets.

• Portfolio Management This module evaluates the development of investment strategies for bonds and equities, which are designed to achieve optimal riskreturn outcomes.

• International Financial Management In this module the financial management of multinational companies and the influence of macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political environments on business and financial decision making are examined in an international and global context.

Optional Modules (MBA) – choose 3: • Strategic Management# • Marketing Financial Services# • Islamic Finance • Financial Modelling • Financial Institutions Strategic Management • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation • Contemporary Issues in Management • Islamic Banking # Your optional modules must include Strategic Management or Marketing Financial Services or both.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 73

Information Management MBA COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MBA in Information Management programme requires a good undergraduate • Strategic Management degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Business or This module analyses strategic decisionScience from a university, or a similar making within business. qualification from any other institution.

Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical • Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological merits, work experience and other factors are issues and approaches. also considered. For MBA degrees, whilst work experience is desirable, it is not essential.

• Web Technologies This module provides an understanding of the International applicants are normally required to basic technologies and structures for provide evidence of English language proficiency developing web applications, including internet – please see page 67. resource creation, search techniques and programming languages for creating web COURSE DESCRIPTION content.

Effective information management is key to the success of any organisation. The MBA • Finance for Managers Information Management develops This module is designed for those who aim to knowledgeable and capable executives who will achieve a basic understanding of financial become managers in the IT/computing industry, management and control, and who require an or in companies in other sectors. The aim of the understanding of finance in order to manage an programme is to provide you with a range of management knowledge and skills, together with organisation effectively. a thorough foundation in information • Databases management, information technology, and its This module shows how to design a database commercial applications. The programme and intelligently query a database using SQL; includes topical case studies, and reflects and provides an introductory level of contemporary developments within the sector. understanding in database systems.

The course is suitable for graduates in a wide range of disciplines, including Engineering, Finance, Social Sciences and other subjects.

• Technologies for Internet Systems This module introduces technologies and tools for Internet Systems and e-commerce systems.

• Information Systems This module examines the major types and components of Information Systems, their functions, benefits and limitations.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

International Banking and Development Finance MSc# # The MSc International Banking and Development Finance programme is also offered at the Bangor Business London Centre.

Please see page 101 for details.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc International Banking and Development Finance course requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g.

Accounting, Banking, Finance, Business, Management and Marketing from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution.

Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits, work experience and other factors are also considered.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency – please see page 67.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Banking and financial services represents a highly competitive and rapidly changing sector in every modern economy. Changes in customer requirements, technology, competitive conditions and regulation create the need for managers, traders and analysts to make rapid and often farreaching decisions about their short term operations and long term strategies. The MSc International Banking and Development Finance at Bangor offers you a unique opportunity to study advanced theory and practice relating to financial services, and to develop an appreciation

74 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

of the causes and significance of current developments in this vitally important and dynamic sector of the economy. The course is designed to develop your existing skills. An important objective is to provide you with relevant analytical training, so that you are familiar with the latest theoretical and practical developments relating to international banking, development finance and international capital markets. The course emphasis throughout is on advanced practical application of banking and financial techniques in a real-world setting.

ESRC Recognition The MSc International Banking and Development Finance programme is recognised by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) as the first year of a 1+3 PhD training programme.

Compulsory Modules: • Research Methods This module equips you with knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, which you will encounter in other modules and in your dissertation.

• Banking and Development This module critically evaluates the theory underlying the policy of financial liberalisation, and examines its implementation, primarily in developing countries.

• International Banking This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of international banks, the markets in which they participate, and the sources of risk.

• Financial Crises and Bank Regulation This module examines why banks and financial markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, and analyses the role of policy makers and institutions. The roles of monetary policy, bank supervision and regulation, corporate governance and ratings agencies in mitigating or exacerbating crises are considered.

Optional Modules - choose 2: • Islamic Finance • Financial Institutions Strategic Management • International Financial Management • Financial Econometrics • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management • Bank Financial Management This module provides a grounding in the nature, • Islamic Banking strategic context and managerial functions of CAREER PROSPECTS financial management in banks, and other Graduates of the Bangor Business School financial services firms. programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

• International Financial Markets Please see page 67 for more information.

This module provides an overview of financial instruments in a multi-currency world, taking For further course details, please see: account of insights from portfolio theory www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business concerning the relationship between risk and return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing of assets.

International Media Management MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time or 2 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to this programme requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits, work experience and other factors are also considered.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency – please see page 67.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The creative industries play a vital role in economic growth worldwide, accounting for some 7% of gross domestic product across Europe, over 11% in the US and up to 17-20% elsewhere. This phenomenal rate of growth provides excellent opportunities for individuals with the skills and background to take up executive roles within the sector.

Bringing together three outstanding Schools at Bangor University (Business; Law; Creative Studies and Media), the MSc International Media Management provides you with the intellectual development and training to develop a senior management career in this area. You will study topics such as Strategic Management, Marketing Strategy, Finance for Managers, Organisations and People, Intellectual Property, Comparative Corporate Law, Labour Law, International Law, Research Methods and Media Economics, and will undertake a media-focussed dissertation designed to investigate and interrogate theory and practice in the creative economies locally and/or globally.

Compulsory Modules: • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

• Intellectual Property Law This module equips you with an understanding of the fundamentals of intellectual property law, the definition and scope of copyright; the authorship, ownership, duration and qualification for copyright protection; and the rights of copyright owners and actions for infringement of copyright and the defences to an infringement action.

• Marketing Strategy This module introduces you to the ‘fundamentals’ of marketing, by illustrating strategies in a wide range of situations, and covering the various schools of thought in marketing, together with relevant analytical models and management practices.

• Research Methods The module equips you with an understanding and critical overview of key methodological issues associated with various types of research enquiry in the Media, Cultural and Creative Industries, in preparation for the dissertation.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 75

Islamic Banking and Finance MSc/MA/MBA# # The MBA Islamic Banking and Finance programme is also offered at the Bangor Business London Centre. Please see page 99 for details.

COURSE DURATION MSc/MA/MBA: 1 year full-time.

Compulsory Modules (MSc): • Research Methods This module equips you with knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, which you will encounter in other modules and in your dissertation.

• International Financial Markets This module provides an overview of financial ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc/MA/MBA in Islamic Banking and instruments in a multi-currency world, taking account of insights from portfolio theory Finance programme requires a good concerning the relationship between risk and undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g. return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing Accounting, Banking, Finance, Business, of assets.

Management and Marketing from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution.

• Islamic Finance Alternatively, possession of a suitable This module provides an insight into topical professional qualification and relevant practical issues relating to Islamic financial instruments experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual and related risk management issues. merits, work experience and other factors are • Islamic Banking also considered. For MBA degrees, whilst work This module provides an insight into the key experience is desirable, it is not essential. features of Islamic banking business.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency • International Banking This module examines the origins of – please see page 67. international banking, the activities of international banks, the markets in which they COURSE DESCRIPTION participate, and the sources of risk.

Over the past two or three decades or so, Islamic banking and finance has emerged as another • Financial Econometrics viable way of financial intermediation. It has This module provides advanced coverage of gained credibility and has spread worldwide and econometric methods and practices that are is the preferred way of banking for one fifth of used to model financial and business data. the world’s population. These taught MSc/MA/MBA degrees offers an opportunity to Optional Modules (MSc) - choose 2: study the structure of the Islamic banking and • Islamic Accounting and Financial Reporting finance industry, including its theoretical • Corporate Risk Management foundations, products, performance, Islamic • Behavioural Finance financial instruments and risk management • Financial Institutions Strategic Management issues. These and other topics will be studied • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management within the wider context of the banking and • Islamic Insurance finance industry worldwide.

The MSc is suitable for those with some previous Compulsory Modules (MA): • Research Methods background in mathematics, statistics or This module develops knowledge of econometrics, while the MA is suitable for those intermediate and advanced research methods, who prefer a less quantitative approach to their studies. The MBA aims to develop executives who and provides a basis in research methodology for those who may eventually wish to pursue will progress quickly to senior management research degrees. positions in financial institutions that transact business on Islamic principles.

• International Financial Markets In this module the financial management of multinational companies and the influence of macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political environments on business and financial decision-making are examined in an international and global context.

• Islamic Finance This module provides an insight into topical issues relating to Islamic financial instruments and related risk management issues.

• Islamic Banking This module provides an insight into the key features of Islamic banking business.

• International Banking This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of international banks, the markets in which they participate, and the sources of risk.

• Financial Crises and Bank Regulation This module examines why banks and financial markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, and analyses the role of policy makers and institutions.

76 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Optional Modules (MA) - choose 2: • Islamic Accounting and Financial Reporting • Corporate Risk Management • Bank Financial Management • Behavioural Finance • Financial Institutions Strategic Management • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management • Islamic Insurance Compulsory Modules (MBA): • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

• Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches.

• Islamic Finance This course provides an insight into topical issues relating to Islamic financial instruments and related risk management issues.

• Islamic Banking This module provides an insight into the key features of Islamic banking business.

• International Banking This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of international banks, the markets in which they participate, and the sources of risk.

Optional Modules (MBA) - choose 2: • Strategic Management# • Marketing Financial Services# • Islamic Accounting and Financial Reporting • Contemporary Issues in Management • Banking and Development • Islamic Insurance # Your optional modules must include Strategic Management or Marketing Financial Services or both.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

Law and Management MBA COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MBA in Law and Management programme requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Law, Management, Economics, Finance, Business, from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits, work experience and other factors are also considered.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency – please see page 67.

COURSE DESCRIPTION In today’s global competitive marketplace, the successful corporate executive needs to understand how the legal system and legal regulation can impact on their own area of expertise. Accordingly, Bangor Business School and Bangor Law School have combined to offer an innovative suite of interdisciplinary MBA and MA programmes.

regulation that affects business in a wide range of key areas. An important objective is to provide relevant analytical training in the latest strategic, managerial, legal and commercial developments in both public and private sectors. In this specifically tailored MBA programme, Bangor Business School and Bangor Law School offer you an innovative suite of key Management and Law subjects.

Compulsory Modules: • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

• Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches.

• Comparative Corporate Governance This module examines the major corporate scandals in the US, Europe and the UK that have occurred in recent years and which have raised questions about the organisation and governance of companies, in particular large multinational organisations.

Optional Modules - choose 4#: • Marketing Strategy • Strategic Management • Knowledge Management • Contemporary Issues in Management • New Venture Creation • European Business • Comparative Corporate Governance • International Banking Law • International Commercial Arbitration • Intellectual Property Law • World Trade Law • Competition Law • Industrial Property Law • International Insurance Law • International Taxation Law • Employment Law • International Environmental Law • European Union Internal Market Law # Your optional modules must include Marketing Strategy or Strategic Management or both, and 2 Law Options.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

• Finance for Managers The MBA in Law and Management emphasises For further course details, please see: This module is designed for those who aim to both professional and vocational development as www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business achieve a basic understanding of financial well as an awareness of key legal and regulatory management and control, and who require an issues that play a central role in the successful understanding of finance in order to manage an management of modern enterprises of all types organisation effectively. and sizes. You will develop an understanding of higher-level managerial skills and concepts, and their application in practical situations. You will have the opportunity to examine the law and

Management MBA marketing, and examines the relevant developing your academic and managerial skills analytical models and management practices, in areas such as organisational behaviour, with emphasis on the strategic importance of marketing strategy, e-business and new venture marketing to all organisations. creation. An important objective is to provide ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MBA Management course requires a relevant analytical training to familiarise you with • Management Research good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, the latest strategic, managerial and industrial This module analyses the philosophical basis developments in both the public and private e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, Business, for research in the management sciences, and Management and Marketing from a university, or sectors. examines a number of key methodological a similar qualification from any other institution. issues and approaches.

The course provides a coherent analytical Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical framework for the study of business and • Finance for Managers enterprise from a management perspective. experience may also be accepted. In general, This module is designed for those who aim to however, applicants are judged on their individual The emphasis throughout the programme is on achieve a basic understanding of financial the application of contemporary, financial, merits, work experience and other factors are management and control, and who require an managerial and strategic developments that also considered. understanding of finance in order to manage an affect real-world decision-making in the global organisation effectively.

International applicants are normally required to market place. provide evidence of English language proficiency Optional Modules - choose 3: We recognise that a thorough understanding of – please see page 67.

• Knowledge Management recent developments in management, • Contemporary Issues in Management entrepreneurship, strategy, marketing and COURSE DESCRIPTION • International Financial Management finance are essential requirements for all those An MBA is now the globally recognised • European Business qualification for senior personnel and executives involved in a management role (or those who • Public Sector Management within both the private and public sectors. As the wish to gain a deeper understanding of these impact of change, the importance of strategy and important business and management areas).

CAREER PROSPECTS intensification of competition increases, Graduates of the Bangor Business School organisations are demanding managers who can Compulsory Modules: programmes have excellent prospects for • Organisations and People contribute a depth of understanding in the This module examines key issues arising from pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. business community as a whole. The growing Please see page 67 for more information. contemporary research in organisational economic importance of entrepreneurship has behaviour and human resource management. also re-emphasised the need for a clearer For further course details, please see: understanding of the theory and practice relating www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business • Strategic Management to business and management in both new and This module analyses strategic decisionexisting organisations. making within business.

The MBA in Management aims to build on our • Marketing Strategy long-established expertise in the area of This module critically evaluates the postgraduate training by offering a one-year contributions of various schools of thought in modular MBA programme which focuses on COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 77

Management and Finance MSc/MA Compulsory Modules (MSc): • Research Methods This module develops knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc/MA in Management and Finance and provides a basis in research methodology for those who may eventually wish to pursue programme requires a good undergraduate research degrees. degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, Business, Management and • Organisations and People Marketing from a university, or a similar This module examines key issues arising from qualification from any other institution. contemporary research in organisational Alternatively, possession of a suitable behaviour and human resource management. professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual • Strategic Management This module analyses strategic decisionmerits, work experience and other factors are making within business. also considered.

COURSE DURATION MSc/MA: 1 year full-time.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency – please see page 67.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The ever-changing nature of business firms and the markets in which they operate, has made it increasingly important for corporate managers to have a clear understanding of the theory and practice relating to strategic management and the interrelationships between the firm, its employees and its markets, and the implications for corporate financial strategy. Familiarity with the most recent developments in risk appraisal, valuation, marketing, human resource management (HRM), organisational behaviour and strategic management are essential requirements for all those involved directly in business, or in financing business activities, or those who wish to gain a deeper understanding of these important areas.

The MA/MSc Management and Finance programmes at Bangor are designed to develop your existing skills through a scheme of specialist advanced study. An important objective is to provide you not only with an insight into organisational behaviour and strategic choices in HRM and marketing, but also with an understanding of theoretical developments relating to corporate finance and the capital markets, and competence in the techniques required to assess the consequences for business management. These programmes provide a coherent theoretical framework for the various subject areas, but the emphasis throughout is on advanced practical application of business management and financial techniques in a real-world setting.

The availability of parallel MSc and MA degrees in Management and Finance allows you to choose between registering for a more technical MSc degree (including a compulsory element in Financial Econometrics), and a less technical MA degree (for which Financial Econometrics is optional). The MSc degree may be more suitable for those with some previous background in mathematics, statistics or econometrics, while the MA degree is more suitable for those who prefer to adopt a predominantly non-quantitative approach to their studies.

ESRC Recognition The MSc/MA Management and Finance programmes are recognised by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) as the first year of a 1+3 PhD training programme.

78 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Compulsory Modules (MA): • Research Methods This module develops knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, and provides a basis in research methodology for those who may eventually wish to pursue research degrees.

• Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

• Strategic Management This module analyses strategic decisionmaking within business.

• International Financial Markets • International Financial Markets This module provides an overview of financial This module provides an overview of financial instruments in a multi-currency world, taking instruments in a multi-currency world, taking account of insights from portfolio theory account of insights from portfolio theory concerning the relationship between risk and concerning the relationship between risk and return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing of assets. of assets.

• International Financial Management In this module the financial management of multinational companies and the influence of macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political environments on business and financial decision-making are examined in an international and global context.

• International Financial Management In this module the financial management of multinational companies and the influence of macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political environments on business and financial decision-making are examined in an international and global context.

• New Venture Creation • New Venture Creation This module examines the advantages and This module examines the advantages and disadvantages of the various routes to business disadvantages of the various routes to business start-up. start-up.

• Financial Econometrics This module provides advanced coverage of econometric methods and practices that are used to model financial and business data.

Optional Modules (MSc) - choose 1: • Islamic Finance • Financial Modelling • Knowledge Management • Behavioural Finance • Contemporary Issues in Management • International Business • Financial Analysis • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management

Optional Modules (MA) - choose 2: • Islamic Finance • Knowledge Management • Behavioural Finance • Contemporary Issues in Management • Financial Analysis • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management • Public Sector Management.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

Marketing MBA • Finance for Managers An important objective is to provide relevant This module is designed for those who aim to analytical training in the latest strategic, achieve a basic understanding of financial managerial and industrial developments in Marketing both the public and private sectors. We management and control, and who require an ENTRY REQUIREMENTS understanding of finance in order to manage an look at marketing at local, national and global Entry to the MBA Marketing course requires a organisation effectively. good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, levels developing skills in strategic analysis, problem-solving and decision making. e.g. Accounting, Banking, Finance, Business, • Marketing Communication Management and Marketing from a university, or This module examines the processes by which a similar qualification from any other institution. The programme will prepare you for a career in integrated marketing communications marketing and will involve a dissertation in Alternatively, possession of a suitable programs are planned, developed and professional qualification and relevant practical Marketing. Bangor Business School has a executed.

Chartered Institute of Marketing student chapter experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual which enables our students to become involved in real life issues and enjoy hands-on experience • Entrepreneurial Marketing: merits, work experience and other factors are This module explores relationship marketing of Marketing. also considered. theory and practice in a range of global environments and business contexts.

International applicants are normally required to Compulsory Modules: provide evidence of English language proficiency • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from Optional Modules - choose 1: – please see page 67.

• Marketing Financial Services contemporary research in organisational • Knowledge Management behaviour and human resource management.

COURSE DESCRIPTION • Contemporary Issues in Management This degree is designed for graduates wishing to • European Business start, or further develop, careers in marketing. It • Marketing Strategy • Public Sector Management This module critically evaluates the explores the principles, theoretical concepts and contributions of various schools of thought in practice of marketing within the context of CAREER PROSPECTS marketing, and examines the relevant business and management and will focus on analytical models and management practices, Graduates of the Bangor Business School developing academic and applied skills in programmes have excellent prospects for with emphasis on the strategic importance of Marketing including advertising, brand pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. marketing to all organisations. management and loyalty, customer service, Please see page 67 for more information. public relations and market research.

• Strategic Management For further course details, please see: This module analyses strategic decisionThe programme will also develop your www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business making within business. knowledge and skills across a broader range of business and management subjects, including • Management Research organisations, their management and the This module analyses the philosophical basis changing external environment in which they for research in the management sciences, and operate and develop your ability to take a examines a number of key methodological strategic overview of business and issues and approaches. organisational issues.

COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time.

Accounting / Banking / Economics / Finance / Management Studies PhD/MPhil The PhD programme in the Business School at Bangor has been described by external experts as ‘second to none in the UK’. In the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), Accounting and Finance within the Business School has been rated as the best in the UK for the quality of research conducted by its staff, and we also have ESRC recognition for our research training (MA to PhD) in Banking and Finance. Our current and recent PhD students are a lively and friendly community. Their areas of research interest are as diverse and interesting as their backgrounds.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants for entry to an MPhil degree should hold a first or upper second-class degree in a relevant subject, such as economics, finance, accounting, business or management. Applicants for entry to a PhD degree must hold a Masters Degree in a relevant subject. Normally, a distinction in your Masters Degree is a requirement. It is possible to register initially for an MPhil degree, and subject to satisfactory progress, to transfer the registration to a PhD degree at the end of the first year.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency – please see page 67.

COURSE DESCRIPTION For a PhD degree, you are expected to present the results of our research in a thesis, which represents a significant original contribution to knowledge in the subject area studied, and to undergo a viva voce examination. For an MPhil (Master of Philosophy) degree, you are expected to successfully complete an approved programme of supervised research, and to present your results in a thesis. You can also do a one-year Masters by Research on a specific research topic.

“Bangor Business School is now ranked amongst the world’s top 20 institutions for research in the field of Banking” (RePEc, April 2013)

All research students are allocated to a supervisor with a research interest in the chosen topic of study. Your supervisor will provide advice and guidance on your choice of topic; advice on the literature in your field and how to access it; advice on your choice of research methods; advice on thesis structure, content and presentation; critical appraisal of drafts of your thesis; and in the case of PhD students, advice on preparation for your viva voce examination.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the Bangor Business School programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles.

Please see page 67 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/business

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 79

STAFF PROFILE

Professor Dermot Cahill, Head of Bangor Law School and Deputy Head of the College of Business, Law, Education and Social Sciences Professor Dermot Cahill is a graduate of the College of Europe, the National University of Ireland and is a Solicitor.

His books are published by Oxford University Press (European Law); Cambridge University Press (Competition Law); and Round Hall Sweet & Maxwell (Corporate Finance Law).

Professor Cahill’s co-edited book, European Law, recently celebrated the publication of its 5th Edition.

Professor Cahill has a considerable record as a leading funded researcher. His most recent success is his Award by the European Union INTERREG programme of a â‚Ź4,000,000 euro Major Research Grant (the WIT Winning in Tendering Project). The grant was awarded to conduct research into EU and National Public Procurement Law barriers and related process issues in Ireland and Wales with Dublin City University.

80 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Professor Cahill is Inaugural Director of the Institute for Competition and Procurement Studies at the Law School. In recognition of his expertise, he was invited to chair the Inside Government conference at Westminster in London in April 2012 on Transforming Public Sector Procurement. His co-authored Barriers to Procurement Opportunity Report has been formally adopted as part of Welsh Government Policy to help reform public procurement in Wales.

Professor Cahill teaches on both the LLB and LLM programmes at the Law School.

Bangor Law School About the School Bangor Law School is an innovative and expanding international law school. The academic experience is enriched both by a programme of regular distinguished guest lectures and seminars and the activities of the award-winning Bangor Students' Law Society. A hallmark of the Bangor LLM programme is small class sizes with frequent staff contact with students.

Our courses address contemporary issues relevant to the business and political environment worldwide and they will equip students with the knowledge and skills required for operating successfully in the global marketplace.

Staff and facilities Bangor Law School’s staff are graduates of many of the world’s leading universities, such as Cambridge, College of Europe, Queen Mary, Renmin, Tufts and Queens Belfast.

Several have been previously employed as professionals within the legal sector in roles such as judge, solicitor and magistrate. This expertise is reflected in the teaching of Masters courses, as well as extensive research activity and projects such as the €3.7 million ‘Winning in Tendering’ Public Procurement Research Project, led by Head of School Professor Dermot Cahill.

Coupled with this rich combination of backgrounds, staff members’ research reflects expertise in fields such as EU Law, Corporate Finance Law, Maritime Law, International Law, Commercial Law, Company Law, Administrative Law, Law and Religion, Child and Family Law, Intellectual Property Law, International Criminal Law and International Human Rights Law. Developing young professionals through MPhil and PhD research training is central to the School’s mission and the doctoral programme makes an important contribution to the training of future researchers.

In order to support our students throughout the course of their studies, both the Law School and the University centrally provides a range of learning resources supported by experienced staff.

Facilities include an extensive Law Library which has benefited from substantial investment and is overseen by a dedicated Law Librarian who provides specialist support and advice to students. It includes printed and electronic sources that reflect current teaching and research within the Law School.

The collection includes Reference, Statutes, Law Reports, Journals, Books and Pamphlets, Official Publications, Newspapers, European Documentation Centre and Online Databases.

Overview of academic areas We offer a suite of LLM programmes reflecting the School's expertise and commitment to high level postgraduate teaching. These include a range of LLM degrees, focusing in particular on International Commercial and Business Law; Banking Law; Intellectual Property Law; Global Trade Law; Criminology; International Law; Public Procurement Law and Strategy.

The Law School also provides expert PhD and MPhil supervision in a range of legal areas.

The Law School has joined forces with Bangor Business School which has been ranked No1 in the UK for research in Accounting, Banking and Finance, to offer four joint Masters degrees combining Law with Banking and Management disciplines, preparing key executives who will play a central role in the successful management of modern enterprises, and preparing capable banking executives and banking lawyers who will move into key positions in the financial sector. We also offer a general LLM which allows students to select from a range of modules on offer by the School.

To help students achieve their full potential, the School offers a range of scholarships and bursaries for postgraduate students.

Research Links/Links with Industry Through our continuous work in developing contacts with legal practitioners across the UK, the School is able to offer students an impressive programme of work-placements.

Work placements offer a unique opportunity to experience the type of careers Law graduates might wish to pursue, from Solicitors' Practices to Local Government.

Placements enable students to make informed decisions about what to do after graduation, be it to continue with their legal studies, pursue research in a particular field or choose a career path.

Bangor Law School arranges a regular programme of careers talks aimed at encouraging students to think about the career paths they wish to pursue and to help them take the next step towards their particular goals.

COURSE LIST: LLM • Executive LLM in Public Procurement Law and Strategy • International Commercial and Business Law • International Intellectual Property Law • International Law • International Law (specialising in European Law) • International Law (specialising in Global Trade Law) • International Law (specialising in International Criminal Law and International Human Rights Law) • Law (General) • Law and Banking • Law and Criminology • Public Procurement Law and Strategy MA • Banking and Law • Criminology and Law MBA • Banking and Law • Law and Management PhD/MPhil/LLM by Research • Law

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 383023 E-mail: law.pg@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/law

English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency.

LLM and Research degrees: • IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than 6.0, writing no lower than 6.5) or TOEFL Internet-based (IBT): 85 with the following minimum component scores: Reading-20; Writing-20; Listening-20; Speaking-20.

MBA and MA degrees: • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 5.5) or TOEFL Internet-based (IBT): 75 with the following minimum component scores: Reading-18; Writing-18; Listening17; Speaking-20.

PhD/MPhil/LLM by Research: • IELTS 7.0 (with no individual score lower than 6.5) or TOEFL Internet-based (IBT): 95 with the following minimum component scores: Reading-21; Writing-22, Listening21; Speaking-21.

Applicants who have not achieved the required level can take English language courses at the University’s English Language Centre, prior to their course.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 81

International Commercial and Business Law LLM COURSE DURATION LLM: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We accept applications from graduates of LLB (Single and Joint Honours) and related subjects such as Accountancy, Finance, Banking and Management Studies, Politics, International Relations and the Social Sciences. For LLB graduates and those with a related degree, we normally require a minimum of a lower second class degree from an approved University.

Applications with degrees in unrelated disciplines will be considered on a case by case basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification or relevant practical experience may be accepted. In general, all applicants are judged on their individual merits.

Work experience and other factors are also taken into consideration.

Compulsory Module: • Legal Research Methods This module addresses the development of the necessary legal skills and research methods to enable the study of legal systems and specific legal issues at Masters level.

(Exemptions from this module may be granted if a student has achieved the learning outcomes in another way, e.g. already having completed an LLM or LLB with a research or dissertation element)

Optional Modules - choose 5: • Competition Law • International Insurance Law • Intellectual Property Law • International Banking Law • International Commercial Arbitration • International Sales Law • Global Trade Law • Comparative Corporate Governance International applicants are normally required to • International Taxation Law provide evidence of English language proficiency. • Employment Law See page 81 for more details.

• International Environmental Law • EU Internal Market Law COURSE DESCRIPTION • International Maritime Law An exciting, commercially-relevant programme that provides an in-depth curriculum and CAREER PROSPECTS thorough training in the law, policy and legal Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent regulation that governs some key areas of prospects for pursuing employment in a wide commerce and industry worldwide. This course range of roles. Please see page 81 for more is particularly relevant for those who anticipate information. careers in business and industry, or intend to specialise in legal practice in the commercial For further course details, please see: area, and wish to develop expertise and handswww.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law on ability to address and manage business development within a legal framework, whether in the UK or internationally.

International Intellectual Property Law LLM • Data Protection Law COURSE DESCRIPTION This module will critically examine the law of This programme will enable you to develop your expertise in Intellectual Property Law. The course data protection and privacy at two distinct levels – domestic (UK) and EU. will include comparative studies of various ENTRY REQUIREMENTS national jurisdictions, providing national and We accept applications from graduates of LLB Optional Modules - choose 3: international perspectives on Intellectual (Single and Joint Honours) and related subjects • EU Internal Markets Law Property Law and International Trade Law. such as Accountancy, Finance, Banking and • Global Trade Law Management Studies, Politics, International • Comparative Corporate Governance You will develop a deep knowledge and Relations and the Social Sciences. For LLB • International Commercial Arbitration understanding of Intellectual Property theory, graduates and those with a related degree, we • Legacies of War an Repression and also the rationale for Intellectual Property normally require a minimum of a lower second • International Sales Law Rights protection. Through studies of various class degree from an approved University. jurisdictions, you will develop an understanding Applications with degrees in unrelated CAREER PROSPECTS of why Intellectual Property protection varies in disciplines will be considered on a case by case Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent basis for students with degrees in other subjects. different part of the world. Through studies of prospects for pursuing employment in a wide case law from different jurisdictions, you will Alternatively, possession of a suitable range of roles. Please see page 81 for more develop an understanding of how the social professional qualification or relevant practical information. context can impact on International Intellectual experience may be accepted. In general, all applicants are judged on their individual merits. Property Law issues. Comparative Law For further course details, please see: Work experience and other factors are also taken assessment skills will be developed to a high www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law level as you will be studying both national and into consideration. international law regimes.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. Compulsory Modules: • Legal Research Methods See page 81 for more details.

This module addresses the development of the necessary legal skills and research methods to enable the study of legal systems and specific legal issues at Masters level.

COURSE DURATION LLM: 1 year full-time.

• Intellectual Property Law This module will consist of seminars on the fundamentals of intellectual property law: the definition and scope of copyright; and the authorship, ownership, duration and qualification for copyright protection.

82 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

International Law LLM COURSE DURATION LLM: 1 year full-time.

The programme will equip you to respond effectively to the wide range of intellectual and professional challenges facing contemporary International Lawyers. The LLM in International Law will equip you to deal with both case work and policy making.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 81 for more information.

critical thinking abilities that are necessary for effectiveness in a globalising world. The programme will equip you to respond effectively to the wide range of intellectual and professional challenges facing those working on European legal issues. The LLM in International Law (specialising in European Law) will equip you to deal with both case work and policy making.

Optional Modules – choose 2: • European Human Rights Law • Global Trade Law • International Commercial Arbitration • Intellectual Property Law

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We normally require a minimum of a 2.ii degree from an approved university in a related subject For further course details, please see: (e.g. Law, Management Studies, Politics, www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law Compulsory Modules: International Relations, the Social Sciences).

• Legal Research Methods Applications with degrees in unrelated This module addresses the development of the disciplines will be considered on a case by case necessary legal skills and research methods to basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable enable the study of legal systems and specific professional qualification or relevant practical legal issues at Masters level. experience may be accepted. In general, all applicants are judged on their individual merits.

Work experience and other factors are also taken • Public International Law This module will teach you about the into consideration. fundamental values, principles and rules of Public International Law. This will be a International applicants are normally required to balanced course, with the essential elements of provide evidence of English language proficiency. history, theory, law and practice being See page 81 for more details. presented.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This programme is designed to equip you with a Optional Modules - choose 4: general yet comprehensive education in a range • International Criminal Law of areas within International Law. The course will • International Human Rights Law • Children’s Rights in Domestic and enable you to master the basic principles of the discipline and explore advanced level theories, as International Law • European Human Rights Law well as understand the many traditional and • EU Internal Markets Law contemporary challenges in International Law. They will have a wide range of International Law • Competition Law • Global Trade Law options to choose from, and may therefore • Comparative Corporate Governance acquire broad as opposed to specialised • International Banking Law knowledge.

• International Commercial Arbitration • Intellectual Property Law Through carefully designed course work and varied teaching approaches, you will acquire the • International Law of Armed Conflict • Legacies of War and Repression intellectual open-ness, technical expertise and critical thinking abilities that are necessary for effectiveness in a globalising world.

International Law (European Law) LLM COURSE DURATION LLM: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We normally require a minimum of a 2.ii degree from an approved university in a related subject (e.g. Law, Management Studies, Politics, International Relations, the Social Sciences).

Applications with degrees in unrelated Compulsory Modules: disciplines will be considered on a case by case • Legal Research Methods basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable This module addresses the development of the professional qualification or relevant practical necessary legal skills and research methods to experience may be accepted. In general, all enable the study of legal systems and specific applicants are judged on their individual merits.

Work experience and other factors are also taken legal issues at Masters level. into consideration.

• Public International Law This module will teach you about the International applicants are normally required to fundamental values, principles and rules of provide evidence of English language proficiency.

Public International Law. This will be a See page 81 for more details. balanced course, with the essential elements of history, theory, law and practice being COURSE DESCRIPTION presented.

This programme will focus on developing expertise within European Law, on top of a broad • EU Internal Markets Law understanding of International Law. You will This module examines the main body of legal develop the skills and knowledge required to principles which underpin the creation of the operate as European legal specialists.

EU Internal Market.

In addition to the foundational courses in Legal Research Methods and Public International Law, • Competition Law This module considers the theory of you will be required to study EU Internal Markets competition as well as comparative competition Law, Competition Law, and write a dissertation law regimes. on a topic within European law. The remaining courses can be chosen from a range of relevant options.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 81 for more information.

Through carefully designed course work and varied teaching approaches, you will acquire the intellectual open-ness, technical expertise and BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 83

International Law (International Criminal Law and International Human Rights Law) LLM COURSE DURATION LLM: 1 year full-time.

intellectual openness, technical expertise and critical thinking abilities that are necessary for effectiveness in a globalising world. The programme will equip you to respond effectively to the wide range of intellectual and professional challenges facing those working on legal issues concerning the human person in International Law. The LLM in International Law (specialising in International Criminal Law and International Human Rights Law) will equip you to deal with both case work and policy making.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We normally require a minimum of a 2.ii degree from an approved university in a related subject (e.g. Law, Management Studies, Politics, International Relations, the Social Sciences).

Applications with degrees in unrelated disciplines will be considered on a case by case basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification or relevant practical Compulsory Modules: experience may be accepted. In general, all applicants are judged on their individual merits. • Legal Research Methods Work experience and other factors are also taken This module addresses the development of the necessary legal skills and research methods to into consideration. enable the study of legal systems and specific legal issues at Masters level.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency.

• Public International Law See page 81 for more details.

This module will teach you about the fundamental values, principles and rules of COURSE DESCRIPTION Public International Law. This will be a This programme is designed to help you become balanced course, with the essential elements of experts in the areas of International Law that history, theory, law and practice being directly concern the human person presented.

International Criminal Law and International Human Rights Law - whilst mastering the discipline of International Law of which they are • International Criminal Law This module will provide you with a balanced part. In addition to the foundational modules in and thorough understanding of the Legal Research Methods and Public International fundamentals of International Criminal Law. Law, you will be required to study International Criminal Law, International Human Rights Law • International Human Rights Law and write a dissertation on a topic within the The objective of this module is to provide you International Criminal Law or International with a broad yet thorough understanding of Human Rights Law. The remaining modules can International Human Rights Law, covering be chosen from a range of relevant options. various aspects of history, theory, politics, law and practice.

Through carefully designed course work and varied teaching approaches, you will acquire the

Optional Modules - choose 2: • European Human Rights Law • Children’s Rights and the Law • International Law of Armed Conflict • Legacies of War and Repression CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 81 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law

International Law (Global Trade Law) LLM Compulsory Modules: COURSE DESCRIPTION This programme is designed to help you become • Legal Research Methods experts in Global Trade Law, whilst mastering the This module addresses the development of the necessary legal skills and research methods to discipline of International Law of which it is part.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS enable the study of legal systems and specific We normally require a minimum of a 2.ii degree The programme will focus on key aspects of legal issues at Masters level. from an approved university in a related subject International Law and Global Trade Law and the development of skills and knowledge required to (e.g. Law, Management Studies, Politics, • Global Trade Law operate as International Lawyers in an International Relations, the Social Sciences).

This module studies aspects of the regulation of increasingly globalised world.

Applications with degrees in unrelated international trade through the General disciplines will be considered on a case by case Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) and the Global Trade Law and Public International Law basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable World Trade Organisation. will be compulsory courses, and a range of professional qualification or relevant practical carefully designed optional modules will allow experience may be accepted. In general, all • Public International Law applicants are judged on their individual merits. you to focus more on your areas of interest.

This module will teach you about the Work experience and other factors are also taken Throughout the course, basic principles and fundamental values, principles and rules of advanced level theories will be studied and the into consideration.

Public International Law. This will be a many traditional and contemporary challenges balanced module, with the essential elements International applicants are normally required to in International Law and Global Trade Law will of history, theory, law and practice being provide evidence of English language proficiency. be explored. The course will combine a balanced presented. approach to law, theory, politics and practice.

See page 81 for more details.

COURSE DURATION LLM: 1 year full-time.

Through carefully designed course work and varied teaching approaches, you will acquire the intellectual open-ness, technical expertise and critical thinking abilities that are necessary for effectiveness in a globalising world. The programme will equip you to respond effectively to the wide range of intellectual and professional challenges facing contemporary International Trade Lawyers. The LLM in International Law (specialising in Global Trade Law) will equip you to deal with both case work and policy making.

Optional Modules - choose 3: • EU Internal Markets Law • Competition Law • International Commercial Arbitration • Intellectual Property Law • Comparative Corporate Governance • International Banking Law CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 81 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law

84 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Law (General) LLM COURSE DESCRIPTION For the non-specialist student, the Law School offers a general LLM which permits the you to pick and mix modules from the specialist schemes. The general LLM consists of a compulsory module in Legal Research Methods plus taught modules, selected from the list below. The dissertation could be on any legal topic subject to approval of the Law School.

Modules offered by the Law School: • Competition Law • Bank Financial Management • International Insurance Law ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • International Commercial Arbitration We accept applications from graduates of LLB • Financial Institutions Strategic Management and other disciplines. For LLB graduates, we • Banking and Development normally require a minimum of a lower second • Global Trade Law class degree from an approved university.

• International Banking Applications with degrees in unrelated • Comparative Corporate Governance disciplines will be considered on a case by case Compulsory Module: • Corporate Risk Management basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable • Legal Research Methods • Employment Law professional qualification or relevant practical This module addresses the development of the • Islamic Banking experience may be accepted. In general, all necessary legal skills and research methods to • Islamic Finance applicants are judged on their individual merits.

Work experience and other factors are also taken enable the study of legal systems and specific • EU Internal Market Law legal issues at Masters level.

• Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management into consideration.

(Exemptions from this module may be granted if • Marketing Financial Services International applicants are normally required to a student has achieved the learning outcomes in CAREER PROSPECTS provide evidence of English language proficiency. another way, e.g. already having completed an Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent See page 81 for more details.

LLM or LLB with a research or dissertation prospects for pursuing employment in a wide element). range of roles. Please see page 81 for more information.

Optional Modules: Any 5 modules offered by the Law School up to For further course details, please see: the value of 100 credits may be undertaken, www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law subject to approval and timetabling. Up to 20 credits may be taken from the list of modules offered by Bangor Business School, Bangor School of Social Sciences and the Welsh Institute of Social and Cultural Affairs, subject to the approval of both Schools and timetabling.

COURSE DURATION LLM: 1 year full-time.

Law and Banking LLM Optional Modules - choose 6: • Competition Law • Bank Financial Management • International Insurance Law ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • International Commercial Arbitration We accept applications from graduates of LLB • Financial Institutions Strategic Management (Single and Joint Honours) and related subjects • Banking and Development such as Accountancy, Finance, Banking and • Global Trade Law Management Studies, Politics, International • International Banking Relations and the Social Sciences. For LLB • Comparative Corporate Governance • The role and powers of regulatory bodies and graduates and those with a related degree, we • Corporate Risk Management central banks (principally, the UK, EU and US) normally require a minimum of a lower second • Analysis of the UK and EU banking systems, to • Employment Law class degree from an approved university.

• Islamic Banking include the notion of ‘passporting’ of credit Applications with degrees in unrelated institution and investment firm activities within • Islamic Finance disciplines will be considered on a case by case • EU Internal Market Law the EU basis. Alternatively, possession of a suitable • The main banking reforms brought about by the • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management professional qualification or relevant practical • Marketing Financial Services credit crunch experience may be accepted. In general, all applicants are judged on their individual merits. • The Eurozone sovereign debt crisis CAREER PROSPECTS Work experience and other factors are also taken Employment opportunities for graduates of this This programme will highlight the many into consideration. challenges facing banking policy formulators and programme will include work with international law firms; banks or investment firms (as inInternational applicants are normally required to will enable you to discuss and debate potential provide evidence of English language proficiency. solutions to such problems. You will have a wide house counsel); specialised banks or central banks e.g. European Investment Bank, EBRD, the range of modules to choose from, and may See page 81 for more details.

ECB (the EU’s central bank), the African therefore acquire broad as opposed to Development Bank, the IMF and the World Bank; specialised knowledge. national financial regulatory authorities and international organisations such as the World Compulsory Modules: Trade Organisation, the European Union, • Legal Research Method This module addresses the development of the international courts and tribunals, ‘think tanks’ necessary legal skills and research methods to and research centres, and government (e.g. enable the study of legal systems and specific Ministry of Finance). Having taken one of our programmes, there will, of course, also be legal issues at Masters level. possibilities for academically inclined students to pursue careers in teaching and research.

• International Banking Law This module will provide you with a sound For further course details, please see: understanding of the law and practice of www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law modern international banking.

COURSE DURATION LLM: 1 year full-time.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This programme is designed to equip you with a general yet comprehensive education in a range of areas within International Banking Law. The course will enable you to master the basic principles of the discipline (viewed from an international perspective) and to explore in more depth themes including:

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 85

Law and Criminology LLM / Criminology and Law MA • International Case Studies in Criminology COURSE DESCRIPTION and Criminal Justice The LLM Law and Criminology/MA Criminology This module aims to provide an internationally and Law is offered by the Law School in cocomparative perspective on key areas of operation with the School of Social Sciences and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS criminological concern. will provide you with postgraduate level We accept applications from graduates of Criminology and Criminal Justice, of LLB (Single knowledge and skills in the interdisciplinary area and Joint Honours) and related subjects such as of criminology and law. It builds on criminological • Forensic Linguistics in Court This module focuses on established principles and legal skills and knowledge so as to provide Politics, and the Social Sciences. Normally, we and theories of Linguistics as they apply to require a good undergraduate degree. An upper specialist training in criminological, criminal discourse which occurs in the court room, the justice and legal research. The course second class (or equivalent) is desirable, but use of forensic linguistics as an expertise, and programme enables you to develop an applications from candidates with a lower the analysis of the different types of language international perspective on crime, justice and second class degree and professional which take place in the court room. qualifications and/or appropriate experience will law through national and cross-national also be considered. In general, all applicants are approaches and case studies of other societies, • International Criminal Law and/or ‘cutting edge’ issues in contemporary judged on their individual merits. Work This module will provide you with a balanced experience and other factors are also taken into criminology and law. You will also acquire a wide and thorough understanding of the range of transferable skills. consideration. fundamentals of International Criminal Law. International applicants are normally required to Those undertaking the LLM programme will be CAREER PROSPECTS provide evidence of English language proficiency. required to submit a Law-based dissertation, Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent whilst those on the MA degree will complete a See page 81 for more details. prospects for pursuing employment in a wide Criminology-based dissertation. range of roles. Please see page 81 for more information.

Compulsory Modules: • Key Issues in Crime and Justice For further course details, please see: This module is organized into four main www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law sections which offer a thorough grounding in key issues of comparative criminology and criminal justice.

COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time.

• Legal Research Methods The course aims to familiarise you with the key disciplinary methodologies employed in legal, socio-legal and commercial studies, and to equip you with the necessary skills base to write reports, essays and research papers in any one of these fields, with the final aim of adequate preparation for carrying out an independent research project of your own (the dissertation).

“Having completed my LLM at Bangor Law School, I am now working in the Economic Planning Department of the Federal Capital Development Administration in Nigeria. What stands out to me about my time at Bangor is the attention, enthusiasm and constructive feedback of the academic staff, which really aided me in my studies.”

AMINA ABUBAKAR, from Nigeria, studied an LLM Law

“After completing the LLM in Commercial Law at Bangor Law School, I returned to China to prepare for the Chinese National Judicial Examination. I am now a fully qualified Chinese Lawyer with a major International firm based in China. I am so grateful for everything that Bangor and the Law School have offered me. At Bangor, I enjoyed one of the most wonderful experiences of my life and I have known the most sincere and helpful people that I have ever met. Without their help and knowledge, I would not have achieved all this.”

HONGBO HEI, from China, studied an LLM in Commercial and Business Law

86 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Banking and Law MA/MBA COURSE DURATION MA/MBA: 1 year full-time.

Compulsory Modules (MA): • Research Methods This module develops knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, and provides a basis in research methodology for those who may eventually wish to pursue research degrees.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MA/MBA in Banking and Law requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Law, Banking, Economics, Finance, Accounting or Management from a • Bank Financial Management university, or a similar qualification from any This module provides a grounding in the nature, other institution. Alternatively, possession of a strategic context and managerial functions of suitable professional qualification and relevant financial management in banks, and other practical experience may also be accepted. In financial services firms. general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits and age, work experience and • International Banking other factors are also considered. For MBA This module examines the origins of degrees, whilst work experience is desirable, it is international banking, the activities of not essential. international banks, the markets in which they participate, and the sources of risk.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency.

• Financial Institutions Strategic Management See page 81 for more details.

This module examines the main theoretical and practical issues concerning banking business.

COURSE DESCRIPTION In today’s global competitive marketplace, the • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation successful corporate executive needs to This module examines why banks and financial understand how the legal system and legal markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, regulation can impact on their own area of and analyses the role of policy makers and expertise. Accordingly, the Bangor Business and institutions.

Law Schools have combined to offer an innovative suite of interdisciplinary MBA and MA • International Banking & Capital Markets Law programmes.

This module will provide a sound understanding of the law and practice of The MA in Banking and Law is an intermodern international banking, including the disciplinary programme that will enable you to regulation and prudential supervision of banks study key legal and regulatory developments in the UK and EU in the areas of capital affecting the financial sector. This includes the adequacy and risk management. regulation of financial services, security instruments, corporate finance, arbitration and other issues affecting modern banks at UK, EU and international level. The MA degree is suitable for those who wish to adopt a predominantly non-quantitative approach to their studies.

The MBA in Banking and Law will develop knowledgeable and capable banking executives and banking lawyers who will move quickly into key positions in the financial sector. The degree focuses on the financial and strategic management of banks and other financial institutions as well as the increasingly complex legal and regulatory structures within which banks and their executives have to operate. The legal issues will cover a wide range of topics at UK, EU and international level with which a modern banker needs to be familiar. Case studies and contemporary issues figure prominently in the programme, particularly focusing on the lessons to be learnt from the recent ‘credit crunch’ and the issues for international financing and regulation that this has thrown up.

Compulsory Modules (MBA): • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

• Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches.

• Bank Financial Management This module provides a grounding in the nature, strategic context and managerial functions of financial management in banks and other financial services firms.

• International Banking This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of international banks, the markets in which they participate, and the sources of risk.

• Financial Institutions Strategic Management This module examines the main theoretical and practical issues concerning banking business.

• International Banking & Capital Markets Law This module will provide a sound understanding of the law and practice of modern international banking.

Optional Modules (MA and MBA) - choose 2: • Comparative Corporate Governance • International Banking Law • International Commercial Arbitration • Intellectual Property Law • World Trade Law • Competition Law • Industrial Property Law • International Insurance Law • International Taxation Law • Employment Law • International Environmental Law • European Union Internal Market Law CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 81 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 87

Law and Management MBA COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MBA in Law and Management programme requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Law, Management, Economics, Finance, Business, from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits and age, work experience and other factors are also considered.

regulation that affects business in a wide range of key areas. An important objective is to provide relevant analytical training in the latest strategic, managerial, legal and commercial developments in both public and private sectors. In this specifically tailored MBA programme, Bangor Business School and Bangor Law School offer candidates an innovative suite of key Management and Law subjects.

Compulsory Modules: • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

International applicants are normally required to • Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis provide evidence of English language proficiency. for research in the management sciences, and See page 81 for more details. examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches.

COURSE DESCRIPTION In today’s global competitive marketplace, the • Comparative Corporate Governance successful corporate executive needs to Major corporate scandals in the US, Europe and understand how the legal system and legal the UK in recent years have raised questions regulation can impact on their own area of about the organisation and governance of expertise. Accordingly, Bangor Business School companies, in particular large multinational and Bangor Law School have combined to offer organisations. an innovative suite of interdisciplinary MBA and MA programmes.

• Finance for Managers This module is designed for those who aim to The MBA in Law and Management emphasises achieve a basic understanding of financial both professional and vocational development as management and control, and who require an well as an awareness of key legal and regulatory understanding of finance in order to manage an issues that play a central role in the successful organisation effectively. management of modern enterprises of all types and sizes. You will develop an understanding of higher-level managerial skills and concepts, and their application in practical situations. You will have the opportunity to examine the law and

PhD, MPhil and LLM by Research The Law School provides expert PhD and MPhil supervision in a range of legal areas. For a PhD degree, candidates are expected to present the results of research in a thesis which represents a significant original contribution to knowledge in the subject area studied, and to undergo a viva voce examination. For an MPhil degree, candidates are expected to successfully complete an approved programme of supervised research, and to present the results in a thesis.

As an alternative to a one-year taught LLM, you can do a one-year LLM by Research on a specific research topic and submit a 30,000 word dissertation on that topic.

All research students are allocated a supervisor with a research interest in your chosen topic of study. Your supervisor will provide advice and guidance on your choice of topic; the literature in your field and how to access it; your choice of research methods; thesis structure, content and presentation; critical appraisal of drafts of your thesis; and, in the case of PhD students, advice on preparation for your viva voce examination.

Prospective applicants are encouraged to consult the Law School website for an indication of research areas where the School can supervise candidates.

Please refer to the Law School website for details of Bangor Law School staff, their areas of expertise and research interests, and the areas in which the School offers research supervision: www.bangor.ac.uk/law/staff For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law

88 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Optional Modules - choose 4#: • Marketing Strategy • Strategic Management • Knowledge Management • Contemporary Issues in Management • New Venture Creation • European Business • Comparative Corporate Governance • International Banking Law • International Commercial Arbitration • Intellectual Property Law • World Trade Law • Competition Law • Industrial Property Law • International Insurance Law • International Taxation Law • Employment Law • International Environmental Law • European Union Internal Market Law # Your optional modules must include Marketing Strategy or Strategic Management or both, and 2 Law Options.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of Bangor Law School have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 81 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law

Public Procurement Law and Strategy LLM COURSE DURATION LLM 1 year full-time.

This is achieved through carefully designed module options and collaborative teaching involving the use of academic and expert procurement law and strategy specialists.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We normally require a minimum of a second Compulsory Modules: class degree from an approved University in a • Public Procurement Research related subject (e.g. Law, Business, Finance, The purpose of this module is to provide you Management). Applications with degrees in unrelated disciplines will be considered on a case with the fundamentals of public procurement research and the writing process. by case basis. Alternatively, possession of a relevant professional qualification (e.g. CIPS or IIPMM) and relevant practical experience may be • National and EU Procurement Law This module is designed to expose participants accepted (please enquire). to an understanding of national and supranational regimes for public procurement In general, all applicants are judged on their in Ireland, the UK and other EU member states. individual merits. Work experience and other factors are also taken into consideration.

• Applied Procurement Research Project Candidates without a relevant degree or The Research Project comprises a two-week professional qualification should, however, have work placement in a procurement function a minimum of 3 years’ relevant work experience. between June and September. The APRP will be used to familiarise candidates with a broad International applicants are normally required to range of current themes in Public Procurement provide evidence of English language proficiency.

Law and Strategy.

See page 81 for more details.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Bangor University is a major international research centre in relation to the operation of national and European law and policies on public procurement law. A strategic element of this programme is the presentation of learning from the perspectives of both the public procurement function and private sector supplier organisations, to help advance understanding of the complex issues organisations involved in public sector tendering face, and to develop more creative legally compliant public procurement solutions.

Optional Modules - choose 5: • Managing Procurement Risk • Sustainable Procurement • Contract Design and Management • Procurement and Innovation • Procurement Litigation • Global Procurement Regimes • Strategic Procurement • European Internal Market Law

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY As part of your studies, those on the LLM Procurement Law and Strategy are required to complete an Applied Procurement Research Project which will see you placed in the procurement department of a business for a two week period. At the end of your placement you will be familiarised with a broad range of current themes in Public Procurement Law and Strategy.

The programme is enriched by regular expert guest lecturers and a dedicated Procurement Week which will feature presentations, workshops and seminars by leading procurement professionals. In addition, the School’s delivery team will be complemented by industry contacts, including experts from public sector organisations, central and local government, leading law firms and SMEs. CAREER PROSPECTS The LLM programme will open up exciting opportunities for graduates including career opportunities with public and private sector organisations, law firms, research centres and international organisations such as the United Nations, the World Bank, the World Trade Organisation (WTO) and the EU. You may also find employment opportunities with Social and Environmental Rights Groups, many of whom view procurement as a way of advancing social and environmental agendas.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/law

Executive LLM in Public Procurement Law and Strategy LLM COURSE DURATION Executive LLM: 2 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We normally require a minimum of a second class degree from an approved University in a related subject (e.g. Law, Business, Finance, Management). Applications with degrees in unrelated disciplines will be considered on a case by case basis. Alternatively, possession of a relevant professional qualification (e.g. CIPS or IIPMM) and relevant practical experience may be accepted (please enquire). In general, all applicants are judged on their individual merits.

Work experience and other factors are also taken into consideration. Candidates without a relevant degree or professional qualification should, however, have a minimum of 3 years’ relevant work experience. International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency (see page 81).

COURSE DESCRIPTION Bangor University is a major international research centre in relation to the operation of national and European law and policies on public procurement law. A strategic element of the programme is the presentation of learning from the perspectives of both the public procurement function and private sector supplier organisations, to help advance understanding of the complex issues organisations involved in public sector tendering face, and to develop more creative legally compliant public procurement solutions.

Teaching on the Executive programme is by block release to enable busy professionals to participate on the programme whilst minimising

• Applied Procurement Research Projects the amount of time spent away from the The Research Project comprises a two-week workplace. The programme is designed for those work placement in a procurement function in working as procurement practitioners, policy the final year of the programme. The APRP will makers, public servants, legal advisers and in be used to familiarise candidates with a broad similar positions. range of current themes in Public Procurement Law and Strategy.

Compulsory Modules: • Public Procurement Research Optional Modules - choose 1: The purpose of this module is to provide you • Strategic Procurement with the fundamentals of public procurement • Global Procurement Regimes research and the writing process.

• Procurement Litigation • National and EU Procurement Law RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY This module is designed to expose you to an As part of your studies you are required to understanding of national and supranational regimes for public procurement in Ireland, the complete an Applied Procurement Research Project which will see you placed in the UK and other EU member states. procurement department of a business for a two week period. The course is enriched by regular • Contract Design and Management This module will develop your contract drafting, expert guest lecturers and a dedicated Procurement Week which will feature design and management skills, and enables presentations, workshops and seminars by leading you to appreciate the significance of different procurement professionals. In addition, the contract clauses.

School’s delivery team will be complemented by industry contacts, including experts from public • Sustainable Procurement sector organisations, central and local government, This module is expected to enhance your leading law firms and SMEs. understanding of sustainable procurement issues, including the legal context for CAREER PROSPECTS introducing social agendas in public The Executive LLM programme is specifically procurement. designed for those already working in public procurement. It will develop your expertise in • Procurement and Innovation procurement law and strategy issues in order to You will examine EU procurement procedures enhance your career development prospects, which support the procurement of innovation. upgrade your procurement skills, and significantly develop your procurement • Managing Procurement Risk competencies and knowledge.

This module will help you undertake proper risk analysis prior to tender specification and to manage procurement risks.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 89

STAFF PROFILE

Dr Catherine Robinson, Head of School of Social Sciences Dr Catherine Robinson is the Director of the Centre for Applied Research and Evaluation Sciences and is Head of the School of Social Sciences since 2012.

Catherine and her research team joined the College of Business, Law, Education and Social Sciences and Law in 2008 as part of a wider Bangor University strategy to strengthen the team’s research focus and complement the existing research streams within the School of Social Sciences.

“What attracted me to study at the School of Social Sciences was its strong focus on research. The staff are very experienced in their areas and, between them, they offer a broad range of subjects and areas of expertise. One of the best aspects about my course is the flexibility - the structure of the course allows me to work from home and to manage my own research project while having access to help and support from my project supervisors. Another highlight has been the networking opportunities I‘ve been fortunate enough to attend a number of courses and to meet new people. The amount of support given is truly excellent.”

ELIZABETH HEYWORTH, from Wrexham, studied a PhD in Sociology & Social Policy

90 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Catherine is a Bangor graduate; her first degree is in Psychology and her first research post was in the School of Psychology. A few years working in the NHS in England followed, returning to Bangor in the early 1990s to take up a new research post in the Centre for Social Policy Research and Development (CSPRD).

Between 1999 and 2004 Catherine was responsible for the North Wales Research and Development Support Service (NWRDSS) and for a small research team focused on social care research.

Catherine maintained links with the School during this time and completed her social policy focused PhD in 2003.

School of Social Sciences About the School Established in 1966, the School of Social Sciences is a thriving centre for teaching and research in the fields of, Criminology and Criminal Justice, Social Policy, Social Work, Public Policy, Sociology and Health and Social Care.

Our Masters degrees offer thorough training in the principles and practice of social research, whilst allowing students to follow their interests through a range of specialised modules. We are known for the thoroughness of our teaching and our care for students.

We also have a reputation for research of national and international excellence and the products of this research are continually fed into our courses. Many publications and articles by staff have international reputation in particular fields. The staff also supervise MA, MPhil and PhD students in their own specialist areas. This means that you will be taught by tutors who are actively researching and publishing in areas you will study.

All of our degree schemes offer a thorough training in the basic principles of social science, a wide choice of specialised subjects, training in the practice of social research and preparation for a wide variety of career opportunities.

The School of Social Sciences offers bursaries for MA and PhD students.

Strengths and expertise The most recent Research Assessment Exercise concluded that almost all the research submitted by the School of Social Sciences was worthy of international recognition, and some was world leading in terms of originality, significance and rigour.

Research in the School of Social Sciences has four main themes: Communities and Social Networks; Minority Languages and Cultures; Policy Evaluation Research; Crime and Civic Society. These have provided the platform for more focused, collaborative activity based around the Schools research centres: • Wales Institute for Social & Economic Research, Data and Methods (WISERD) • Centre for Applied Research & Evaluation Sciences (CARES) • Welsh Centre for Crime and Social Justice (WCCSJ) • Methods and Research in the Social Sciences (MARSS) The Wales Institute of Social and Economic Research, Data and Methods (WISERD) has an ambitious programme of work to help researchers make better use of data, develop large interdisciplinary projects, conduct research on a series of localities, and build partnerships with organisations and local communities. The centre brings together social scientists from across Wales who work together to develop a more detailed picture of the people of Wales through the collection,

analysis and dissemination of data in areas from economic activity and growth to education, community participation, health and social care.

Overview of academic areas covered within the School We offer a portfolio of Masters programmes reflecting the School's expertise and commitment to high level postgraduate teaching. These include a range of MA degrees, focusing in particular on Comparative Criminology and Criminal Justice; Sociology; Language Policy and Planning; Social Research and Social Policy; Policy Research and Evaluation; Criminology and Law and Social Work.

The Masters by Research, MPhil and PhD are higher degrees awarded on successful completion of advanced training and research leading to a thesis. The aim of a research degree is to provide broadly based social science training as well as specific training in specialised subject areas that are relevant to the research project. Overall, the training provides the context and the skills for the student to undertake an original investigation, culminating in the preparation of a thesis which represents an independent and original contribution to knowledge.

Career Prospects A postgraduate qualification in Social Sciences prepares graduates for careers within sectors as varied as the criminal justice, law enforcement, policy making and development, youth services, drug treatment centres, social policy and government agencies. Those pursuing a Masters in Social Work or Advanced Social Work will find themselves equipped to work in a wide range of health or social care settings such as hospitals, community development projects, non-statutory organisations perhaps supporting refugees and asylum-seekers, or working with young parents in need of support. Experienced social workers will be able to quickly progress into management and training in the care professions. Masters graduates may also progress to research posts which may inform future policy, and to academic careers at universities.

Research Links/Links with Industry The School of Social Sciences is also a member of WISERD (Wales Institute of Social and Economic Research, Data and Methods), a collaborative venture between the Universities of Aberystwyth, Bangor, Cardiff, Glamorgan and Swansea. WISERD’s mission is to strengthen social science capacity across Wales through co-operation, join projects and associated links with centres across the UK and beyond. It brings together social scientists from across Wales who work together to develop a more detailed picture of the people of Wales through the collection, analysis and dissemination of data in areas from economic activity and growth to education, community participation, health and social care.

COURSE LIST: MA • Comparative Criminology and Criminal Justice • Criminology and Law • Criminology and Sociology • International Social Work • Language Policy and Planning • Policy Research and Evaluation • Social Research and Social Policy • Social Work LLM • Law and Criminology MARes • Criminology, Criminal Justice, Social Policy, Sociology PhD/MPhil • Criminology, Criminal Justice, Social Policy, Sociology

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 383023 E-mail: socialsciences.pg@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/so

Our industry links is a key element of the delivery of the MA Social Work programme, which is run in partnership with the Local Authorities of Gwynedd, Anglesey and Conwy.

The partner local authorities contribute to teaching and assessment and also provide work placements as part of students’ MA studies.

Bangor School of Social Sciences English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. We normally require: For Taught Masters: • IELTS 6.0, no single element below 5.5; TOEFL (IBT): 75 (Reading-18; Listening-17; Speaking-20; Writing-18) or equivalent For Research degrees (PhD, MPhil): • IELTS 6.5, no single element below 6.0; TOEFL (IBT) 85 (Reading-20; Listening-20; Speaking-20; Writing-20) or equivalent Applicants who have not achieved the required level can take English language courses at ELCOS, the University’s English Language Centre, prior to the beginning of the academic programme.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 91

Comparative Criminology and Criminal Justice MA COURSE DURATION 1 year full-time, 2.5 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A single or joint honours degree of at least 2.i classification, or in exceptional cases a good 2.ii in Criminology, Sociology, Law, Political Science, Social Studies, Social Policy, or a related academic discipline.

Applications from candidates who have relevant professional experience in lieu of a bachelor degree will also be considered. All applicants in this category will be invited for interview.

Criminology, which allows you to incorporate your particular research interests and areas of enquiry in comparative criminological and criminal justice research.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the School of Social Sciences have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 91 for more information.

Compulsory Modules: For further course details, please see: • The Research Process www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/socialsciences This module provides postgraduate level training in the main varieties of both quantitative and qualitative research in the social sciences. The module begins by locating the research process in the context of epistemology in order to show how research design is unavoidably grounded in assumptions about the nature of the phenomena to be investigated.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency.

• Key Issues in Crime and Justice See page 91 for more details.

This module is organized into four main sections which offer a thorough grounding in COURSE DESCRIPTION key issues of comparative criminology and The course was one of the first to take an criminal justice. internationally comparative perspective across a broad range of criminology and criminal justice • Applied Research in Criminology issues. It is designed to meet the needs of three This module aims to provide specialist training groups of potential students: those requiring a in criminological research. It is taught over two thorough research training specialising in semesters and draws upon generic social criminology and criminal justice; those who are science research skills and knowledge and interested in pursuing criminology and criminal applies them to an empirical group project. The justice to an advanced level; and practitioners in module also involves three sessions of the criminal justice field who wish to expand introduction to legal research. their horizons from national to international levels.

• International Case Studies This module aims to provide an internationally The programme components consist of a generic comparative perspective on key areas of research module (The Research Process) for criminological concern. These include training in qualitative and quantitative research questions of crime and deviance, criminological methods in the Social Sciences, specialised theory and the operation of systems of criminal training in Applied Research Criminology and a justice. module on international case studies in

Criminology and Law MA / Law and Criminology LLM • International Case Studies in Criminology and COURSE DESCRIPTION Criminal Justice The MA Criminology and Law / LLM Law and This module aims to provide an internationally Criminology is offered by the School of Social Sciences in co-operation with the Law School and comparative perspective on key areas of ENTRY REQUIREMENTS criminological concern. will provide you with postgraduate level We accept applications from graduates of Criminology and Criminal Justice, of LLB (Single knowledge and skills in the interdisciplinary area and Joint Honours) and related subjects such as of criminology and law. It builds on criminological • Forensic Linguistics in Court This module focuses on established principles and legal skills and knowledge so as to provide Politics, and the Social Sciences. Normally, we and theories of Linguistics as they apply to require a good undergraduate degree. An upper specialist training in criminological, criminal discourse which occurs in the court room, the justice and legal research. The programme second class (or equivalent) is desirable, but use of forensic linguistics as an expertise, and enables you to develop an international applications from candidates with a lower the analysis of the different types of language perspective on crime, justice and law through second class degree and professional qualifications and/or appropriate experience will national and cross-national approaches and case which take place in the court room. also be considered. In general, all applicants are studies of other societies, and/or ‘cutting edge’ issues in contemporary criminology and law. You • International Criminal Law judged on their individual merits. Work This module will provide you with a balanced experience and other factors are also taken into will also acquire a wide range of transferable and thorough understanding of the skills. consideration. fundamentals of International Criminal Law. International applicants are normally required to Students undertaking the MA programme will be CAREER PROSPECTS provide evidence of English language proficiency. required to submit a Criminology-based dissertation, whilst those on the LLM degree will Graduates of the School of Social Sciences have See page 91 for more details. excellent prospects for pursuing employment in complete a Law-based dissertation. a wide range of roles. Please see page 91 for more information.

Compulsory Modules: • Key Issues in Crime and Justice For further course details, please see: This module is organized into four main www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/socialsciences sections which offer a thorough grounding in key issues of comparative criminology and criminal justice.

COURSE DURATION LLM: 1 year full-time.

• Legal Research Methods This module aims to familiarise you with the key disciplinary methodologies employed in legal, socio-legal and commercial studies, and to equip you with the necessary skills to write reports, essays and research papers in any of these fields, with the final aim of adequate preparation for carrying out an independent research project of your own (the dissertation).

92 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Criminology and Sociology MA On completion of the course, you will be able to: • Demonstrate advanced, specialised knowledge and skills across a range of criminology and sociology applications, including an ENTRY REQUIREMENTS understanding of community cohesion and A single or joint honours degree of at least 2.i social identities, of criminal behaviour, its classification or, in exceptional cases, a good 2.ii causes and consequences, its prevention and in Criminology, Sociology, Law, Political Science, the response by criminal justice agencies.

Social Studies, Social Policy, or a related • Conduct empirical research projects. You will academic discipline. have developed specialist research skills and critical thinking across a range of Applications from candidates who have relevant criminological and sociological areas and an professional experience in lieu of a bachelor understanding of the complex contexts in which degree will also be considered. All applicants in criminologists and sociologists work. this category will be invited for interview.

• Demonstrate the ability to problem solve and reason scientifically, even in complex contexts International applicants are normally required to using appropriate qualitative and quantitative provide evidence of English language proficiency. skills, including identifying, formulating and See page 91 for more details. solving social problems and problems related to crime. You will have the ability to create, COURSE DESCRIPTION evaluate and assess a range of options, and The MA in Criminology and Sociology combines apply ideas and knowledge to a range of our expertise in criminology and sociology and situations. explores the sociological context of issues in • Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of criminology. advanced level theories and empirical evidence concerning crime, its causes and A broad range of criminology and sociology consequences, including the definition of subjects are studied which develop knowledge deviant behaviour, public opinion, the media and understanding of broad spectrum of topics and fear of crime, political reactions to crime, within this field including; crime, organisations support for victims, offender management and and administrations in the field of criminal related topics. justice, the social causes and consequences of • Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of crime, social change and social structures, advanced level sociological theories and culture and identity and related issues. sociological findings, related to topics like the The broad yet specialised nature of this degree functioning of public sector organisations, allows you to develop advanced and specialised social stratification, political and social knowledge and skills in criminological and movements, social values, consensus and sociological research. conflicts, culture, community and identity, the social function of law.

COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time, 2.5 years part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • The Research Process This module introduces the main varieties of both quantitative and qualitative research in the social sciences and addresses the principles of research design and issues of data collection.

• Key Issues in Crime and Justice This module focuses on four main themes: comparative criminology, comparative criminal justice, comparative victimology, and criminological perspectives.

• International Case Studies in Criminology This module provides an internationally comparative perspective on key areas of criminological concern. These include questions of crime and deviance, criminological theory and the operation of systems of criminal justice.

Optional Modules - choose 2: • Researching Community • Case Study • Social Theories of Culture CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the School of Social Sciences have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 91 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/socialsciences

International Social Work MA COURSE DURATION 1 year full-time, 2.5 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS In order to gain entry onto the course, applicants must have a professional qualification in social work and which may be one of the following: • A Social Work degree (at a 2.ii or above, or equivalent level).

• A Social Work qualification, which is acceptable for the purposes of registration with the regulatory body.

• IELTS and Internet-based TOEFL test scores of no less than 6.0 overall (no less than 5.5 in individual components) and 75 (Reading-18; Listening-17; Speaking-20; Writing-18) respectively, are usually acceptable.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This course is designed to offer professional career development to qualified and practicing Social Workers. It aims to equip you with the specialist knowledge and skills you may need to enhance your performance and to advance your career within the social work sector. You will develop your research skills and critical thinking across a range of social work areas and will deepen your understanding of the complex context in which social work exists.

Compulsory Modules: • The Research Process This module introduces the main varieties of both quantitative and qualitative research in the social sciences and addresses the principles of research design and issues of data collection.

CAREER PROSPECTS On completion of this programme, individuals are expected to obtain employment in a variety of careers in Social Work and Social Care as well as advance their careers if experienced Social Workers into management and training in the care professions.

• Dimensions of Social Policy Research This module will develop your understanding of For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/socialsciences the political context of social policy research, enhance your abilities to evaluate policy outcomes and policy impacts, distinguish the roles of practitioner and researcher, and develop skills in engaging with users in collaborative research.

• Key Issues in Social Policy This module extends and deepens knowledge and understanding of key issues in contemporary social policy.

• International Social Work The purpose of the International Social Work Module is to widen your understanding of the differing models, traditions and welfare contexts of social work.

Optional Modules - choose 1: • Researching Community • Social Theories of Culture

The programme will develop advanced and specialist knowledge and skills including social policy, community research and theories of culture, and will address a broad range of social work areas, such as a comparative study of social work in other European countries. You take part in the fortnightly lecture series of the School of Social Sciences. Visiting speakers and Bangor staff present topics related to social policy, criminology and sociology.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 93

Language Policy and Planning MA the theoretical as well as applied questions of Language Planning.

CAREER PROSPECTS This programme equips students to work in a variety of fields – in the public, private and third Compulsory Modules: sectors – including language officers, policy ENTRY REQUIREMENTS development, management and marketing.

Entry to the MA in Language Policy and Planning • The Research Process This module aims to provide postgraduate level Student will also be prepared for doctoral level normally requires a 2.i undergraduate degree or training in the main varieties of both study in the broad field of language planning. above in a relevant subject and/or relevant quantitative and qualitative research in the professional experience with evidence of recent social sciences.

For further course details, please see: study. All applicants will be interviewed. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/socialsciences International applicants are normally required to • Language Planning This module will place language planning in its provide evidence of English language proficiency. international context, by examining various See page 91 for more details. examples of language planning in different countries.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The number of bilingual and multilingual communities and workplaces is on the rise, and • Research Methods in Education This module introduces students to quantitative language planning is a field of growing importance. For this reason, there is an increased and qualitative research in education and prepares students to undertake research for demand for individuals with the necessary their dissertation. knowledge and skills to put in place effective strategies and systems that promote linguistic • Qualitative Methods equality. As considering ‘language’ becomes a Instructs students on how to use the SPSS priority for many fields – development, planning, computer programme fro quantitative research education, health, IT, marketing – staff in a wide work. range of professions require an understanding of and skills in language planning. Furthermore, in Optional Modules - choose 2: Wales, the proposed new Welsh language • Law and Devolution in Wales and Europe legislation has the potential to further increase • Diversity and Human Rights the demand for qualified personnel to address • Public Sector Management language-related issues and also to create new • Work Based Learning and different demands.

• Current Issues in Bilingualism • Aspects of Bilingualism# The MA in Language Policy and Planning offers an innovative and comprehensive exploration of a • History of the Welsh Language# field that is of growing importance in Wales and • Language Rights# beyond. The programme benefits from Bangor # University’s unique combination of expertise, Available only through the medium of Welsh. which will provide you with an understanding of COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time, up to 4 years part-time.

Policy Research and Evaluation MA Evidence-based policy and practice are imperatives of the public, independent and voluntary sector organisations nationally and internationally. Evaluation research is one of the ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MA in Policy Research and Evaluation cornerstones of evidence based work both locally and nationally. A deeper understanding of normally requires a single or joint honours monitoring and evaluation is important right degree at 2.ii classification or above in across local government and public and Criminology, Sociology, Law, Political Science, independent sector organisations. The ability to Social Studies, Social Policy, or a related understand, conduct or commission evaluative academic discipline. work is increasingly important as organisations Applications from candidates who have relevant consider their effectiveness, efficiency and equity. professional experience in lieu of a bachelor Compulsory Modules: degree will also be considered. All applicants in • The Research Process this category will be invited for interview.

This module introduces the main varieties of both quantitative and qualitative research in the International applicants are normally required to social sciences and addresses the principles of provide evidence of English language proficiency. research design and issues of data collection.

See page 91 for more details.

COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time, 2.5 years part-time.

• Key Issues in Social Policy COURSE DESCRIPTION Monitoring and evaluation of policy initiatives has This module extends and deepens knowledge become increasingly important across the public, and understanding of key issues in contemporary social policy. independent and voluntary sector in health and social care and other service settings such as • Policy Research and Evaluation education or criminal justice. Policy makers, This module will develop your understanding of practitioners and service users are all concerned evaluation and will consider the definitions and with effectiveness, efficiency and equity. purpose of evaluation of policy implementation. You will be introduced to a This programme aims to meet the needs of the range of evaluation strategies and models. public service sector in Wales and further afield by developing in individuals a full complement of Optional Modules – choose 2: skills required to successfully undertake • Researching Community specialist research and robust evaluation that • Social Theories of Culture will inform future policy.

• Dimensions of Social Policy Research • Case Study

94 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the School of Social Sciences have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 91 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/socialsciences

Social Research and Social Policy MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time; 2 years part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • The Research Process This module aims to provide postgraduate level training in the main varieties of both quantitative and qualitative research in the social sciences.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the School of Social Sciences have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 91 for more information.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MA in Social Research and Social Policy programme normally requires a good For further course details, please see: undergraduate degree (2.i or higher) in a related www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/socialsciences subject (e.g. Criminology, Sociology, Law, Political • Dimensions of Social Policy Research This module aims to extend your knowledge of Science, Social Studies, Social Policy) or two a number of dynamics particular to social years relevant experience. policy research.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. • Key Issues in Social Policy This module aims to link theoretical analysis in See page 91 for more details. welfare to empirical enquiry and offers you an opportunity to explore key issues, debates and COURSE DESCRIPTION concepts, as well as social policy analysis and Our MA in Social Research and Social Policy evaluation. offers an exceptional combination of excellent training in social research methods and applied • Researching Community social policy. The course is designed to provide This module examines the developments in the you with a broad range of advanced research field of community research and related skills, policy analysis skills and an ability to apply your research knowledge in policy settings theoretical and policy debates surrounding the application of ideas of ‘community’ to current at local, national and international levels. The economic and social changes. course is recognised by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) and as such it is • Health Policies in Britain tailored to meet the needs of those requiring a This module adopts a comparative approach to thorough research training specialising in social the study of health policies in Britain and policy, those who are interested in pursuing internationally. Starting with international social policy to an advanced level, and comparisons you will consider the political practitioners who wish to expand their existing economy of health and develop an knowledge. The course is underpinned by an understanding of the dynamics of power emphasis on inter-disciplinarity and encourages between professionals, managers and patients. you to adopt national and cross-national perspectives to key areas of social policy.

The programme consists of a generic research module (The Research Process) for training in qualitative and quantitative research methods in the Social Sciences, specialised training in Social Policy research and a theoretical module on Key Issues in Social Policy. Specific areas covered in the course include Comparative Health and Social Policy, Globalisation and Welfare, Inequalities in Health, Poverty and Social Exclusion, Housing Policy and Ageing and Later Life.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 95

Social Work MA COURSE DESCRIPTION The School of Social Sciences works in partnership with Gwynedd, Ynys Môn and Conwy Local Authorities to develop, deliver and manage ENTRY REQUIREMENTS this Social Work programme. Partner local Preferably, a 2.i and 6 months of relevant authorities are involved in recruitment, student experience is required. Applicants with a 2.ii selection, contributing to teaching and degree who can demonstrate extensive strong undertaking assessment of students. The relevant experience will also be considered. We also require GCSE grade C or equivalent in Maths primary partners also provide practice learning opportunities along with other employing and English/Welsh first language. The ability to agencies, and ensure that you develop a strong communicate through the medium of Welsh is understanding of social work practice in north desirable.

Wales alongside your academic development.

All applicants must pass checks deemed You will undertake three placements of 20 days, necessary for registration as a student social worker with the Care Council for Wales (including 80 days, and 100 days during your studies. Each student is hosted by one of the local authorities health and criminal conviction checks).

Additionally, all applicants will be interviewed to (Gwynedd, Conwy or Ynys Môn), in an arrangeascertain their suitability and capacity for social ment which supports your development towards being a competent social worker. Most practice work practice. learning opportunities will be within the three counties, but some students will be able to We welcome applicants who have a full driving benefit from opportunities further afield. licence as the majority of the practice learning opportunity settings require drivers.

This MA is a bilingual course, preparing you for International applicants are normally required to practice within bilingual Welsh society. The provide evidence of English language proficiency. University and its partners are committed to providing bilingual learning opportunities, both See page 91 for more details. during university based learning and during the Practice Learning Opportunities. Welsh speaking students will be allocated Welsh speaking tutors and will be encouraged to study your modules through the medium of Welsh. All assessed work may be submitted in Welsh or English and will be marked and feedback given in the language selected. Those who do not speak Welsh will be encouraged to develop basic skills, and supported to develop your understanding of the Wales context and linguistic sensitivity.

COURSE DURATION MA: 2 years full-time; 3 years part-time.

Modules Year 1: • Social Policy for Social Work Practice • Knowledge and Skills Base for Social Work • The Life Course • Values and Ethics for Social Work Practice • The Research Process • Practice Learning Opportunity Year 2: • Social Work Dissertation • Legal Imperatives for Social Work • Social Work with Children, Young People and Families • Community Care • Practice Learning Opportunity CAREER PROSPECTS After qualifying, you will be able to work in a wide range of health or social care settings, often working alongside other professionals such as occupational therapists or psychologists, in multidisciplinary teams. As well as statutory social work settings like Children and Families teams, older people teams and community mental health teams, social workers may be employed as hospitals, in community development projects or with non-statutory organisations perhaps supporting refugees and asylum-seekers, or working with young parents in need of support.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/socialsciences

Criminology / Criminal Justice / Social Policy / Sociology PhD/MPhil/MARes COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time, 5 years part-time; MPhil: 1-2 years full-time, 2-3 years part-time; MARes: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS MARes: The criteria for admission onto the programme would normally be a minimum of an Upper Second Class Honours degree or equivalent, a satisfactory proposal for research and the ability of the School to effectively supervise the proposed dissertation.

PhD/MPhil: A good honours degree in a related discipline is required. Students without a Masters degree in a relevant discipline will be required to undertake a taught research training programme in your first year. Applicants should submit a research outline which must be approved by the Course Director.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency.

See page 91 for more details.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The PhD, MPhil and MARes are higher degrees awarded on successful completion of advanced training and research leading to a thesis. The aim of a research degree is to provide broadly-based social science training as well as specific training in specialised subject areas that are relevant to the research project. Overall, the training provides the context and the skills for you to undertake an original investigation, culminating in the preparation of a thesis which represents an independent and original contribution to knowledge.

96 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Current graduate students are conducting research on: • Women’s accounts of their violent behaviour • An ethnographic study of cannabis use in a north Wales community • Identity fraud • Social problems and juvenile delinquency in Malawi • Restorative justice and rehabilitation • Accommodating sex offenders after prison • The social organisation of net-based learning The MARes is a one year programme, undertaken • Migration, ideas of national belonging and policy responses in Wales and Ireland entirely by research on a topic proposed by the • The economic and social significance of the candidate and approved by the University. A SARS outbreaks supervisor will be appointed who will provide formal research supervision to the candidate for • Wales in a global neighbourhood • Categorisation and special educational needs: a 12 month period. At the end of the period, you implementing the SEN code of practice will be expected to present a piece of work approximately 40,000 – 50,000 words in length. • The social construction of Welsh identity • The use of the Welsh language in the voluntary sector in Wales The period of registration for the MPhil is 2 years full-time (3 years part-time). Award of the MPhil • The role of programme evaluation in the public sector organisation is based on submission of a thesis of 60,000 words in length of acceptable standard and CAREER PROSPECTS satisfactory performance in a viva voce Graduates of the School of Social Sciences have examination involving an external examiner. excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 91 for The period of registration for the PhD is 3 years full-time (4 years part-time). Award of the PhD is more information. based on the submission of a thesis not exceeding 100,000 words in length of acceptable For further course details, please see: standard and satisfactory performance in a viva www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/socialsciences voce examination involving an external examiner.

The School of Social Sciences provides a stimulating and supportive environment for postgraduate training. The emphasis is on small groups, close working relationships between students and supervisors, and development towards full professional participation in the subject area. For research students we are able to provide both a full ESRC research training programme and high quality expert supervision across a broad spectrum of subjects.

Bangor Business School London Centre About the centre Building on its No.1 position in the UK for research in Accounting, Banking and Finance, Bangor Business School brings its first-class education and research expertise to the heart of London's financial district. The London Centre offers a portfolio of specialist MBA and MSc degrees to individuals who wish to live and study in London whilst benefitting from Bangor Business School’s expertise and international reputation.

Bangor expertise ‘Bangor’ is a name synonymous with excellence in business education. In the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), the School was rated as the best in the UK for the quality of staff research in Accounting, Banking and Finance. This means that students are taught by internationallyrenowned experts whose work is shaping the future of the financial industries. Coupled with this commitment to excellence in research is a real dedication to high-quality teaching.

London experience Located in the heart of London’s financial district, Bangor Business School London Centre enables students to immerse themselves in one of the world’s most exciting cities. We are situated within the impressive Broadgate Tower – currently the fourth tallest building in London – which is only a few minutes’ walk from Liverpool Street Station and famous landmarks such as St Paul’s Cathedral, the Tower of London and the Bank of England.

Staff and facilities Leaders in the field of Banking and Finance research who teach on the degrees at the Bangor campus also teach at the London centre giving confidence to students that programmes have similar structure, content and the same high quality as that set at the Bangor University campus.

Bangor Business School’s top researchers and senior staff who were responsible for achieving the No. 1 position in the UK for Accounting, Banking and Finance research, also teach in London. This means that students will receive lecturers by academic staff who are pushing back the frontiers of research.

online learning resource and to the University Library Services’ electronic reading materials such as e-books and e-journals. Students will also have free access to City Business Library, which is located within a short distance to Broadgate Tower, and all city of London libraries.

Scholarships All individuals who are made an offer of admission on to a course at Bangor Business School London Centre will be eligible to apply for a scholarship worth up to £10,000.

International applicants will also be considered for a £2,000 bursary.

Career prospects Graduates of the London Centre programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles in the accounting, business, banking and financial sectors of the global economy. The programmes’ emphasis on practical insights enhances students’ employability. The programmes enable students to develop a range of transferable skills which are widely sought in the above sectors. For example, students develop technical skills in accounting, research methods, econometrics and statistical software. They also develop skills in conducting independent research and in working in a team. The Centre offers specialist advice to students at various points in the programme in order to prepare them for securing employment after the completion of their studies.

Research Links/Links with Industry The Centre places significant value on its links with industry, and its location at the heart of London’s financial district is a key element in this. Academics who teach at the Centre have a very wide range of links with business, banks and international financial institutions. A range of guest speakers from industry are invited to speak at the Centre and to share their experiences with the students. A recent related example involved a group of students being invited to presentations at Bloomberg offices near the Centre. The Centre has arrangements for a small number of internships which are offered (on a competitive basis) towards the end of the programme each year.

COURSE LIST: MSc • Accounting and Finance • Banking and Finance • Finance • Islamic Banking and Finance* • International Banking and Development Finance MA • Banking and Finance* • Islamic Banking and Finance* MBA • Banking and Finance • Finance • Islamic Banking and Finance * Please see the website for course details: www.bangor.ac.uk/londonbusiness

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 207 596 2873 E-mail: londonenquiries@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/londonbusiness

Bangor Business School English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements are: • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 5.5) or TOEFL Internet-based (IBT): 75 with the following minimum component scores: Reading-18; Writing-18; Listening17; Speaking-20.

For MBA Banking and Finance, the minimum English requirements are: • IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than 6.0) or TOEFL Internet-based (IBT): 85 with the following minimum component scores: Reading-20; Writing-20; Listening20; Speaking-20.

Our academic staff are also actively engaged in high-level consultancy work for leading organisations such as the European Commission, the World Bank and the UK Treasury. Through continuous engagement with business, industry and external organisations, we enhance the academic environment for students.

Every student is provided with a set of core text books and a laptop, which provides access to blackboard, Bangor University’s

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 97

Banking and Finance MBA • International Banking COURSE DESCRIPTION This module examines the origins of The Banking and Finance MBA is designed to international banking, the activities of help ambitious executives accelerate their international banks, the markets in which they professional development by providing advanced ENTRY REQUIREMENTS participate, and the sources of risk.

We welcome applications from good graduates in training focussed on the managerial issues faced by modern financial services firms. The relevant disciplines e.g. Economics, Finance, • Financial Institutions Strategic Management Accounting or Management and from those with programme places particular emphasis on the This module examines the main theoretical and application of financial, managerial and strategic equivalent professional qualifications and work practical issues concerning banking business. developments that affect real-world decision experience. making in the global financial industry.

• International Financial Management Alongside practical insight and skills, you gain A 2nd class honours degree or higher from a In this module the financial management of analytic training in order to familiarise yourself reputable university is required, or equivalent multinational companies and the influence of with the latest strategic, managerial and overseas qualification and grade. Alternatively, macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political industrial developments in the financial services possession of a suitable professional qualifenvironments on business and financial sector. With Bangor staff at the forefront of the ication and relevant practical experience may decision-making are examined in an latest research, you have the added reassurance also be accepted. international and global context. that teaching is contemporary and reflective of International applicants are normally required to the current industrial climate.

Optional Modules – choose 2: provide evidence of English language proficiency.

• Strategic Management Compulsory Modules: See page 97 for more details.

• Marketing Financial Services • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from • Banking and Development contemporary research in organisational CAREER PROSPECTS behaviour and human resource management.

Graduates of the London Centre programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employ• Management Research ment in a wide range of roles. See page 97 for This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and more information. examines a number of key methodological For further course details, please see: issues and approaches. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/businesslondon • Bank Financial Management This module provides a grounding in the nature, strategic context and managerial functions of financial management in banks and other financial services firms.

COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time.

Finance MBA return outcomes. The module builds on the COURSE DESCRIPTION foundations provided in ‘Global Financial The MBA in Finance will develop knowledgeable Markets’. and capable executives who will move quickly into key positions in the financial sector. The ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • International Financial Management Entry to the MBA Finance programme requires a degree focuses on the operation of financial In this module the financial management of good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject markets and the strategic management of multinational companies and the influence of financial entities. You will gain practical insight e.g. Economics, Finance, Accounting, macroeconomic, fiscal, currency and political and skills in a range of financial and strategic Management from a reputable university, or environments on business and financial management topics in financial services and equivalent overseas qualification and grade. markets, whilst developing an appreciation of the decision making are examined in an Alternatively, possession of a suitable international and global context. professional qualification and relevant practical causes and significance of current developments in the financial and corporate sectors. Case experience may also be accepted. In general, Optional Modules - choose 3: however, applicants are judged on their individual studies and contemporary issues figure • Strategic Management# prominently in the programme. merits, work experience and other factors are also taken in to consideration.

• Marketing Financial Services# Compulsory Modules: • Islamic Finance International applicants are normally required to • Organisations and People • Financial Modelling This module examines key issues arising from • Financial Institutions Strategic Management provide evidence of English language proficiency. contemporary research in organisational See page 97 for more details.

• Financial Crises and Bank Regulation behaviour and human resource management.

• Contemporary Issues in Management • Islamic Banking* • Management Research # This module analyses the philosophical basis Your optional modules must include Strategic for research in the management sciences, and Management or Marketing Financial Services or examines a number of key methodological both. issues and approaches. *Islamic Finance is a pre-requisite for Islamic • Global Financial Markets Banking.

This module provides an overview of financial markets and instruments in a global context, CAREER PROSPECTS taking account of insights from portfolio theory Graduates of the London Centre programmes concerning the relationship between risk and have excellent prospects for pursuing return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see of assets. page 97 for more information.

COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time.

• Portfolio Management This module evaluates the development of investment strategies for bonds and equities, which are designed to achieve optimal risk-

98 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/businesslondon

Islamic Banking and Finance MBA COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MBA in Islamic Banking and Finance programme requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject e.g. Economics, Finance, Accounting, Management from a reputable university, or equivalent overseas qualification and grade. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits, and age, work experience and other factors are also taken in to consideration.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The Islamic Banking and Finance MBA is designed to equip executives with the specialist knowledge required for professional development in the international finance sector.

• Islamic Finance This module provides an insight into topical issues relating to Islamic financial instruments and related risk management issues.

• Islamic Banking This module provides an insight into the key The programme follows many of the same core features of Islamic banking business. modules as the Banking and Finance MBA, providing rigorous training in the theory and • International Banking practice of mainstream financial services This module examines the origins of management and strategy. Specialist modules in international banking, the activities of Islamic Banking and Finance provide a particular international banks, the markets in which they focus on the theoretical foundations, products, participate, and the sources of risk. performance, financial instruments and risk management issues of what is by now the Optional Modules - choose 3: preferred way of banking for one fifth of the • Strategic Management world’s population.

• Marketing Financial Services International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. Teaching staff are active in their research work, • Banking and Development • International Financial Management allowing you to benefit from an education that See page 97 for more details.

• Bank Financial Management reflects contemporary, cutting-edge issues and • Financial Institutions Strategic Management developments that can be applied in the workplace from the outset.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the London Centre programmes Compulsory Modules: have excellent prospects for pursuing employ• Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from ment in a wide range of roles. See page 97 for more information. contemporary research in organisational behaviour and human resource management.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/businesslondon • Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological issues and approaches.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 99

Accounting and Finance MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc Accounting and Finance programme requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g. Economics, Finance, Accounting or Management from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted. In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits, work experience and other factors are also considered.

International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency.

See page 97 for more details.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Changes in the business environment create the need for individuals wishing to pursue a senior management role to be aware of contemporary accounting and finance developments.

Understanding these theoretical and practical issues is critical for managers who often have to make rapid and far-reaching decisions about the short term financial operations and long term strategies of firms.

The MSc in Accounting and Finance offers you a unique opportunity to develop an appreciation of the causes and significance of current developments in the financial and corporate sectors, and to study advanced theory and practice relating to accounting and finance.

The aim of the programme is to provide graduates and other individuals that have practical accounting and financial training with the knowledge and skills necessary to pursue a senior level professional career in accounting, financial services or related sectors.

Compulsory Modules: • Research Methods This module develops knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, and provides a basis in research methodology for those who may eventually wish to pursue research degrees.

• Accounting Theory This module critically evaluates a widespread and widely based set of theories that underpin any explanation of accounting behaviour and accounting regulatory output.

• Management Accounting This module provides an understanding of the uses of financial data in measuring and evaluating business performance, and in setting the strategic aims of the organisation.

Optional Modules - choose 2: • Islamic Finance • Financial Econometrics • International Financial Management • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the London Centre programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 97 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/businesslondon

• International Financial Markets This module provides an overview of financial instruments in a multi-currency world, taking account of insights from portfolio theory concerning the relationship between risk and return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing of assets.

• Advanced Financial Reporting and Regulation This module provides an advanced treatment of the main theoretical principles underlying financial reporting, and the practical implications of alternative regulatory regimes.

• Financial Analysis This module analyses the techniques that are used to evaluate a company’s financial position and performance.

Finance MSc Familiarity with the most recent developments in • Financial Econometrics This module provides advanced coverage of risk appraisal, portfolio analysis, the engineering econometric methods and practices that are of synthetic products, modelling techniques, used to model financial and business data. financial analysis and valuation are essential ENTRY REQUIREMENTS requirements for all those involved directly in Entry to the MSc Finance requires a good • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g. financial activities or who wish to gain a deeper This module examines why banks and financial Economics, Finance, Accounting or Management understanding of this important area. markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, from a university, or a similar qualification from and analyses the role of policy makers and any other institution. Alternatively, possession of This programme offers the opportunity to institutions. The roles of monetary policy, bank a suitable professional qualification and relevant develop an appreciation of the causes and supervision and regulation, corporate significance of current developments in the practical experience may also be accepted. In governance and ratings agencies in mitigating general, however, applicants are judged on their financial and corporate sectors, and to study advanced theory and practice relating to financial or exacerbating crises are considered. individual merits, work experience and other markets and financial management. factors are also considered.

• Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management International applicants are normally required to Compulsory Modules: This module evaluates the development of provide evidence of English language proficiency. • Research Methods investment strategies for bonds, equities and This module equips you with knowledge of See page 97 for more details. derivatives that are designed to achieve optimal intermediate and advanced research methods, risk-return outcomes, and examines the which you will encounter in other modules and A two-year programme, with the first year as a measurement and evaluation of the in your dissertation. ‘qualifying year’, is also available for students performance of a portfolio of investments. whose backgrounds are different from those • International Financial Markets outlined above in order to prepare them more Optional Modules - choose 1: This module provides an overview of financial fully for their studies.

• Islamic Finance instruments in a multi-currency world, taking • International Financial Management account of insights from portfolio theory COURSE DESCRIPTION • Financial Institutions Strategic Management concerning the relationship between risk and The ever-changing nature of financial markets, return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing financial institutions and business firms has CAREER PROSPECTS of assets. made it increasingly important for finance Graduates of the London Centre programmes experts (including financial managers in have excellent prospects for pursuing multinational companies, investment analysts in • Financial Modelling employment in a wide range of roles. Please see This module develops a combined theoretical securities firms, lending officers in banks and page 97 for more information. and practical approach to mathematical other financial institutions and traders in capital modelling for specialists in finance. markets and dealing rooms) to have a clear For further course details, please see: understanding of the theory and practice relating www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/businesslondon • Financial Engineering to financial market operations and corporate This module develops a combined theoretical financial strategy. and practical approach to derivatives pricing and financial engineering.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

100 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Banking and Finance MSc Compulsory Modules: • Research Methods This module equips you with knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We welcome applications from good graduates in which you will encounter in other modules and in your dissertation. relevant disciplines and from those with equivalent professional qualifications and work • Bank Financial Management experience.

This module provides a grounding in the nature, strategic context and managerial functions of A good degree from a reputable university is required, or equivalent overseas qualification and financial management in banks, and other financial services firms. grade. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and practical • International Financial Markets experience may also be accepted.

This module provides an overview of financial instruments in a multi-currency world, taking International applicants are normally required to account of insights from portfolio theory provide evidence of English language proficiency. concerning the relationship between risk and See page 97 for more details. return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing of assets.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Banking and financial services represent a highly competitive and rapidly changing sector in every • Banking and Development This module critically evaluates the theory modern economy. Changes in customer underlying the policy of financial liberalisation, requirements, technology, competitive conditions and examines its implementation, primarily in and regulation create the need for managers, traders and analysts to make rapid and often far- developing countries. reaching decisions about their short term • International Banking operations and long term strategies.

This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of The MSc International Banking and Development international banks, the markets in which they Finance offers you a unique opportunity to study advanced theory and practice relating to financial participate, and the sources of risk. services, and to develop an appreciation of the causes and significance of current developments • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation in this vitally important and dynamic sector of the This module examines why banks and financial markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, economy. and analyses the role of policy makers and institutions. The roles of monetary policy, bank supervision and regulation, corporate COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

governance and ratings agencies in mitigating or exacerbating crises are considered.

Optional Modules - choose 2: • Islamic Finance • Financial Institutions Strategic Management • International Financial Management • Financial Econometrics • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the London Centre programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 97 for more information.

International Banking and Development Finance MSc Compulsory Modules: • Research Methods This module equips you with knowledge of intermediate and advanced research methods, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We welcome applications from good graduates in which you will encounter in other modules and in your dissertation. relevant disciplines and from those with equivalent professional qualifications and work • Bank Financial Management experience.

This module provides a grounding in the nature, strategic context and managerial functions of A good degree from a reputable university is required, or equivalent overseas qualification and financial management in banks, and other financial services firms. grade. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and practical • International Financial Markets experience may also be accepted.

This module provides an overview of financial instruments in a multi-currency world, taking International applicants are normally required to account of insights from portfolio theory provide evidence of English language proficiency. concerning the relationship between risk and See page 97 for more details. return, the diversification of risk, and the pricing of assets.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Banking and financial services represent a highly competitive and rapidly changing sector in every • Banking and Development This module critically evaluates the theory modern economy. Changes in customer underlying the policy of financial liberalisation, requirements, technology, competitive conditions and examines its implementation, primarily in and regulation create the need for managers, traders and analysts to make rapid and often far- developing countries. reaching decisions about their short term • International Banking operations and long term strategies.

This module examines the origins of international banking, the activities of The MSc International Banking and Development international banks, the markets in which they Finance offers you a unique opportunity to study advanced theory and practice relating to financial participate, and the sources of risk. services, and to develop an appreciation of the causes and significance of current developments in this vitally important and dynamic sector of the economy.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

• Financial Crises and Bank Regulation This module examines why banks and financial markets are inherently vulnerable to crises, and analyses the role of policy makers and institutions. The roles of monetary policy, bank supervision and regulation, corporate governance and ratings agencies in mitigating or exacerbating crises are considered.

Optional Modules - choose 2: • Islamic Finance • Financial Institutions Strategic Management • International Financial Management • Financial Econometrics • Investment Strategy and Portfolio Management CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of the London Centre programmes have excellent prospects for pursuing employment in a wide range of roles. Please see page 97 for more information.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/businesslondon

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 101

“Studying at Bangor was a choice that became evident as my son has also undertaken a graduate course here at Bangor University. Moreover I found the overall environment here at Bangor conducive to learning.

As I was previously involved in the profession of teaching, I was awaiting the opportunity to further my academic skills in this regard and therefore decided to take this course that would not only further my understanding of the field of education but would enable me to enhance my teaching skills within this field.

The course comprised four taught modules that covered areas of Bilingualism and Bilingual education, TESOL, World Citizenship and Research methods. In a way I am really grateful to the course director and our tutors for selecting these modules as they have allowed us to develop an insight into different disciplines that can be further explored. In other words the students have been afforded an opportunity through this academic experience to broaden their horizons.

For my Masters project both the Research methods and the Bilingual education modules although challenging, have allowed me to explore the bilingual attitudes and perspectives of the Pakistani Pashtun community towards their heritage language whilst residing in a Welsh/English society such as Bangor. This experience in itself has enabled me to try to fill a small gap in an ongoing process of researching linguistic minorities of the UK. Further education has many advantages. As mentioned earlier, it broadens one’s horizons allowing one to be able to reach one’s full potential. It definitely boosts self confidence and helps in deciding as to how a future career can be attained in the field of education and learning.

I feel immensely blessed with the tutors I had during this course. They were not only academically supportive but their mentoring skills helped me overcome the stresses I was experiencing during this time. Their overall encouraging attitude made this course achievable.”

FRIHA YASMEEN KHAN from Anglesey, studying an MA Education Studies

102 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Education Overview of the academic areas covered within the School For almost forty years, Bangor has offered a flexible, part-time, modular Master of Arts/Master of Education which meets both the professional and the personal needs of teachers, health workers, social care staff and other professionals.

About the School The School of Education has an established reputation in the field of teacher training. The School also has well-established partnerships with Primary and Secondary schools to provide varied and supportive training environments. Under the guidance of enthusiastic staff, the School also provides a wide range of other progressive courses leading to a range of postgraduate qualifications. You can pursue courses through the medium of Welsh or English or bilingually. In the European context this bilingual expertise gives an exciting dimension to all our courses and provides students with opportunities to develop European links.

Our part-time postgraduate courses are aimed both at working people looking for career developments, and at those wishing to study a subject at a more advanced level.

When reviewing applications, we take professional and personal experience into account, and consider all students on merit.

The content of the taught elements of the MA and EdD programmes reflect the expertise and experience of staff within the School. A wide variety of modules are on offer and include Bilingual Education, Intercultural Education, TESOL, Inclusion/Special Educational Needs, Diversity in Education, Counselling, Early Years Education, Children’s Rights, Global Education and Educational Leadership. You will also receive training in Research Methods.

The School has a friendly atmosphere and students from all regions and different backgrounds quickly settle in. We offer a lively and enriching working and social environment with unrivalled resources for your study.

The School is regularly involved in much developmental work, including the field of Welsh-medium education.

Postgraduate Certificate in Education – PGCE • Primary Education • Secondary Education MA • Education Studies (full-time) • Education Studies (part-time) EdD • Education Doctorate Programme

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382933 E-mail: postgrad-education@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/education

The School offers full and part-time PhD, MPhil and EdD research supervision in a wide range of Educational areas focusing on the research expertise within the School which include Bilingualism/Bilingual Education, Inclusion/Special Educational Needs, Intercultural Education and Global Citizenship and Professional Aspects of Teaching in Schools and in Higher Education.

STAFF PROFILE

Staff and facilities To help you in your studies we provide a range of learning resources supported by experienced staff. In our Education Library we have an extensive collection of books and journals and many of the journals are available on-line in full-text format. We also have computer labs on site and dedicated postgraduate study rooms for full-time students where they can study, hold seminars and gather to discuss their research in a supported learning environment.

COURSE LIST:

Mrs Magi Gould is Head of the School of Education at Bangor University. She studied at the Coleg Normal and graduated at the University of Wales, Bangor. She served as Deputy Head at Ysgol Llanllyfni and as a Science and Technology Advisory Teacher for Gwynedd Education Authority before being appointed to the staff of Y Coleg Normal (subsequently the School of Education, Bangor University) as a lecturer in science education. Between 1995 and 2001 she worked as an independent Registered Inspector for Estyn.

She was promoted to Director of Primary Education in 2005 and to Head of the School of Education in 2012. In 2008 she was awarded a Teaching Fellowship for excellence in teaching and pastoral care.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 103

Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) Primary Education (leading to Qualified Teacher Status) COURSE DURATION PGCE: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should hold an initial degree that is relevant to the primary curriculum in addition to a grade B or higher in GCSE English Language and GCSE Mathematics and a grade C or higher in GCSE Science on application.

• Module 3: Dissertation COURSE DESCRIPTION In the Dissertation module you need to submit a The PGCE course prepares you for teaching in Special Study (6,000-8,000 words). The primary schools. It is an intensive 38-week learning outcomes for this module will reflect course for graduates who aim to develop and foster the teaching and learning skills required of work expected at Level 7 (Masters). a primary school teacher.

Additional Components: You may specialize in early years’ education (3-7) • Professional Studies or in the junior phase (7-11). Emphasis is placed • Foundation Phase Areas of Study A and B (Lower Primary) on the National Curriculum and its • Core Subject Studies (Upper Primary) implementation in the classroom.

• Non-core Subject Studies (Upper Primary) The school-based component consists of around • School Experience eighteen weeks in partnership schools and the CAREER PROSPECTS placements are designed to offer contrasting Successful trainees will possess the teaching experiences. This is the core of the course and consists of regular contact with pupils. Lectures skills which meet the statutory standards for and seminars in the School are closely linked to awarding Qualified Teacher Status (QTS).

You will have developed the appropriate learning this teaching experience. You are assessed in skills which enable you to become reflective school by experienced mentors (teachers) as practitioners who, in your planning and teaching, well as the School of Education link tutors. can analyse, synthesise, use and manage, and evaluate materials and procedures and It is possible to follow the course through the professional practices. The transferable skills medium of Welsh or English. acquired through this course will be beneficial throughout your career.

Modules include: • Module 1: Learning to Teach 1 – Introduction For further course details, please see: to Teaching Skills www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education The content of this module is based on the basic knowledge, skills, and application needed to become an effective primary school teacher. • Education Studies (Part-time) • Module 2: Learning to Teach 2 – Development of Teaching Skills The content of this module builds on Learning to Teach 1 and helps to enhance, develop, and refine your knowledge and application of the higher teaching skills.

Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) Secondary Education (leading to Qualified Teacher Status) COURSE DESCRIPTION The PGCE Secondary course is a one year initial teacher training course specialising in Secondary education. The course places an emphasis on ENTRY REQUIREMENTS developing practical teaching skills together with • A first degree of a United Kingdom higher education institution or equivalent qualification. an understanding and awareness of relevant • A standard equivalent to a grade B or above in theoretical issues. the GCSE examination in English and in The course normally runs from early September mathematics. to the end of June and trainee teachers are based in schools for the equivalent of 24 weeks. This will involve both classroom teaching and schoolbased activities under the guidance of both trained school mentors and university tutors.

During the year trainee teachers will have the experience of teaching in at least two different secondary schools in addition to spending time in a primary school.

COURSE DURATION PGCE: 1 year full-time.

The following subjects are offered at Bangor: Art and Design / Mathematics / Music / Outdoor Activities / Physical Education / Religious Education / Science (Biology, Chemistry, Physics) / Welsh Modules: Module 1: Learning to Teach 1 – Introduction to teaching skills This module provides an introduction to the theory and practice of teaching in the secondary school through main subject method work and practical teaching.

Module 2: Learning to Teach 2 – Development of teaching skills This module builds on the aims and learning outcomes of Learning to Teach 1 by revisiting, refining, developing and expanding the skills needed to become an effective teacher.

104 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Module 3: Professional Studies This module provides an overview of the professional requirements expected within teaching and addresses a range of professional matters related to learning and teaching within the wider school context.

Trainees will be trained to teach either the 11-16 or 11-18 age range depending on their qualifications. For some subject areas trainees may follow an additional option subject in addition to their main subject. The Professional Studies Module is offered at Master’s level.

CAREER PROSPECTS Teaching is an important and rewarding career offering excellent career prospects and development opportunities. Being a teacher is about developing professional relationships with pupils and inspiring them to learn within a dynamic and creative environment. It offers great job satisfaction and can be a fulfilling, exciting and varied career with a good starting salary.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education

Education Studies MA COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time.

Compulsory Module: • Research Methods in Education

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the programme requires a good first degree in any field and applicants should show strong interest in education. Possession of practical experience is desirable. Applicants who are not native-English speakers should have either an IELTS result of 6.5 or above, with no individual score lower than 6.0, or a TOFEL (IBT) score of 85.

Optional Modules – choose 3#: • Bilingualism and Bilingual Education • TESOL • Intercultural Studies in Education • Educational Leadership • Education and World Citizenship • Meeting SEN • Childhood Studies

COURSE DESCRIPTION The course is organised on a modular basis.

Part 1 – Coursework You are expected to study four modules in Part 1 of the full-time MA programme. These four module include:

# Other modules are selected by the Programme Board led by the Course Director based on their assessment of the background of the students recruited in a particular year, students’ feedback and tutor availability.

Each module carries 30 credit points within the U.C.E.T. Credit Transfer Scheme.

ATTENDANCE You are expected to have a full attendance record. Absence from sessions can only be permitted with very good reason and must be notified in writing to either the Module Convenor or Course Administrator.

EXIT AWARD You can exit the programme with a Postgraduate Certificate, having gained 60 credits, or with a Postgraduate Diploma having gained 120 credits.

CAREER PROSPECTS Our graduates are highly desired in many areas of employment. Most of them find employment in schools and universities. Some enter companies to become trainers for their staff. Some become administrators and education officers in government departments.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education Part 2 – Dissertation You must gain 120 credits to complete Part 1 of the course. On successful completion of Part 1, you may proceed to Part 2*, Dissertation, on a topic of your own choice, but normally arising from one of the modules undertaken. The dissertation should be: • written after satisfactory completion of Part 1; maximum 20,000 words in length in English or Welsh; submitted on or before the specified due date (see Bangor regulations for early or late submissions). *On successful completion of Part 1, candidates may also choose to move up to the Education Doctorate (EdD) programme (please see Progression to the EdD Programme on the School of Education website for more information).

Education Studies MA (part-time) COURSE DURATION MA: 3-5 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants must have either an initial degree, a recognised equivalent qualification, or have at least three years’ relevant professional experience.

All applicants will be asked to provide the name of a referee, who can vouch for the ability of the applicant to study at Master’s level. Occasionally, applicants may be asked to attend for interview before an offer of a place can be confirmed.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The well-established part-time MA Programme gives you flexible opportunities to study modules in an extensive range of subject areas to enhance your own professional development.

The five-weekends-per-year format around which the Master’s programme is organised suits both local people and those travelling from further afield, and offers a supportive, friendly atmosphere in which to learn.

Modules include: • Language in the Early Years • Research Methods • Behaviour Management Some modules may stipulate an additional, specific entry requirement, for example, previous • Theoretical Background to Dyslexia • Principles and Methodology in the Teaching of teaching experience.

Dyslexic Learners • The Adult Learner: Theories and Models • Towards Inclusive Education • Sociology of Childhood • Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages

CAREER PROSPECTS Most students on this course are practising teachers, counsellors or social workers for whom a Master’s level qualification is an excellent way to develop their careers. With a free module choice, you can select the topic areas relevant to the work you are already doing, or to the work you aspire to do. This part-time Master’s degree in Education Studies will give you the confidence and competence to take on new responsibilities, or to embark on a complete change of direction in your career.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education

Successful completion of four taught modules allows you to progress to your research dissertation and a full Master’s degree. A postgraduate certificate, or a postgraduate diploma, is available as an exit award for those students wanting to study only the taught modules.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 105

Doctorate in Education Studies EdD

COURSE DESCRIPTION Part 1 – Taught modules Six modules are taken in the first year by fullENTRY REQUIREMENTS time students and in the first two years by partPrior study at Masters’ level is normally required time students. The six modules include: for entry on to the EdD Compulsory Modules: Applicants who are not native English speakers • Research Methods in Education should have either an IELTS result of 6.5 or • Thesis Proposal above, with no individual score lower than 6.0, or a TOFEL (IBT) score of 85.

Optional Modules: You choose 4 level-7 modules from those offered Applicants are requred to submit a research (for details, see MA in Education studies proposal and to be interviewed in person or by Programme on page 105). These modules are other means. taught during weekdays or at weekends depending on whether you are a full-time of parttime student.

COURSE DURATION EdD: 3 years full-time; 5 years part-time.

Part 2 – Thesis You must have successfully completed Part 1 before you can progress to Part 2. The thesis is an in-depth work on a specialist topic to be completed within 2-4 years for full-time students or within 3-5 years for part-time students. You are expected to present a thesis that meets the criteria set by Bangor University. It should have a maximum length of 50,000 words. You will be required to defend it in oral examination attended by two examiners (one internal and the other external) appointed by the College.

106 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

EXIT AWARDS You can exit the programme with the EdM degree having gained 180 credits in Part 1.

CAREER PROSPECTS The EdD degree is regarded the same as a PhD degree and are highly desired in today’s societies. Many of our graduates work in schools and universities. Some become administrators and education officers in government departments. Some will also work in different industries.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/education

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 107

COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES The College of Natural Sciences is one of the leading centres in the UK for teaching and research in biology, environmental sciences and ocean sciences. Our aim is to educate and train a new generation of scientists aware of societal needs in a world-class, research-led environment. Our international links are extensive and our research interests extend across a range of habitats with global significance from coral reefs to the polar ice caps.

The College is made up of three schools: The School of Biological Sciences, which offers postgraduate courses in biology, molecular biology, natural sciences and ecology; the School of Environment, Natural Resources and Geography, which offers courses in environmental sciences, conservation and forestry; and the School of Ocean Sciences, which offers courses in marine biology, ocean sciences and marine geoscience.

The College has an international research reputation in areas critical to society, such as research into the causes of cancer, the implications of climate change, the promotion of sustainable development and the conservation of biodiversity. The advantages of combining research and teaching include students being taught by scientists at the forefront of their field, and lively interactions between students and staff.

Our research is organised into the following research groups: • Living with Environmental Change • Development and Disease • Molecular Ecology and Evolution • Plants, Soil and Ecosystems • Land-Ocean Systems Science • Sustainable Production and Development Bangor provides a superb range of marine, freshwater, wild and farmed terrestrial environments. We have first-class research and teaching facilities including molecular biology and DNA sequencing facilities, a Botanical Garden, experimental grounds, a Universitybased farming business and experimental areas for forestry, as well as a state-of-the-art seagoing research vessel – the Prince Madog ship.

The Welsh Institute of Natural Resources (WINR), which incorporates the Biocomposities Centre, the Centre for Advanced Research into Agricultural Development (CARIAD), and the Centre for Applied Marine Science (CAMS), are major contributors to knowledge transfer and enterprise in the College.

The College is also associated with the Environment Centre Wales, a research institute for the integration of environmental sciences which is a partnership venture between Bangor University and the Natural Environment Research Council’s Centre for Ecology and Hydrology (CEH). The Centre is housed in a state-of-the-art building using energy efficiency measures, natural light and renewable energy technologies.

The building has an international reputation as an exemplar building of sustainable design and construction, and is one of only three buildings worldwide to have received a commendation for its sustainable credentials.

Our Graduate School provides dedicated support to graduate students and offers the finest environment for personal and academic development for students across disciplines and from different backgrounds and countries.

108 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

“The modules I have taken, especially Genomes with Molecular Genetics, work in harmony with my medical qualifications and have allowed me to appreciate the pathogenesis of medical illnesses more deeply. The information is novel and fits accurately with the remit of the MSc. The success of the course is due primarily to a high commitment from the organisers and staff involved in teaching the degree.”

Dr. RASHA ALI AL-KHAFAJI, from Baghdad, studying the Medical Molecular Biology with Genetics MSc degree

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 109

STAFF PROFILE

The School of Biological Sciences has its own Natural History Museum with a large collection of vertebrate and invertebrate specimens and an extensive marine aquarium and a fresh water aquarium.

Dr Anita Malhorta Senior Lecturer, School of Biological Sciences Director of Graduate Studies, College of Natural Sciences Based at Bangor University for the last 15 years, Dr Anita Malhotra is primarily an evolutionary biologist and molecular ecologist working on reptiles and the evolution of reptile venom. She developed the ďŹ rst robust molecular phylogenies for Asian pitvipers based on both mitchodondrial and nuclear markers, which has revealed new cryptic species and resulted in the radical revision of the taxonomy of the group.

She is using this phylogeny to test hypotheses about the evolution of speciďŹ c toxic components such as the phospholipase A2 enzymes, using a collaborative multidisciplinary approach. More recently, she has developed research interests on honey bees (which are also, of course, venomous animals). This includes developing a breeding plan for small-scale bee improvement aimed at enabling bees to thrive better in the challenging conditions found in West Wales. Unlike most breeding plans, modern genetic techniques are used to track and prevent declines in general genetic diversity which can often result in problems for the bees.

110 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Biological Sciences COURSE LIST:

STAFF PROFILE

About the School The School of Biological Sciences offers a range of postgraduate courses and we pride ourselves on our supportive and friendly atmosphere, the international standard of our research and the high quality of our teaching.

MSc • Medical Molecular Biology with Genetics • Molecular Biology with Biotechnology MRes • Ecology • Natural Sciences

The School is home to the North West Cancer Research Fund Institute, a centre of excellence for cancer research in Wales.

Staff and facilities Some of our plant biology teaching and research is carried out in the Treborth Botanic Gardens situated along the Menai Strait which offers landscaped gardens, and a range of grassland and woodland habitats.

The School is unusual in boasting its own Natural History Museum with a large collection of vertebrate and invertebrate specimens and an extensive marine aquarium, and a new freshwater aquarium.

As a postgraduate you can study one-year taught Masters Degrees in Medical Molecular Biology with Genetics, and Molecular Biology with Biotechnology. One year MRes degrees, which differ from the taught Masters programmes by placing more emphasis on the research project, are available in Ecology and Natural Sciences.

Overview of the academic areas Research degrees are available in subjects covering the full spectrum of our research expertise, including molecular ecology, fisheries genetics, molecular cancer studies, biodegradation and bioremediation, plant systems and technology, wetland biogeochemistry, neuroscience, animal energetics and ecophysiology.

PhD/MPhil • Biological Sciences Dr Anil Shirsat, Senior Lecturer, School of Biological Sciences Dr Shirsat is a plant molecular biologist who completed his first degree in Biological Sciences at the University of East Anglia in Norwich. After a brief interlude at Cardiff University Medical School, he went on to pursue a PhD in Plant Molecular Biology at Durham University – his PhD dissertation was on the cloning and analysis of seed storage protein genes.

His current research is mainly concerned with the role of the cell wall in plant defence – the wall is the first barrier which pathogens have to surmount and many defence pathways are initiated at the wall. In many cases, the composition of the wall alters in response to pathogen attack thereby creating a barrier to pathogen entry – he is investigating this using a transgenic approach. He is also interested in the public understanding of science and frequently gives lectures on different aspects of molecular biology. He is the organiser of the MSc in Molecular Biology with Biotechnology.

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382527 E-mail: postgradenquiries@sbs@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/biology

We receive substantial financial support from the Research Councils, charities, government departments and British and overseas industry. Our diverse interests facilitate a wide exchange of interdisciplinary ideas and techniques and promote collaborations both within the School and with colleagues in institutions and industry.

School of Biological Sciences English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements are: • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 5.5) or equivalent.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 111

Medical Molecular Biology with Genetics MSc/Diploma bacteria, viruses and parasites and the potential applications of ‘beneficial parasitic infection’ in medical research.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time; Diploma: 30 weeks fulltime.

• Bioinformatics Tools for Gene and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry normally requires a qualification equivalent Protein Analysis Bioinformatic analysis of genes and proteins to a UK 2.ii BSc degree in a relevant subject area; are key skills in modern research and industry. e.g. molecular biology, biology, biochemistry, This module teaches you how to apply medical sciences or Biomedical sciences. bioinformatics tools to topical biological However, all applications are judged on their problems. individual merits considering evidence of relevant work experience, possession of other suitable professional or academic qualifications. • Medical Biotechnology The module exposes you to cutting-edge medical biotechnology. A number of seminars COURSE DESCRIPTION are delivered by invited international/worldThe application of molecular biology in medical renowned scientists who present topics on sciences has led to huge advances in the bioinformatics in medicine, stem cells in understanding, diagnosis and treatment of regenerative medicine, biomaterials in human disease. Those studying the Medical regenerative medicine and pharmacogenomics Molecular Biology with Genetics MSc will enjoy a of angiogenesis. modular course that delivers both theoretical aspects and practical skills required for application in fields of modern medically-related • Human Immunology & Disease* Immunology plays a major role in cutting edge molecular biology. treatment of major human diseases and disorders. Major topics discussed in this Compulsory Modules: module include auto-immunity syndromes and (*indicates a practical component). the role of the human immune system and • Genomes and Molecular Genetics immunology in cancer development and This module equips you with an in depth treatment. understanding of the fundamental principles of medically-related molecular biology and serves as a basis for the more specialized modules of • Stem Cells in Therapy & Disease This provides an in depth understanding of the MSc/Diploma course. stem cell biology. Topics include maintenance of stem cells, generation of induced pluripotent • Medical Microbes Viruses & Parasites stem cells (iPSC) for use in patient specific The aim of this module is to develop therapies and research, stem cells as the understanding of the medical and molecular initiating cells of cancer and the adverse effects aspects of bacterial, viral and parasitic of genomic instabilities, associated with long infection. Topics include medically important

term culture of human stem cells on regenerative therapies and disease.

• Medical and Molecular Laboratory Techniques* This module develops a set of key molecular research techniques in a two-week genecloning ‘mini-experiment’. You will develop experimental analysis skills and the ability to produce a standardized scientific research report.

• Research Project Preparation Plan* Topics covered include the scientific report writing, seminar and presentation skills and knowledge/practical experience you specifically require for your research project and thesis. You are assigned a research topic and supervisor who provides help and guidance to appropriate areas for literature review and any specialised practical techniques required.

Projects primarily focus on areas of stem cell and cancer biology.

• Research Project* Research projects are run in the School of Biological Sciences Robert Edwards laboratory and the laboratories of the North West Cancer research Fund Institute. Projects comprise 3months (June-August) of laboratory-based research and 1-month to finalise thesis.

CAREER PROSPECTS Successful students can progress into PhD research in medical molecular topics and employment in medical molecular diagnostics and industry.

Molecular Biology with Biotechnology MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS The normal requirement is for an applicant to have a good Honours degree in a Biological Science subject. Applications from mature students, without formal qualifications, but with relevant industrial, commercial, research or other experience will be considered. Applicants from overseas must, in addition, demonstrate competence in English to an acceptable level.

in teaching the course. A video presentation about the course can be found here: http://tinyurl.com/Bangor-Msc-Mol-Biol-Biotech Modules include: • Techniques of Molecular Biology & Biotechnology The course will start with training in methods designed to extract and analyse DNA and RNA from animal and plant tissues, restriction enzyme mapping of plasmids, and the analysis of human DNA polymorphisms and DNA fingerprinting.

COURSE DESCRIPTION • Marine Biotechnology The course has been drawn up largely in Marine biotechnology has been, and continues response to the demand for expertise in applying 21st century molecular biology, biochemistry and to be, of prime importance to aquaculture worldwide. This module studies the control of genetics to the general area of Biotechnology. growth in crustaceans and the use of DNA bar Worldwide, it is evident that a worrying gap is coding in fish. developing between new technologies and their application - graduates of this course will • Plant Biotechnology address this issue.

Agrobacterium biology, including the Topics covered include Agrobacterium Ti plasmid construction of Ti plasmid vectors and their use in plant transformation. Modern methods of based plant transformation vectors and the plant breeding including QTL analysis and development of transgenic crops; the analysis of marker assisted selection are addressed.

DNA sequences via bioinformatic approaches; the use of DNA barcoding in fish; bioremediation, • Environmental & Industrial Biotechnology biomining and the use of bacteria to degrade This deals with bioremediation, biomining and novel organic pollutants and stem cell technologies and the diagnosis of genetic disease the use of microorganisms to both tackle marine oil pollution as well as to enhance oil using single nucleotide polymorphisms. You will recovery. take part in laboratory exercises designed to introduce you to essential techniques in molecular biology and biotechnology. Most of the • Genomes and Molecular Genetics This module is designed to equip you with an modules have an associated practical in-depth understanding of the fundamental component. The Research project will take place principles of molecular biology. during the summer and will be conducted under the direct supervision of one of the staff involved

112 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

• Bioinformatics Tools for Gene and Protein Analysis Bioinformatic analysis of genes and proteins are key skills in modern research and industry.

This module teaches you how to apply bioinformatics tools to topical biological problems.

• Medical Biotechnology Topics covered include: bioinformatics in medicine, cancer immunotherapy, stem cells in regenerative medicine, biomaterials in regenerative medicine, pharmacogenomics of angiogenesis, novel antimicrobial agents and their design and other future medical biotechnologies.

• Project Preparation This module is designed to enable you to acquire the specific scientific knowledge, practical skills and scientific writing abilities to prepare for a substantial hypotheses-based research project and final thesis production.

• Research Project The project addresses a biological question or topic by practical experimentation in a laboratory setting. Experimental work will be conducted either as an individual or as a member of a small group researching related aspects of a single topic.

CAREER PROSPECTS Most students go on to PhD studies as well as into employment – we have placed former students in Imperial College London, the Sainsbury Laboratory at the University of East Anglia, Reliance Industries in Mumbai, India and Siemens Diagnostic Healthcare in the UK.

Ecology or Natural Sciences MRes# # The MRes in Natural Sciences is run by the School of Biological Sciences but is open to students in any School of the College of Natural Sciences.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MRes program is a full-time 1 year degree by research (also available on a part-time basis), and differs from an MSc in being a researchbased degree and therefore placing emphasis on the research project. The MRes in Ecology is built on the strong foundation of the former MSc in Ecology which ran at Bangor for over 40 years and which has an excellent reputation in the UK, and internationally, among employers and academics in the field. Many of them have been through the course at Bangor! This degree will equip you with confidence and competence in the latest research skills and allow you to apply for further research training (PhD) programs or to directly apply for research positions in universities or research institutes.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Extensive national and international staff contacts mean that you are often able to carry out their research projects in association with commercial consultancies, local councils, environmental organisations (e.g. the Environment Agency, Countryside Council for Wales, RSPB, British Trust for Ornithology, many of whom have regional offices based in Bangor), and government research institutes (e.g. Centre for Ecology and Hydrology) in the UK, and abroad (past projects have involved fieldwork in the West Indies, Africa, Maldives, and various European countries).

COURSE DESCRIPTION The School supports a vigorous research base in a number of areas including animal behaviour, endocrinology, energetics and physiology, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS molecular ecology, fisheries genetics, molecular Applicants should normally have an upper cancer studies, microbial biodegradation and second class Honours degree in a Biological bioremediation, genomics of micro-organisms Science subject or equivalent. Applicants from and plants, plant systems and technology, overseas must, in addition, demonstrate competence in English to an acceptable level. See wetland biogeochemistry, and comparative neuroscience and development. Research within page 111 for details. the School is supported by a range of national and international funding agencies and there are links with industrial and academic partners all over the world.

The School receives substantial financial support from the Research Councils, charities, government departments and British and overseas industry. Our diverse interests facilitate a wide exchange of interdisciplinary ideas and techniques and promote collaborations both within the School and with colleagues in institutions and industry.

COURSE DURATION MRes: 1 year full-time or pro-rata part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry requires a good first degree (2.ii or above) in a relevant biological subject from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution. Alternatively, possession of a suitable professional qualification and relevant practical experience may also be accepted.

CAREER PROSPECTS As well as finding specific employment based on the specialist knowledge acquired during postgraduate training, your general employability There are 2 parts to the course: the first part will be enhanced by evidence of your ability to consists of introductory generic skills such as work independently, to think analytically and literature searching, health and safety aspects, innovatively, and to conceptualise and question. grant proposal writing and an introduction to statistical manipulation of data (60 credits), while During your studies, you will also have the chance to develop essential professional skills the second is the research project itself (120 such as good communication, teamwork and credits). Because many of the elements of the first part of the course focus on the development leadership skills and enhance your practical of the research project, we do require you to have experience. Our past graduates have gone on to careers in research (both in academia and arranged a mutually agreeable topic with a research institutes) as well as in commercial specific supervisor in the College of Natural environmental consultancies, DEFRA, water Sciences (CNS) before you apply. There are a authorities, scientific publishing, landscape wide range of possible topics and further architects and many others. information on staff research interests can be found at: http://www.bangor.ac.uk/cns/research.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/biologicalsciences You may also approach the Graduate School for further advice.

Biological Sciences PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/biologicalsciences

Research degrees are available in subjects covering the full spectrum of our research expertise, including molecular ecology, fisheries genetics, herpetology, molecular cancer studies, biodegradation and bioremediation, plant systems and technology, wetland biogeochemistry, neuroscience, animal energetics and ecophysiology.

To obtain a PhD, which normally takes 3 years full-time, you are expected to conduct independent research that will make an original contribution to knowledge about that particular subject and present this in the form of a thesis.

The MPhil usually takes 2 years full-time to complete, and also involves independent research and completion of a thesis but this may be extension of existing knowledge rather than an original contribution.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 113

Our location provides unique opportunities for study in the disciplines we cover, particularly the natural environment, land use and conservation.

Snowdonia National Park is less than 20 minutes away and this provides a ‘living laboratory’ for much of our teaching and research.

114 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Environment, Natural Resources and Geography About the School The School of Environment, Natural Resources and Geography is in an outstanding location in the UK to study the natural environment. We are a friendly School within a compact University-city; committed to delivering teaching of the highest quality.

The School carries out international research, with particular expertise in forest ecology and management; environmental and soil science; agricultural systems; agroforestry; biodiversity conservation, tropical ecosystems and river catchments.

Many of our programmes are professionally accredited, including our forestry-related programmes which are accredited by the Institute of Chartered Foresters (ICF) and our Environmental programmes, which are accredited by the Institution of Environmental Sciences.

The research reputation of the School is evident in the number of research projects that it runs; we currently have more than 60 students undertaking research for their PhDs. Their work is undertaken over a threeyear period, and results in the production of a thesis and several scientific papers. This concentration of postgraduates concerned with environmental and resource management topics makes the School a considerable force in terms of global research. We attract visiting scholars from every corner of the globe, who in turn contribute to a lively and invigorating atmosphere within the School.

Overview of academic areas We offer a wide range of degree programmes including Masters programmes in Agroforestry; Conservation and Land Management; Environmental Forestry; Sustainable Tropical Forestry; and Sustainable Forestry and Nature Management. We also offer taught postgraduate distance-learning programmes.

Research degrees are offered in a wide range of environmental subjects; such as Plant and Soil Science; Natural Resources Ecology, Conservation and Management; and Crop and Forest Science.

STAFF PROFILE

Our location provides unique opportunities for study in the disciplines we cover, particularly the natural environment, land use and conservation. Snowdonia National Park is less than 20 minutes away and this provides a ‘living laboratory’ for much of our teaching and research.

MSc • Agroforestry • Conservation and Land Management • Environmental Forestry • Sustainable Forest and Nature Management • Sustainable Tropical Forestry

The types of research undertaken vary widely across the environment and land use spectrum. Much of our research is undertaken overseas and we have projects in countries as far apart as Vietnam, Ethiopia and Peru.

MSc by Distance Learning • Forestry • Tropical Forestry • Food Security in a Changing Environment*

Some examples of our current projects include:

MBA • Environmental Management

• Antarctic ecosystems – partitioning of resources between plants and microbes • Greenhouse gas emissions from lowland peat soils • Sustaining and restoring biocultural diversity of indigenous sacred sites in Ethiopia • Conservation and management of natural resources under the challenges of a changing climate in Bangladesh.

PhD/MPhil • Agricultural Systems • Agroforestry • Biodiversity Conservation • Environmental and Soil Science • Forest Ecology and Management • Geography • Renewable Materials

English Language Requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements for full-time, on-campus students are: • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 5.5) or equivalent.

For PhD/MPhil courses: • IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than 6.0).

Facilities The School has a wide range of modern facilities including a dedicated Research Centre, five miles outside the city, which is home to long-term experiments in forestry, agroforestry, climate change, crop breeding and ecology. The School hosts other major internationally and nationally recognised research centres such as the Centre for Evidence-Based Conservation, and the Centre for Integrated Research in the Rural Environment.

COURSE LIST:

* new course - subject to validation

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382281 E-mail: senrgy@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/senrgy

Dr Hussain Omed, Course Director of MSc Conservation and Land Management and Overseas Liaison Officer, School of Environment, Natural Resources and Geography Dr Hussain Omed is interested in Microbiological quality of poultry meat and the use of new approaches to minimise microbial contamination. He carried out intensive research looking at the effect of colour and intensity of lights on the behaviour, welfare and performance of broiler chickens. His research also includes some novel techniques in forage evaluation. He developed a novel in-vitro method, for forage evaluation in ruminant nutrition. This method is based on the use of faecal microorganisms instead of rumen liquor, and requires no use of invasive animals. This technique has made a significant contribution to animal welfare in the field of ruminant nutrition.

Dr. Omed is a Senior Lecturer and was awarded a Teaching Fellowship by Bangor University in 2004 in recognition of his high standards of teaching. He is Course Director for MSc Conservation and Land Management as well as MSc Sustainable Forest and Nature Management. He is Overseas Students Liaison Officer which involves regular formal and informal meetings with students, dealing with diverse student problems on an individual basis, in addition to helping students to settle in Bangor.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 115

Agroforestry MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time; Diploma: 30 weeks full-time.

focus, and can include field work either locally, elsewhere in the UK, or overseas.

Modules include: • Agroforestry Systems ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This module explores agroforestry practices A good first degree in a relevant subject, e.g. worldwide and introduces the concepts behind Agriculture, Forestry, Environmental Sciences, this land use system. The module explores Ecology, Conservation Sciences, Sustainable ecological and biophysical interactions in Development, Geography or Biological Sciences. agroforestry systems, and considers the range Alternatively, a first degree in an unrelated subject plus relevant practical experience may be of social, economic and ecosystem benefits they deliver. accepted. Applicants are judged on their individual merits and age, work experience and other factors are also considered.

• Silviculture for Agroforestry This module develops your understanding of the silviculture of single trees and trees in COURSE DESCRIPTION complex systems. This module focuses the The course equips you to deal with the principal interaction of tree management systems with forces driving change in farming and forestry, the physical environment (soils, climate etc.), from thinking globally about issues like climate with human beings and with the range of change, food security and carbon trading to products derived from these systems. dealing with practical issues of how to manage trees on farms at a local level. The course has an international focus and the University has • Experimental Agroforestry specific links with agroforestry organisations in This module develops your understanding of Africa, Asia, Europe and the Americas. the biophysical processes that underlie the function of agroforestry systems through a series of lectures and through a research-led Part 1 field study.

The taught part of the course provides an opportunity to examine a broad range of topics in detail and develop personal skills and expertise. • Natural Resource Management This module gives you a theoretical A range of assessment methods are used understanding of the systems approach to including reports, presentations, practical writemanaging natural resources, as well as a ups and online and written exams. practical grounding in the ways in which natural resource managers can draw on different kinds Part 2 of knowledge sources.

June to September is set aside for production of a dissertation on a research topic selected by you in consultation with your academic supervisor.

Dissertations can have a temperate or tropical

• Research Methods This module forms the foundation for the dissertation research project. It develops the basic numeracy, modelling, statistical planning and optimisation methods, and GIS skills required for future research and professional careers.

• Study Tour This module gives you the opportunity to see how the principles of natural resource management that are discussed in earlier parts of your course are put into practice.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Bangor has been recognised internationally as a centre for Agroforestry research for many years and the University has ongoing and productive links with agroforestry organisations in Africa, Asia, Europe and the Americas. Many students choose to conduct their dissertation work in collaboration with the World Agroforestry Centre (ICRAF) based in Nairobi. This degree is accredited by the UK Institute of Chartered Foresters (ICF) and qualifies students for associate membership.

CAREER PROSPECTS Agroforester is not a job description that many people would give themselves, however graduates from this course have progressed on to relevant employment in public sector organisations, NGOs and academic institutions both in the EU and overseas. This MSc course has also formed a stepping stone in postgraduate research and has produced high calibre research scientists in the fields of tree biology, agroforestry science, and natural resource management.

Conservation and Land Management MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time; Diploma: 30 weeks full-time.

The MSc course has two parts. Part 1 (September-May) consists of 6 modules, which must be completed successfully before proceeding to Part 2 (June-September), the dissertation phase.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc/Diploma Conservation and Land Management course requires at least a second- Modules include: class degree in a relevant subject e.g. agriculture, • Conservation Biology This module reviews the key concepts, which environmental studies, geography, sustainable underpin the conservation and management of development, economics, law, biological single species populations, habitats and nature sciences, social sciences and psychology reserves.

Applications from mature applicants, who have relevant experience in agriculture, forestry, • Evidence-Based Conservation conservation or land use, are actively This module introduces you to the concept of encouraged. Applications from people with other evidence-based practice, the theoretical basis backgrounds wishing to develop an and methodological approach, including understanding of rural development issues are systematic review and critical appraisal of welcomed and will be considered on an evidence. individual basis.

• Agriculture and the Environment COURSE DESCRIPTION This module reviews the impact of agricultural This one-year MSc course in Conservation and Land Management is intended for students with a systems and practices on the environment and the scientific principles involved. strong interest in the environment and who want to increase their knowledge of conservation issues. The course addresses issues concerned • Management Plan This module allows you to apply knowledge with sustainable use of the countryside. It gained in other modules to write a examines habitats, wildlife and landscapes and Conservation Management System (CMS) the natural and human factors influencing them. ‘minimum contents’ management plan for a The course also examines how economic Site of Special Scientific Interest. activities such as farming and forestry can be managed in an environmentally acceptable way, • Research Methods and how human enjoyment of the countryside can be incorporated within an integrated land use This module prepares you for the dissertation stage of your MSc course through the writing of approach. a research plan and risk assessment. It introduces data collection, modelling, statistical analysis and GIS skills required for future research.

116 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

• Field Visit This is a scientific study tour visiting different conservation organisations to understand their management objectives and constraints in achieving their objectives.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY This MSc course has strong research links with many conservation organisations locally, nationally and internationally e.g. Countryside Council for Wales, Environment Agency, The Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB), Coed Cymru, local farmers and food industries.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates from this course gained employment with conservation agencies, NGOs and government organisations and with academic institutions both in the EU and overseas. This MSc course has also produced high calibre scientists in the fields of climate change, sustainable agriculture, renewable energy and animal diseases and human health.

“Upon completion of the course I gained employment as a Project Manager with a wildlife conservation charity. Many of the skills I developed as part of the course were essential in my day to day responsibilities.”

ANNA JONES, Conservation and Land Management Graduate

Environmental Forestry MSc • Study Tour Modules include: This module gives you the opportunity to see • Forest Resources & Assessment how the principles of forest management that This module provides an overview of the status are discussed in earlier parts of your course of world forests, trends and causes of are put into practice. deforestation and degradation, consequences ENTRY REQUIREMENTS for ecosystem services, and policy responses.

A good first degree in a relevant subject, e.g.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Forestry, Environmental Sciences, Ecology, Bangor has been recognised internationally as a • Silviculture (Temperate or Tropical streams) Conservation Sciences, Sustainable centre for Forestry research for many years and This module develops an understanding of Development, Geography or Biological Sciences. the University has ongoing and productive links silviculture and forest management and the Alternatively, a first degree in an unrelated with a diverse range of organisations in Africa, subject plus relevant practical experience may be interaction of management systems with the Asia, Europe and the Americas. This degree is physical environment. accepted. Applicants are judged on their accredited by the UK Institute of Chartered individual merits and age, work experience and Foresters (ICF) and qualifies students for • Natural Resource Management other factors are also considered. associate membership.

This module gives you a theoretical understanding of the systems approach to COURSE DESCRIPTION CAREER PROSPECTS managing natural resources, as well as a This one-year course will develop your practical grounding in the ways in which natural Against a sometimes gloomy economic understanding of forest ecosystems and their resource managers can draw on different kinds backdrop, natural resource management, and role in the global environment, and of the goods forest management in particular, is becoming of knowledge sources. and services that forests can provide. The course more important, with the result that there is a can have a temperate or tropical focus, generally acknowledged skills shortage in the • Management Planning depending on optional elements chosen.

This module develops an understanding of the forestry profession. The speed with which our graduates gain employment reflects this. management planning process, and its use in Part 1 Graduates from this course have progressed on the sustainable management of rural The taught part of the course provides an resources. You develop management plans for to relevant employment in public sector opportunity to examine a broad range of topics in organisations, NGOs and academic institutions real-world forestry situations which involves detail and develop personal skills and expertise. both in the EU and overseas. This MSc course has setting management objectives, considering A range of assessment methods are used also formed a stepping stone in postgraduate landscape features, devising appropriate including reports, presentations, practical writeresearch and has produced high calibre research monitoring and evaluation techniques and ups and online and written exams. scientists in the fields of tree biology, forest quantifying the costs of management science, and natural resource management. operations.

Part 2 June to September is set aside for production of For further course details, please see: a dissertation on a research topic selected by you • Research Methods www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/senrgy This module forms the foundation for the in consultation with your academic supervisor. dissertation project. It develops the basic Dissertations can have a temperate or tropical numeracy, modelling, statistical planning and focus, and can include field work either locally, optimisation methods, and GIS skills required elsewhere in the UK, or overseas. for future research and professional careers.

COURSE DURATION: MSc: 1 year full-time; Diploma: 30 weeks full-time

Forestry MSc (Distance Learning) Optional Modules: Compulsory Modules: • Forest Ecosystems • Social Issues in Forest Management The purpose of this module is to present the The purpose of the module is to consider the occurrence and ecology of different forest ways in which social, cultural, economic and types. Emphasis will be placed on forest biota political factors influence the shape and scope and soils, and nutrient cycling and hydrology. of forest management systems and how these ENTRY REQUIREMENTS may affect the livelihoods of communities living Generally an Honours Degree in a relevant • Agroforestry Systems and Practice science or technology subject is required, such as in or close to forests.

This module is designed to give you in-depth biology, horticulture, agriculture, law, economics, perspectives of the fascinating interface engineering, environmental science. Applications • Silviculture (Temperate Focus) between forestry and agriculture.

The purpose of the module is to give you an from mature students who do not have higher understanding of the principles of silviculture, education qualifications but have relevant work RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY including species selection according to site experience and who have worked for a minimum conditions, artificial and natural regeneration of The course is closely linked with all aspects of of 2 years in a position of responsibility and the forest industry, both in the UK and beyond. woodlands and interventions. relevance to the degree will also be considered.

You are encouraged to seek opportunities and make your own links that relate to your own area • Forest History, Policy and Management COURSE DESCRIPTION of interest and expertise and you are supported How has human history influenced forest This course is designed to provide you with in this process. Students receive regular updates ecosystems? What is the basis for the current training in the management of forest resources, emphasis on Sustainable Forest Management? regarding the latest news, jobs, placements and understanding of the scientific, academic and other opportunities in the forestry sector.

Are existing laws / governance structures / practical principles which underpin forest subsidies / tax incentives / management plans management, forest measurement and forest CAREER PROSPECTS delivering intended policy goals? This module ecosystem function and the interrelationships The part-time nature of this course enables you explores these challenging questions. between government, industry and communities’ to build your career alongside other work or forests and associated land-use.

• Forest Inventory, Assessment and Monitoring personal commitments. Current students and recent graduates have secured jobs as This module considers ways in which forest Teaching and learning for each module is commercial forest managers, forest surveyors, resources can be assessed, measured and supported by a guided reading handbook plus ecological consultants, forestry finance advisors recorded for their growth and development to various supplementary materials, such as books, and business start-ups. Career prospects also journal articles, scientific reports, online lectures, be monitored. include promotion for those already in the podcasts, discussion forums and a ‘virtual forestry or related professions. The part-time • Sustainable Use of Non-Timber Forest learning environment’. The wide range of nature of the course opens up numerous Products backgrounds, expertise, interests and skills opportunities for study, travel, scholarship and The purpose of the module is to give you an amongst both the staff and students on the understanding of the ways in which forests may research and you are encouraged to take course make for a hugely enriching learning be managed in ways which recognise the value advantage of these. experience. and enterprise development potential of nontimber forest products (NTFPs).

COURSE DURATION MSc: 3 years part-time; PG Dip: 2 years part-time; PG Cert: 1 year part-time.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 117

Tropical Forestry MSc (Distance Learning) mensuration, forest inventory and forest Compulsory Modules: resource monitoring.

• Tropical Forests, People and Policies This module takes a people-oriented approach to issues that all natural resources managers in • Sustainable Use of Non-Timber Forest Products developing countries should be familiar with.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS The purpose of the module is to give you an Emphasis is on the relationships between Honours Degree in a relevant science or understanding of the ways in which forests may people and forest use and conservation in technology subject is required, such as forestry, be managed in ways which recognise the value developing countries. biology, ecology, law, economics, environmental and enterprise development potential of nonscience, development studies. Applications from timber forest products (NTFPs).

• Participatory Forest Management mature students without higher education In this module the emphasis is on the political qualifications but who have relevant work RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY and socio-economic aspects of participatory / experience and who have worked for a minimum The course is closely linked with all aspects of community forestry as a means to promote of 2 years in a position of responsibility and the forest industry, both in the UK and beyond. rural development and conserve forest relevance to the degree will be considered.

You are encouraged to seek opportunities and resources in an equitable manner. make your own links that relate to your own area COURSE DESCRIPTION of interest and expertise and you are supported • Preparing Field Work in the Tropics The MSc Tropical Forestry distance-learning This module develops in-depth factual location in this process. Students receive regular updates course has been developed in collaboration with specific knowledge relevant to tropical forestry regarding the latest news, jobs, placements and the prestigious University of Copenhagen. The other opportunities in the forestry sector. issues. course provides part-time students from across the world with training in the management of forest resources, understanding of the scientific, • Sustainable Tropical Forestry Summer School CAREER PROSPECTS The part-time nature of this course enables you This module concentrates on data collection academic and practical principles which and evaluation methods are applied in the field to build your career alongside other work or underpin forest management, forest personal commitments. There are excellent measurement and forest ecosystem function and (two weeks at the end of July / beginning of employment opportunities in the broad area of August). the interrelationships between government, tropical forestry including national government, industry and communities’ forests and international organisations and consultancies.

• Agroforestry Systems and Practice associated land-use.

This module is designed to give you an in-depth Many recent graduates on related courses have gone on to do PhD research. The part-time nature perspectives of the fascinating interface Teaching and learning is supported by guided of the course opens up numerous opportunities between forestry and agriculture. reading handbooks plus various supplementary for study, travel, scholarship and research and materials, such as books, journal articles, • Forest Inventory, Assessment and Monitoring you are encouraged to take advantage of these. scientific reports, online lectures, podcasts, The purpose of this module is to consider ways discussion forums and a ‘virtual learning in which forest resources can be assessed and For further course details, please see: environment’. The wide range of backgrounds, www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/senrgy recorded for their growth and development to expertise, interests and skills amongst both the be monitored. It will provide you with the staff and students on the course make for a opportunity to acquire knowledge and hugely enriching learning experience. understanding of the specialist areas of COURSE DURATION MSc: 3 years part-time; PG Dip: 2 years parttime; PG Cert: 1 year part-time.

Food Security in a Changing Environment* MSc Distance Learning and Continuing Professional Development (CPD) • Research and Methods This module is organised in terms of (a) conducting a scientific literature review, (b) principles of research design, (c) ethical considerations in research, (d) using GIS, and (e) ENTRY REQUIREMENTS preparing a research proposal.

Professionals who work full time in the agri-food First or second class honours degree in a industry, in conservation and environmental relevant subject, such as Biological Sciences, Optional Modules: Environmental Sciences and Agriculture. A lower fields, farmers, and agricultural policy decision makers may be interested in the modules offered • Upland Farming Systems degree classification plus a minimum of two This module will examine the environmental, as part of this Masters degree. Full time students years relevant work experience would be economic and social viability of alternative wishing to pursue a post graduate degree that considered. Applications from mature students upland farming systems. without higher education qualifications, but who culminates in employability in these sectors may have at least two years relevant work experience also be interested in this field of study.

• Carbon Footprinting & Life Cycle Assessment in agri-based food industries or related work in a This module will consider in detail the position of demonstrable responsibility will also Compulsory Modules: principles and practices of life cycle • Agriculture and Society be considered. assessment and carbon footprinting, in relation This module will study the environmental, to eco-efficiency assessment and improvement economic and social implications of pasture COURSE DESCRIPTION of pasture based farming systems. based agriculture from an ethical perspective.

This Food Security in a Changing Environment (MSc) will provide students with a detailed • Soil Management (optional, 20 credits): understanding of the principles and processes of • Resource-efficient farm management This module will provide a practical and This module will demonstrate application of a sustainable food production, including social and quantitative systems approach to select priority theoretical overview of soil management. environmental contexts. It will equip students farm management practices that optimise the who already have work experience in the food CAREER PROSPECTS resource efficiency, and minimise the supply chain to implement the latest research This course will retrain professionals to redirect environmental impact, of food production on into sustainable systems thinking, and will or enhance their existing capabilities for a career facilitate cutting edge careers for those who want pasture-based farms. in the agricultural or agribusiness sectors. to enter the food production and supply chain.

Graduates can find careers in advisory and • Agro-ecosystem services assessment policy/advocacy roles, executive management, This module will introduce students to the Students will have the opportunity to study from agriculture and agribusiness consultancy, the ecosystem services framework to assess 3 to 6 modules per year, depending on their agricultural finance sector, land and catchment pasture-based food production, with an status as part time or full time students. For the management agency roles, natural resource emphasis on the critical importance of Masters degree, students will complete a total of management, agricultural education and training considering landscape context and scale 6 modules of study, detailed below, and a and as rural counsellors. factors when assessing the sustainability of dissertation project. farming practices.

COURSE DURATION: 1 year (PG Cert); 2 years (PG Dip); up to 5 years (MSc)

Students may begin their study at the beginning of any module offering, paced throughout the year, occurring at the end of September, the end of January and the middle of June.

*new course - subject to validation

118 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Sustainable Tropical Forestry MSc • Research Methods This module aims to support the dissertation planning process and encourage critical thinking about the research process.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 2 years full-time; Diploma: 52 weeks fulltime; Certificate: 30 weeks full-time.

Technology for Life, Food and Environmental Sciences), Montpellier, France; College of Agriculture, University of Padova, Padova, Italy.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry requires a good first degree in a relevant subject, or second class honours degree in a relevant subject or a minimum of two years relevant experience in forestry or related work in a position of demonstrable responsibility.

Relevant professional experience should be supported by additional evidence such as authorship of appropriate professional reports or a record of active membership of a relevant professional organisation (e.g. Commonwealth Forestry Association, International Society of Tropical Foresters). In general, however, applicants are judged on their individual merits, work experience and other factors are also considered.

The course consists of a first study year at one of three institutions (Bangor, Copenhagen, Dresden) • Climate Change and Tropical Forestry: and a specialising second study year with Monitoring and Policies different topics offered by each of the five This module focuses on popular discourses on institutions. You are required to spend the second the relationships between climate change, year at a different university to the first year. The forests and livelihoods. aim of the first study year is to provide a thorough and broad introduction to sustainable • Preparing Field Work in the Tropics tropical forestry. The learning outcomes are This module develops in-depth factual location similar for the three first year institutions and specific knowledge relevant to tropical forestry allow you to choose freely among all five issues. specialisation options in the second year. The first year ends with the Joint Summer Module • Sustainable Tropical Forestry Summer School including fieldwork in a tropical country.

This module applies data collection and evaluation methods in the field.

Specialisation options in the second year are: • Agroforestry systems (Bangor) Optional Modules: • Socio-economics of tropical forestry This is dependent on where the second year of (Copenhagen) study is selected. Please see: • Tropical forest management (Dresden) www.bangor.ac.uk/senrgy/courses/pg/ • Environmental management and policies for www.sutrofor.eu tropical forests (Montpellier) • Ethics in forestry and responsible trade in CAREER PROSPECTS tropical forest products and services (Padova). There are excellent employment opportunities in the broad area of tropical forestry including Compulsory Modules: national government, international organisations • Forest Resource Assessment and consultancies. Many recent graduates have This module provides an introduction to world gone on to do PhD research. forest resources and policy.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MSc course in Sustainable Tropical Forestry is a two-year world-class integrated course aimed at qualifying graduates to deal with the huge challenges in contemporary tropical forestry. The teaching staff are very active in research and you will profit from our many connections throughout the world.

The Sustainable Tropical Forestry course is offered by a consortium of five European universities: Faculty of Science, Copenhagen University, Denmark; School of Environment, Natural Resources and Geography, Bangor University, North Wales, UK; Institute of International Forestry and Forest Products, UK Dresden University of Technology, Tharandt, Germany; AgroParisTech (the Paris Institute of

• Tropical Silviculture This module develops an understanding of silviculture and tropical forest management and the interaction of management systems with the physical environment.

Sustainable Forest and Nature Management MSc services. The module also covers the impacts of Agriculture, University of Padova. land management interventions.

The course consists of a first study year at one of three institutions (Bangor, Copenhagen, Göttingen) and a specialising second study year • Location Specific Knowledge and fieldwork in temperate forest and nature management with different topics offered by each of the five ENTRY REQUIREMENTS institutions. You are required to spend the second This module is essentially designed to allow for Entry requires a good first degree in a relevant in-depth preparation for field work in year at a different university to the first year. The subject, or second class honours degree in a temperate forest and nature management. aim of the first study year is to provide a relevant subject or a minimum of two years thorough and broad introduction to sustainable relevant experience in forestry, agriculture or • Contemporary temperate forest and nature temperate forestry. The first year ends with the other land use related work in a position of management: climate change and Joint Summer Module including fieldwork in one demonstrable responsibility. Relevant profmanagement strategies of the partner institutes. essional experience should be supported by This module deals with a current hot topic additional evidence such as authorship of and can take in students globally through its Specialisation options in the second year are: appropriate professional reports or a record of e-learning format.

• Conservation and Land Management (Bangor) active membership of a relevant professional • Management of Forest and Nature for Society organisation or International Scientific Society.

• Preparing Field Work in the Tropics Copenhagen) In general, however, applicants are judged on This module develops in-depth factual location • Forest and Nature Management in Changing their individual merits and work experience. specific knowledge relevant to tropical forestry Climate (Göttingen) issues.

• Forest Management in Scandinavia and the COURSE DESCRIPTION Baltic Region (Alnarp) The MSc in Sustainable Forest and Nature • Mountain Forestry and Watershed Management • Sustainable Temperate Forestry Management is a two-year world-class Management Summer School (Padova). integrated course aimed at qualifying graduates This module applies data collection and to deal with the increasing challenges facing evaluation methods in the field.

Compulsory Modules: temperate forestry, agriculture and sustainable • Forest Resource Assessment land use. The teaching staff are research active and the students will benefit from our wide range This module provides an introduction to world Optional Modules: This is dependent on where the second year of forest resources and policy. of research activities and contacts in the UK and study is selected. Links to full module details for overseas. the partner institutions are available at: • Silviculture www.bangor.ac.uk/senrgy/courses/pg/ This module examines temperate silviculture The Sustainable Forest and Nature Management and forest management highlighting the course is offered by a consortium of five CAREER PROSPECTS interaction of management systems with the European universities: Faculty of Science, There are excellent employment opportunities in physical environment.

Copenhagen University; School of Environment, the broad area of forestry including national Natural Resources and Geography, Bangor government, international organisations and • Natural Resource Management University, Bangor; Faculty of Forest Sciences This module provides a good understanding of consultancies. Many recent graduates have gone and Ecology, University of Göttingen; Southern on to do PhD research. the systems approach to managing natural Swedish Forest Research Centre, Swedish resources to provide various ecosystem University of Agricultural Sciences; Faculty of COURSE DURATION MSc: 2 years full-time; Diploma: 52 weeks fulltime; Certificate: 30 weeks full-time

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 119

Environmental Management MBA COURSE DURATION MBA: 1 year full-time; 2.5 years part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Organisations and People This module examines key issues arising from contemporary research in organisational behaviour (OB) and human resource management (HRM).

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to this course requires a good undergraduate degree in a relevant subject, e.g.

Environmental Science or Business Studies from • Strategic Management a university, or a similar qualification from any This module analyses strategic decisionother institution. Alternatively, possession of a making within business. You will develop a suitable professional qualification and relevant critical understanding of the strategic practical experience may also be accepted. In processes of business management, and the general, however, applicants are judged on their interconnections with the functional domains. individual merits and age, work experience and other factors are also considered. For MBA degrees, whilst work experience is desirable, it is • Management Research This module analyses the philosophical basis not essential. for research in the management sciences, and examines a number of key methodological COURSE DESCRIPTION The role of the corporate environmental manager issues and approaches. is becoming increasingly complex and strategic.

• Business Planning for the Green Economy Corporate social and environmental This module explores the process of responsibility is becoming prominent in establishing a venture from idea generation to consumer demand and a pre-requisite for tender the completion of a business plan which eligibility. This necessitates a more sophisticated incorporates environmental planning and environmental manager who can interpret management. legislative and audit requirements and deliver them in a manner conducive to continued • Finance for Managers economic development, whilst recognising the This module is designed for those who aim to market trends. achieve a basic understanding of financial management and control, and who require an The aim of this course is to develop skills in the understanding of finance in order to manage an delivery of economic activities related to the organisation effectively. environment, green technology and sustainability. The course includes highly topical case • Strategic Environmental Management studies from across these sectors reflecting This module is designed to provide an changing strategies and alternative approaches. understanding of the principles of sustainable The course is suitable for graduates in a wide development, environmental legislation, range of disciplines, including Environment, environmental auditing and assessment, and Engineering, Finance, Social Sciences and other green technological development. subjects.

• Green Technology This module reviews the environmental consequences of economic activities, including energy generation, waste management, food and water supply and consumer goods.

CAREER PROSPECTS There are an increasing number of roles in Environmental Management and Consultancy available. An Environmental Manager is responsible for overseeing the environmental performance of private, public and voluntary sector organisations. They also develop, implement and monitor environmental strategies, policies and programmes that promote sustainable development. There are also many other roles in commercial and public sector organisations carrying out impact assessments to identify, assess and reduce an organisation’s environmental risks and financial costs and coordinating all aspects of pollution control, waste management, recycling, environmental health, conservation and renewable energy. Other opportunities lie in environmental education, training and research.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/senrgy

PhD/MPhil Courses Environmental and Soil Science (PhD/MPhil) Multidisciplinary research into fundamental processes is aimed at the creation of sustainable rural, peri-urban and urban environments; with a major focus on climate change, biogeochemistry, ENTRY REQUIREMENTS plant ecophysiology, waste management and A good first degree or MSc in a relevant subject required. For English language requirements, see restoration. page 115.

Forest Ecology and Management (PhD/MPhil) Research covers the environmental, economic COURSE DESCRIPTIONS and social factors underpinning sustainability in Agricultural Systems (PhD/MPhil) Research into agricultural systems and practices forest systems, studying processes ranging from individual ecological interactions to those acting ranging from the science of plant and animal at a landscape level. production to rural policy and decision-making; with a focus on alternative crops, food and Renewable Materials (PhD/MPhil) nutrition, farmer health, local knowledge and Research is concentrated on the fundamental rural development. science of wood and plant fibres, natural fibre reinforced composites, and the use of plantAgroforestry (PhD/MPhil) derived materials as chemical feedstocks; Research on the interactions of people, particular attention is paid to environmental agriculture and trees at a range of scales from impacts. ecophysiological interactions among system components through to landscape level effects, Geography (PhD/MPhil) across both temperate and tropical environments, with a focus on multipurpose tree Research is focused upon physical and human environments at a range of spatial and temporal species and farm trees. scales, particularly fluvial geomorphology, links between climate change and human activities in Biodiversity Conservation (PhD/MPhil) Conservation is studied from the genetic to global riverine landscapes, pollution in river catchments and the application of geochemical techniques, scales, with a strong emphasis on new rural geographies, urban spaces and social approaches to biodiversity assessment, economies. disturbance impacts, invasive species, restoration of degraded habitats and human perceptions and values.

COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time or 6 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time or 4 years part-time.

120 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

STUDY OVERSEAS In addition to the fully residential mode of study, in some circumstances we may offer ‘split’ PhD/MPhil programmes for international students with part of the study taking place in the student’s own country or a third country. Many of our British and other European students also carry out fieldwork overseas for their research.

FUNDING Funding may be available from the following sources: UK Research Councils (scholarships are advertised) (UK students only); Foreign and Commonwealth Office (via British Council); European Union; University scholarships (UK students only); Charities and Trusts; Commonwealth Scholarships; International agencies; Overseas Government Scholarships.

CAREER PROSPECTS Most international students return to their countries of origin and either resume with their former employers, or secure new employment at a higher grade, reflecting their higher qualifications. UK students either move on to a post-doctoral contract in a university or research institute, or obtain work with environmental, agricultural or forestry agencies, generally in the public sector. Practically all our doctoral graduates are successful in securing employment requiring doctoral level skills predominantly in research or education.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/senrgy

School of Ocean Sciences About the School The School of Ocean Sciences at Bangor is one of the largest university marine science departments in Europe and a leading international research institution, which is ideally located on the shores of the Menai Strait in north Wales.

The School is home to The Centre for Applied Marine Sciences (CAMS) which has very close links with relevant national and international agencies, governmental bodies and the user community. It also provides policy advice and has had a profound impact on applied shelf sea science through work on particle tracking, oil spill management, and aquaculture and marine conservation.

Facilities The School of Ocean Sciences has excellent support facilities for both teaching and research. These range from large, modern, well equipped teaching laboratories to ‘hightech’ research laboratories; from a local area PC based computer network to powerful number crunching workstations used in numerical ocean modelling; from photographic and desktop publishing graphics systems to in-house electrical and mechanical workshops capable of designing and building state of the art oceanographic equipment; from a filtered seawater supply direct from the Menai Strait to tropical and cool water marine aquaria. Our strong seagoing capability is enabled by the RV Prince Madog, a state-of-the-art research vessel, and an inshore boat fleet.

All our postgraduate taught programmes have been accredited by the Institute of Marine Engineering, Science and Technology (IMarEST), and as such facilitate your progression to Chartered status in later professional life. One-year taught Masters degrees and research degrees are also offered in a wide range of marine subjects.

Overview of academic areas The School is an actively seagoing research institution with an international reputation for the quality of its research on shelf seas and shallow marine environments. Ocean margins, shelf seas, estuaries and the coastal zone are the key elements of the marine system with respect to climate change impacts (sea level, ecosystem functioning) and anthropogenic interactions. Our activity accordingly encompasses blue skies, strategic and applied research, and active knowledge transfer. The School’s research culture is based on a multi-disciplinary, earth systems, approach to the investigation of shallow marine systems and processes.

School of Ocean Sciences English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements are: • MSc Marine Biology and MSc Marine Environmental Protection: IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than 6.0) • MSc Applied Marine Geoscience and MSc Physical Oceanography: IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 5.5).

• PhD/MPhil IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than 6.0).

COURSE LIST: MSc • Applied Marine Geoscience • Marine Biology • Marine Environmental Protection • Physical Oceanography PhD/MPhil • Ocean Sciences – Shelf Sea and Coastal Processes; Biogeochemistry and Palaeoceanography; Marine Ecosystems: Conservation and Resource Management

TO FIND OUT MORE: Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382842 E-mail: oss011@bangor.ac.uk www.sos.bangor.ac.uk

"Having grown up in Nigeria, choosing the right university for my postgraduate course in the UK was a huge decision for me. I had to pick a university with a good reputation in the sciences as well as a place I could feel at home. I made the right choice. In addition to world-class training from my professors they also took their time to make me feel at home.

Eight years post-graduation; lessons learnt, both academically and socially, have paved the way for a rewarding career in energy and finance having worked successfully at CGGVeritas and Goldman Sachs in varying roles. In my current role as Business Development Manager, Africa and the Middle East at TGS I still find useful lessons learnt. If given the chance, I'd choose Bangor all over again."

FOLARIN LAJUMOKE, Business Development Manager, Africa and the Middle East at TGS who graduated in 2004 with an MSc in Marine Geotechnics

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 121

Applied Marine Geoscience MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time; Diploma: 30 weeks fulltime.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Successful applicants normally hold, or are expected to be awarded, a First Class or Upper Second Class Honours Degree in a Natural Science or related subject. Alternatively, we will consider applicants with a good and relevant Lower Second Class Honours Degree provided that they have at least one year of additional relevant experience or can show evidence of particular interest in the course. Mature applicants with least two years relevant work experience are also encouraged to apply.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MSc in Applied Marine Geoscience evolved from its predecessor, the Marine Geotechnics course which boasted a 30 year pedigree.

Compulsory Modules: • Geophysical Surveying This module invovles theory and field/lab practice of seismic, electrical, magnetic and gravity surveying.

• Sediment Geotechnics This module examines the basic principles of sediment characterisation and of soil mechanics (fluid flow, effective stress, consolidation, shear strength). Strong lab practical component.

• Practical Oceanography (geological) This module involves ship and small boat practical acquisition of geophysical data. It also includes supplementary classes on marine acoustics, geodesy, remote sensing along with associated data processing and interpretation using industry standard software.

Optional Modules: • Sedimentary Environments or • Key Concepts and Techniques (numerical skill development) RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY There are strong links with industry. Typically, companies make presentations throughout the year and sometimes conduct interviews in the School. A short course by a professional practitioner is held in semester 2. Many research projects have industrial project partners.

The course has been accredited by the Institute of Marine Engineering, Science and Technology (IMarEST) and as such facilitates student progression to Chartered status in later professional life.

CAREER PROSPECTS Career prospects are extremely good for this course. From past experience, it is found that students will find employment in the offshore development industry (oil, gas, renewables), geophysical contract companies (particularly those serving engineering contractors), river and harbour boards, the offshore detrital mining industry, and government laboratories. The course may also serve as a conversion to allow a pure science graduate to proceed into postgraduate research in the marine geosciences. Typically, students will have secured employment by early summer during the course. Over the last decade, around threequarters secured work in a geo-related post, whilst the remainder went on to further research (PhD).

• Climate and Climate Change This module introduces the you to the factors A series of modules have been designed to and processes which control the Earth’s past explain the processes that form and characterise and present day climate. Interlinks between a wide variety of sedimentary environments, climate and geological processes are from the littoral zone to the deep ocean. Those emphasised. controls range from the dynamical, chemical, climatic to geological; all are inter-related. You • Literature Review and Project Plan also gain knowledge and understanding of During this module you are individually survey techniques in order to map these supervised to prepare for the practical thesis environments and thereby gain a better project by reviewing background literature, understanding of the processes that shape them. identifying testable ideas and formulating a The final facet of the course involves an detailed project plan. explanation of how these sedimentary materials react to imposed loads - how they behave • Research Project geotechnically.

This module is a four month individual research project based on the syllabus of the course and For further course details, please see: your individual preferences. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/oceansciences

Marine Biology MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time; Diploma: 30 weeks fulltime.

seminar room, fully equipped laboratories, computer room and teaching rooms). In addition the school has a suite of research vessels (including the £2.8M, 35m RV Prince Madog), extensive temperate and tropical aquarium facilities and dedicated teaching and research laboratories.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc/Diploma Marine Biology usually requires a good 1st/2.i degree in a relevant subject (e.g. Biology, Zoology, Ecology). However, • Multidisciplinary course content, specialist other degree disciplines and backgrounds will teaching provision and involvement of also be considered provided that they have one stakeholders and employers year of additional relevant experience. Mature students not meeting the entry requirements, will All staff are active researchers in the topics they teach, allowing them to draw upon case also be considered provided that they have at studies and personal research. Additional least 2 years of additional relevant experience. specialist staff are brought in from outside marine science where necessary.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The course provides theoretical and practical • Extremely well established and well training in the field and laboratory to provide recognised advanced training and aims to elevate students We have over 60 years experience of teaching to the level of being independent marine marine science at postgraduate level with an biologists. excellent track record, consistently highly rated by external examiners.

The School of Ocean Sciences is exceptionally well suited to provide training in Marine Biology Modules include: because we have: • Marine Ecology Skills This module provides training in key skills • Unrivalled location (experimental and survey design, statistical We are situated on the shores of the Menai techniques, taxonomic keys).

Strait close to Snowdonia, within an EU Special Area of Conservation, with rocky shores, sand beaches, intertidal sediments, sand dunes, salt • Marine Fisheries This module provides a broad overview of marshes, estuaries, shellfish beds, seal haulfisheries and detailed training in the techniques out sites, dolphin pods and Irish Sea on our used in the assessment of fish population door step. dynamics.

• Outstanding teaching facilities, resources and • Coastal Ecology training environment This module provides an overview of the The course is based in a dedicated 490 m2 suite diversity and ecology of coastal habitats and (which includes a large student common room,

122 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

knowledge and understanding of survey techniques used to assess organismal abundance and distribution in these habitats.

• Marine Vertebrates This module provides a broad overview of the diversity of fish, seabirds and marine mammals.

• Marine Invertebrates This module provides a broad overview of the biology, ecology and culture of marine invertebrates.

• Research Project Planning This module allows you to produce a literature review in the general area of your proposed research topic and a research plan for your proposed research project.

• Research Project This module involves an independent 16 week investigation of a specific scientific topic resulting in the production of a thesis.

ACCREDITATION The course has been accredited by the Institute of Marine Engineering, Science and Technology (IMarEST) and as such facilitates student progression to Chartered status in later professional life.

CAREER PROSPECTS Typically graduates have entered employment in the following career paths; PhD research and research assistants in universities and research institutes in the UK and overseas; teaching; private sector employment; public sector employment; non-governmental organisations.

Marine Environmental Protection MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

Modules include: • Marine Ecology Skills This module examines marine taxonomy and biodiversity; experimental and survey designs; marine benthic survey and key statistical techniques.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Successful applicants normally hold, or are expected to be awarded, a First Class or Upper Second Class Honours Degree in a Natural • Marine Fisheries Science or related subject. We do however This module examines fisheries resources and consider other degree disciplines and their assessment and fish population backgrounds. We will consider applicants with a dynamics. good and relevant Lower Second Class Honours Degree provided that they have at least one year of additional relevant experience. Non-graduates • Coastal Habitat Ecology & Survey This module examines the principles of who are over 25 years in age and have at least two years work experience relevant to the course biological survey of coastal habitats along with survey methodology. are also encouraged to apply.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The Masters in Marine Environmental Protection was established in 1988 and has developed a reputation over more than two decades for its high quality multi-disciplinary training in applied marine environmental issues. The course recognises diverse threats to the earth’s life support systems through a range of anthropogenic impacts, from destruction of habitat, pollution, and overexploit-ation of resources to the global impact of climate change.

It is thus more important than ever to predict impacts accurately and mitigate those impacts accordingly. The course provides graduates with field skills and advanced techniques and technologies needed to operate in the marine environment, quantitative skills to assess resources and to predict threats, a realistic understanding of commerce and governance and communication and inter-personal skills to work together to bring their findings before the decision makers such that future development is sustainable.

“The Marine Environmental Protection course gives you a wide range of knowledge and experience on important subjects related to conservation. You learn about Coastal Zone Management, the use of GIS, fisheries, Environmental Impact Assessments, etc. You learn how to conduct your own surveys and how to critically analyse surveys from others.

You gain a lot of experience in the use of statistics as a necessary tool to help you understand the environment. You have the chance of conducting a benthic survey and a fisheries survey on board the RV Prince Madog ship and then process your samples in the lab.

It is a great experience.

As for student life - you get to know your course mates very well through group work initially and supporting each other during individual assignments. Most of the social life occurs within the MSc coffee area as well as in some pubs around. Everything is within walking distance and very convenient with very friendly locals. If you have time to go outdoors, all the areas around Bangor and Menai Bridge (where the School of Ocean Sciences is based) are absolutely beautiful. Do not miss Snowdonia, Beaumaris, the castles around Wales.”

DANIEL FERRER VICENT, from Spain, MSc in Marine Environmental Protection

• Environmental Impact Assessment This module examines marine impacts and their assessment including the process of preparing an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to EU directive requirements.

• Marine Conservation and Coastal Zone Management This module examines coastal zone law, socioeconomics, geographical information systems, biodiversity, sustainability, marine protected areas, environmental aquaculture, and integrated coastal zone management.

• Research Design and Planning This module includes a literature review and project proposal and presentation.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Links with external bodies are many and varied and reflect the diverse, pure and applied research interests of staff at the School of Ocean Sciences. These links bring numerous opportunities for research projects to locally, nationally and internationally.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates have entered a diverse range of employment but typically they find employment in higher education and research (e.g. PhD research and Research Assistants in the marine environmental sciences in UK and overseas universities); teaching (e.g. environmental sciences in schools and activity centres); private sector (e.g. companies and consultancies specialising in marine survey and environmental impact assessment, aquaculture, oil industry, tourism and recreation); formation of their own businesses (e.g. in marine environmental consultancy); public sector (e.g. Environment Agency, Nature Conservation Agencies, CEFAS, Sea Fisheries Committees, Local Government Partnerships and County Councils, and comparable organisations abroad); nongovernment organisations and voluntary organisations (e.g. World Wide Fund for Nature, Greenpeace, Wildlife Trusts, Heritage Trust).

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/oceansciences

• Research Project and Dissertation The MSc research project provides you with the necessary resources and time to independently investigate a specific scientific topic. Projects are chosen by you with appropriate guidance from academic staff and cover topics over a broad range of marine environmental issues.

“Following the completion of a BSc in Marine Biology and Zoology, the decision to return to Bangor University and enrol on an MSc in Marine Environmental Protection was a straightforward one. In addition to its beautiful and diverse surroundings, the School of Ocean Sciences provided a thoroughly enjoyable learning experience, delivered to a high standard by friendly and approachable staff and opportunity to study aboard the RV Prince Madog, a state-of-the-art research vessel.

My MSc in Marine Environmental Protection not only allowed me to develop knowledge and experience gained during undergraduate study but also introduced new concepts such as the measurement and quantification of marine resources and the effects of conflicting usage upon them. For my three month research project I was fortunate enough to study the effects of oyster reef habitat complexity on associated fauna at the Virginia Institute of Marine Science in Wachapreague, Virginia, USA. During my time at the institute I met other marine scientists conducting research in a number of fields and gained valuable experience through working in a variety of habitats. I would highly recommend Bangor University to any prospective student.”

VICKY PAWSON, from Filey, North Yorkshire, MSc in Marine Environmental Protection graduate

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 123

STAFF PROFILE Dr John Turner, Senior Lecturer, School of Ocean Sciences John Turner (seen above) from the School of Ocean Sciences is working on coral reefs (especially remote ones), and coastal zone management and protection. He teaches tropical marine ecology and conservation and is Director of Postgraduate Studies for the School.

His current projects revolve around enhancing marine protected areas in the Cayman Islands in the Caribbean, and the world’s largest marine protected area in the British Indian Ocean Territory. His interests range from micro-algae in symbiosis with corals, through to Environmental Impact Assessment.

Current PhD students work on shark cleaning behaviour; stingray ecology; acoustic methods of dolphin monitoring in Special Areas of Conservation; reef resilience and marine protected areas; community based marine protected areas; coral bleaching, and coral reef ecology; and John supervises many MSc projects overseas. John has undertaken large-scale biological surveys for the United Nations Development Programme on the sustainable use of biodiversity of Socotra Archipelago, and on the coastal ecosystems of the Andaman Islands, and Environmental Impact Assessments for major industrial developments such as a Liquid Natural Gas terminal in Oman, and effluent treatment in Mauritius. He leads the UNESCO Network in Marine Biology in East Africa, and is experienced in scientific diving and underwater surveys, especially in remote places.

124 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Physical Oceanography MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should normally hold, or expect to obtain, a first or upper second class honours degree in a physical, mathematical or other numerate science. Mature students with at least two years relevant experience are encouraged to apply.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MSc in Physical Oceanography at Bangor has run since 1965 and is specifically designed for those who want to pursue careers as scientists forecasting the impacts of future climate change, in the renewable energy industry or in natural resource exploration.

This course is specifically aimed at those with a background in numerical or environmental sciences who have an interest in developing their theoretical knowledge of the oceans and gaining practical skills working at sea. Practical skills are gained through participation in survey work on the University Research Vessel, the Prince Madog, and smaller survey boats. You also learn to programme in MATLAB, and study the development and testing of numerical models.

More theoretical modules cover waves, dynamics and tides, shelf sea and estuarine processes and climate and climate change. The taught element of the course runs from October to May, after which you embark on a 3 month individual research project which leads to the production of a thesis. Approximately 30% of the MSc Physical Oceanography student thesis are subsequently published in a peer review scientific journal.

• Shelf Sea and Estuarine Processes Compulsory Modules: This module concerns itself with identifying and • Key Skills parameterising the processes which determine This module provides you with some of the key water column structure, circulation and skills they will need for your Masters course movement of sediment in continental shelf and your project work. These skills include seas and estuaries. mathematics for scientists, MATLAB programming, oceanographic data analysis and • Literature Review an introduction to sediment processes.

The purpose of the literature review is to ensure that you are aware of background • Practical Oceanography This module will give you a practical experience literature in the general area of your research project topic. It is an essential step in project of acquiring oceanographic and geophysical design. data from both the RV Prince Madog and the School’s 8m Cheetah Marine catamaran. You ACCREDITATION will be expected to process, interpret and The course has been accredited by the Institute report on the data acquired. Complementing the ship and boat work will be lectures focusing of Marine Engineering, Science and Technology (IMarEST) and as such facilitates student on geodesy and position fixing; marine acoustics; and satellite remote sensing and GIS. progression to Chartered status in later professional life.

• Waves, Tides and Dynamics CAREER PROSPECTS This module introduces the governing principles and the application of Newton’s Laws With over 50 years of experience in teaching Physical Oceanography at the School of Ocean of motion to geophysical fluids. It covers Sciences, Bangor graduates have long been classical Hydrodynamics and Waves, the recognised as gaining the key skills which equations of motion and continuity, rotation, employers are looking for. Students find stream functions, vorticity, and rotational and employment in the offshore hydrocarbons and irrotational flow. renewables industries, marine survey contract companies, river and harbour boards and • Climate and Climate Change This module aims to introduce the factors and government establishments. Many students also choose to continue to a PhD in Physical processes which control the Earth’s present Oceanography, either staying at Bangor or day climate, in particular natural climate moving to another UK or an overseas University. variability, anthropogenic climate change, climate change impacts, future climate change For further course details, please see: and mitigation strategies. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/oceansciences

Ocean Sciences PhD/MPhil • Marine Ecosystems: Conservation and Resource Management The conservation and sustainable use of aquatic living resources is crucial given current ENTRY REQUIREMENTS rates of global population expansion. To Applicants should normally have an upper understand the extent to which human second class Honours degree in a related activities modify marine ecosystems we need a Science subject or equivalent. Applicants from fundamental understanding of the processes overseas must, in addition, demonstrate competence in English to an acceptable level. See that influence biodiversity and ecosystem functioning. Our research adopts an page 121. ecosystem-wide approach and addresses the science that underpins mitigation of human COURSE DESCRIPTION activities through cultivation of marine Research Degrees (PhD/MPhil) are available in resources, restoration of habitats or control of the following broad subject areas: human activities. The integration of fundamental and applied science has led to • Shelf Sea and Coastal Processes outputs that have influenced international and Shelf seas represent the transition zone national policy for conservation and sustainable between land and ocean. Our focus is on the use of marine resources. identification of key physical processes, and their interactions, which drive the fluxes across For further course details, please see: critical interfaces within this zone.

Development of new observational techniques, www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/oceansciences coupled with our strengths in theory and modelling, have enabled existing paradigms to be challenged, state-of-the-art models to be critically tested and new ideas developed.

COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time.

• Biogeochemistry and Palaeoceanography The group investigates the cycling and fate of carbon and nitrogen across a range of marine systems, in particular the supply of inorganic nutrients and dissolved organic matter (DOM) to coastal waters, and the biogeochemistry of sea ice. Biogeochemistry underpins the validation and application of novel palaeoceanographic proxies, which we have applied to reconstructions of shelf seas and ocean margins.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 125

COLLEGE OF HEALTH AND BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES The College of Health and Behavioural Sciences is one of the largest in the University, has exceptional strengths in teaching and research and delivers an exceptional student experience. It has formal links with the local NHS trust enabling an integrated approach to developing research, training, medical and healthcare education in north Wales.

The College consists of 4 academic Schools and 2 research institutes: Academic Schools: • School of Psychology • School of Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences • School of Healthcare Sciences • School of Medical Sciences Research Institutes: • Institute of Medical and Social Care Research • North Wales Centre for Primary Care Research Although each School/Institute preserves its specific identity and subject integrity, the College fosters inter-school collaboration and shared academic goals and practices. The College’s teaching is informed by world-class collaborative research. This means that students have the opportunity to study with academics who are at the cutting edge of their academic disciplines, whether that is elite sports performance, nurse training or fMRI brain imaging.

The College’s research covers a broad range of health, biomedical, sports, exercise and performance science, and behavioural science related areas. The quality and depth of the College's research has been demonstrated with its excellent set of results from the most recent Research Assessment Exercise. Over 70 members of staff from the College were submitted to the Exercise. The panels noted internationally excellent and indeed world-leading research activity in the three units of assessment in which entries were made (Health Services Research, Psychology, and Sports-Related Studies).

126 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

The College has sought to build on its long history in health and behavioural science related research with expertise spanning ageing and dementia, health services and management, chronic disease, brain disorder rehabilitation, cognitive and development psychology, randomised health trials, high performance physiology and psychology, and economic evaluation of public health and pharmacological initiatives. The College's commitment to world-class, scientifically rigorous research is confirmed by its substantial investment in laboratories and equipment in biochemistry, hydrodensitometry, cell biology, perceptual motor testing and fMRI brain imaging. The College’s research ethos is to advance both basic and applied science, challenge current thinking in the health and behavioural science domains while informing the College’s teaching and learning provision.

There are a large number of specific research units, centres and institutes either within the College, or with close associations to it (or members of its staff), including those listed below: • Bangor Imaging Unit • Centre for Evidenced Based Early Intervention • Centre for Experimental Consumer Psychology • Centre for Health Economics and Medicines Evaluation (CHEME) • Centre for Health-Related Research (CHeRR) • Centre for Mental Health Service Development • Centre for Mindfulness Research and Practice • Daycare Nursery and Centre for Child Development: Tir Na n-Og • Dementia Services Development Centre (DSDC) • Dyslexia Unit • Food and Activity Research Unit • IMSCaR - Institute of Medical and Social Care Research • Institute for the Psychology of Elite Performance • Institute of Rehabilitation • North Wales Centre for Primary Care Research (NWCPCR) • North Wales Organisation for Randomised Trials in Health (NWORTH) • Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis • Wolfson Centre for Clinical and Cognitive Neurosciences

© GLYN DAVIES

Modern Resources and Facilities – as a student you will have access to all the learning resources you will need for success in your studies The Bangor University academics behind the highly successful Food Dudes programme, which encourages healthy eating choices in young children and their families, received an award for the way that they have adapted their scientific knowledge for a very practical purpose.

Professor Fergus Lowe and Dr Pauline Horne of Bangor University’s School of Psychology received the Scientific Translation Award (Technology Transfer) from the Society for the Advancement of Behavioural Analysis (SABA) at their Annual Convention in Seattle in the USA in May 2012.

The Award recognises the development and dissemination of the Food Dudes programme. It is awarded to an individual or individuals in the public or private sector who address socially significant problems using methods directly linked to behavioural analysis or that effectively incorporate behavioural principles.

“At a time when obesity rates around the world are trending upwards and children are deprived of important nutrients found in fruit and vegetables, SABA is proud to recognise the achievements of the Food Dudes programme in improving the diets of children in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Sicily, and the US. Your integration of behavioural principles through the many components of Food Dudes interventions is a model for others wishing to impact societally important behaviour,” said Maria Malott Secretary of the Society for the Advancement of Behaviour Analysis.

“The Food Dudes project is gaining global recognition for the very successful way that it can improve eating habits. As well as winning a World Health Organisation Award for its application in Ireland and winning the UK Chief Medical Officer’s Gold Medal Award, the Food Dudes programme has been adopted by the European Commission to illustrate how governments in Europe can tackle obesity. This is a project from Bangor University that can make a real impact on the health of people in those societies worldwide that are now faced with such a major obesity challenge. I’m very pleased that the academics involved have been recognised by their professional peers for their contribution,” said Prof John G. Hughes, Vice-Chancellor of Bangor University.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 127

Š BETSI CADWALADR UNIVERSITY HEALTH BOARD

We pride ourselves on supporting students in an environment that establishes and maintains a high standard of quality and excellence in teaching and learning as well as research.

128 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Healthcare Sciences About the School The School recognises and values postgraduate students who come to study with pre-existing knowledge, skills, experience, values and beliefs, and these will be taken as a starting point for development.

The School of Healthcare Sciences is a friendly and supportive place to study. We pride ourselves on supporting students in an environment that establishes and maintains a high standard of quality and excellence in teaching and learning as well as research.

Our novel research focus on knowledge production, synthesis, and utilisation is directed at generating high quality evidence and developing better understanding of the effectiveness and cost effectiveness of interventions, services and organisations. We are also developing and applying novel research methods to synthesise what is known, and to gain better understanding of how and why evidence or knowledge does or does not get used in practice. Within this overall research focus we have high level international expertise in the areas of disabled children, older people, stroke, language and cultural sensitivity, knowledge translation theory, practice and evaluation methods.

Staff and facilities Staff are drawn from a variety of professional backgrounds and our experienced researchers and lecturers in health and social care and wellbeing are committed to our central aim of helping students to achieve the knowledge and skills required for academic and clinical practice delivery. We have positive links with Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board and other health and social care providers in north Wales and we also offer conferences, seminars and workshops on key health and social care issues.

Our courses are designed to respond to the changing workplace environment and there will be opportunities to experience bilingual practice and education. We have an extensive health and social care library collection and a dedicated School librarian to assist you with finding the information you want. We also have an accreditation of Prior Learning Scheme, so that previous academic experiences may be accredited.

Overview of academic areas We offer a range of postgraduate pathways which include both pre-registration and postregistration programmes i.e. pathways that lead to a professional qualification or further professional development for students who already hold a professional qualification.

Our MSc programmes have been developed in collaboration with health and social care organisations in the UK and in response to

our experience and work internationally.

Courses are multidisciplinary and interprofessional, enabling you to draw on a range of clinical and service-oriented experiences. Post-registration pathways were created to address current targets in continuing professional development - but with flexible elements to allow students to adapt assessment work to their own needs.

Full-time students can complete within 18 months, part-time students typically take 3 years, while associate students may take up to five years to complete their studies. Many programmes comprise both theory and practice elements; these are designed to respond to the changes brought about by research, changes in society, health and social care needs.

The School has developed a multidisciplinary Masters level programme for post registration, postgraduate health and social care professionals and others as well as some pre-registration, postgraduate provision. The majority of modules and pathways are available on a part-time or fulltime basis to meet the needs of a variety of students pursuing a higher degree and are delivered flexibly whenever possible. A blended learning approach has been adopted which entails learning in a variety of environments such as in the classroom, practice settings and virtual learning. There is a strong emphasis on continuing professional development for students; supported by a range of high quality teaching and research activities for postgraduate students.

The School has developed a new clinicallyorientated MSc Advanced Healthcare Practice programme for 2014 with additional provision for students who wish to improve their English language skills. This aims to provide prospective European Union and international students with a broad programme of Masters level education to facilitate the development of higher levels of clinical judgement and practice.

The Advanced Healthcare Practice programme provides existing international registered nurse students studying the BSc Health Studies (Nursing) with a route to progress to Level 7 study. The programme is available as a one year full-time course (followed by dissertation study) or as a new 18 month programme for students with IELTS 5.5 to study communication and healthcare modules in association with the College of Health and Behavioural Sciences and ELCOS for six months before starting the MSc programme.

The programme will be similar in essence to the existing MSc Advanced Clinical Practice (see page 130) and the clinical modules will be assessed based on theoretical competencies.

COURSE LIST: Level 6 Award • Fundamentals of Community Practice • Specialist Practice Award General Nursing Practice PgCert • Diabetes Management MSc/PgDip/PgCert • Advanced Clinical Practice # • Health and Social Care Leadership • Health Science • Public Health and Health Promotion • Risk Management MSc/PgDip • Occupational Therapy (pre-registration) # MRes/PgCert • Implementing Evidence in Health and Social Care # PhD/MPhil • Health Studies/Health Science, Nursing, Midwifery, Radiography and Allied Health Professions # #

international students are advised to contact the School before applying.

CONTACT DETAILS: School of Healthcare Sciences Tel: +44 (0) 1248 383123 E-mail: admissions.health@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/healthcaresciences

We also have a Professional Doctorate in Health Services, a unique collaboration between Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board and the School of Healthcare Sciences to improve the outcomes of health services in north Wales.

The Professional Doctorate addresses a significant challenge for clinicians and health service organisations: closing the gap between evidence and other forms of knowledge about ‘what works’ and patient care. The Doctorate will draw on: • Expertise in implementation research and practice from School staff working across international programmes • Expertise in identifying and synthesising alternative forms of evidence • Expertise in the organisation and delivery of health services from the Health Board

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 129

Advanced Clinical Practice MSc/PgDip/PgCert Optional Modules (depending on enrolment): • Ill Adult/Medical Management • Pharmacology and Non-Medical Prescribing • Diabetes Management ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Work-based Learning Please note: Only qualified nurses registered • Renal Nursing with the National Midwifery Council (NMC) in the • Professional Development Portfolio UK may be admitted onto this course.

• Leadership, Innovation and Change Entry to the MSc Advanced Clinical Practice • Accountability in Health & Social Care • Consultation Skills programme requires a good first degree in a • Social and Behavioural Sciences This module focuses on communication and relevant subject from a recognised institution.

• Epidemiology using a medical model for taking a clinical • Introduction to Health Economics history. The consultation is a private and COURSE DESCRIPTION • Research Methods or e-Research intimate interaction and this module aims to The programme has been developed to enhance challenge practice and highlight issues such as • Public Health Nutrition the professional knowledge of physiological and effective engagement and barriers to pathophysiological processes which, together CAREER PROSPECTS therapeutic communication. with social and psychological phenomena, This MSc course has been developed in underlie health and disease. The aim is to collaboration with professional health and social • Physical Examination and Diagnostics develop autonomous postgraduates with This module is designed to equip practitioners care organisations in the UK and includes advanced professional knowledge and skills who with skills to enable a lead in advanced access competencies assessed in the clinical can contribute to the modernisation of the new in general practice, home visiting, minor illness environment. The course has been designed for NHS and other organisations in the UK and nurses who wish to study at an advanced level to surgeries, intermediate care and perhaps internationally. increase their knowledge, skills and attributes so undertaking minor surgery. that they can contribute to modern day health and social care challenges.

• Methods or e-Research Methods This module is an introduction to research For further course details, please see: methods and presents a platform for you to www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/healthcare engage in both quantitative and qualitative research approaches and develop an ability to utilise specific research techniques.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

Core Modules: • Physiology and Pathophysiology This module has been developed to enhance your knowledge of the physiological and pathophysiological processes which, together with social and psychological phenomena, underlie health and disease.

• Dissertation – supervised research project (20,000 words)

Health and Social Care Leadership MSc/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc Health and Social Care Leadership programme requires a good first degree in a relevant subject from a recognised institution. Degree subjects acceptable for all programmes: Nursing, Midwifery, Occupational/Speech and Language Therapy, Physiotherapy, Medicine/Dentistry, Psychology, Radiography.

skills and knowledge necessary to address issues of strategic organisational and service development.

Core Modules: • Realising Service Improvement This module enables development of systems of patient-centred evidence-based care to result in services to better meet needs of all involved in receipt and delivery of care.

• Work-based Learning This module enables learning and personal development through individual work based English language standard – we ask for an IELTS activities and the dissemination of practice that score of 6.5 with no individual score less than 6.0 will improve patient care. (or equivalent). This does not apply to all prospective candidates, please ask for advice as • Leadership, Quality, Innovation and Change your Bachelor degree may be sufficient to meet This module aims to develop the skills and this requirement. Working professionals with non-graduate qualifications will be considered on knowledge required by health care professionals to creatively lead the cultural an individual basis by the School. change required to place patients and clients at the centre of care delivery.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Are you interested in gaining the knowledge and • Research Methods or e-Research Methods skills required for effective, evidence-based, This module is an introduction to research clinical practice? methods and presents a platform for students to engage in both quantitative and qualitative The development in partnership with local NHS research approaches and develop an ability to and social care organisations a programme of utilise specific research techniques. advanced, post-graduate level, specialist skills and knowledge across a broad range of • Dissertation – supervised research project applications including: leading and managing (20,000 words) service improvements, service level innovation and change, managing quality, ensuring effective and legal frameworks for governance (organisational assurance) and professional accountability. A collaborative approach ensures health and social care organisations influence curriculum development in order to develop the

130 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Optional Modules: • Managing and Developing People • Accountability in Health and Social Care • Organisational Behaviour in Health and Social Care Organisations • MDT Working in Risk Management CAREER PROSPECTS This programme of advanced postgraduate level, with specialist skills and knowledge developed in partnership with local NHS and social care organisations, has a broad range of applications including research, collaboration and collaborative problem solving, organisational behaviour, managing and developing people, systems behaviour and analysis, performance and process management, and cultural change; thus developing a key knowledge and understanding of organisations, their leadership and management, and the changing environment in which they operate.

This programme is suitable to those experienced and aspiring to leadership and management roles in the NHS and Social Care Sectors, other public, private and voluntary organisations in the Health and Social Care, general leadership and management, and/or research in leadership, management, health, social care and related disciplines.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/healthcare

Health Science MSc/PgDip/PgCert COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

Core Modules: • Social & Behavioural Sciences This module aims to identify and analyse social, psychological, political and cultural influences affecting public health and health promotion policy and practice.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MSc Health Science programme requires a good first degree in a relevant subject from a recognised institution. Degree subjects • Introduction to Health Economics acceptable for all programmes: Nursing, This module aims to introduce students to Midwifery, Occupational/Speech and Language different methods for the finance and delivery Therapy, Physiotherapy, Medicine/Dentistry, of health care and provide them with Psychology, Radiography. English language international examples drawn from the Europe, standard – we ask for an IELTS score of 6.5 with Africa, Arab states, Australia and US. no individual score less than 6.0 (or equivalent).

This does not apply to all prospective candidates, • Epidemiology and Needs Assessment please ask for advice as your Bachelor degree This module explores and critically appraises may be sufficient to meet this requirement. the key concepts of epidemiology and their Working professionals with non-graduate application to public health and health qualifications will be considered on an individual promotion. basis by the School.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This programme aims to develop postgraduates with the theory and practice of applied research in health sciences and to the principles underpinning health and social care practice.

Optional Modules (depending on enrolment): • Public Health Nutrition • Accountability in Health and Social Care • Person-centred Counselling Skills • Leadership, Innovation and Change • Organisational Behaviour in Health and Social Care Organisations • Work-based Learning CAREER PROSPECTS This programme provides a broad generic Master’s route and has no placements or clinical competencies making it suitable for local and international candidates who wish to study at this level as a career requirement or for academic progression. All staff have links to the local University Health Board to ensure relevance and currency of the modules.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/healthcare • Physiology and Pathophysiology This module has been developed to enhance the healthcare professional’s knowledge of the physiological and pathophysiological processes which, together with social and psychological phenomena, underlie health and disease.

This MSc programme has been developed in • Research Methods or e-Research Methods collaboration with health and social care This module is an introduction to research organisations in the UK. It builds upon theoretical methods and presents a platform for students perspectives and research evidence on health to engage in both quantitative and qualitative behaviour and health related policy from the research approaches and develop an ability to disciplines of psychology, sociology and health utilise specific research techniques. and social care management.

Opportunities for an individual programme of study are provided so that a coherent personal development plan can be organized providing a broad base of areas of study with an element of individual choice of areas of focus

• Dissertation – supervised research project (20,000 words)

Implementing Evidence In Health and Social Care MRes/PgCert COURSE DURATION MRes: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time; Certificate 30 weeks full-time ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Entry to the MRes Implementing Evidence in Health and Social Care programme requires a good first degree in a relevant subject from a recognised institution.

The MRes includes a taught component (60 credits) which covers all aspects of implementation research, and provides students with the opportunity to progress to undertake a significant piece of independent research (120 credits). It is the normal expectation that the independent research should be of a publishable standard in a high quality peer reviewed journal.

qualitative research methods within the health and social care setting, including a range of data collection and analysis approaches/ techniques. Its overall aim is to enable students to be ‘critical consumers’ of research, to have sufficient knowledge to contribute in a knowledgeable way to ongoing quantitative or qualitative research and to develop research questions and projects. The module study days are supported by an interrelated package of elearning resources to inform and guide independent learning.

Modules: English language standard – we ask for an IELTS The taught element includes three modules, each score of 7.0 with no individual score less than 7.0 of 20 credits, as follows: (or equivalent). This does not apply to all • Research Project prospective candidates, please ask for advice as • Implementing Evidence The ‘heart’ of the MRes is an intensive research This module will enable students to enhance your Bachelor degree may be sufficient to meet experience conducted in collaboration with your their theoretical knowledge and practical skills this requirement. supervisor that allows you to put your in the implementation of evidence from knowledge and skills into practice. In research (and other sources) into practice and/ Working professionals with non-graduate conducting your project, you will develop new or policy to improve service effectiveness, qualifications will be considered on an individual skills such as planning, co-operative working, efficiency and service users’ experiences. basis by the School. and the academic skills essential to understanding and reporting findings to others.

• Evidence Synthesis COURSE DESCRIPTION Finding, reviewing and synthesising evidence is Implementation research generates knowledge a core and complex skill required by health and Please note, assessment is primarily aimed at about how to close the gap between evidence social researchers. This module is designed to the Research project, which is worth 120 credits, and practice in public services. Our MRes provide you with a state-of-the art perspective whereas the taught element counts for 60 credits programme is located within a vibrant on specific methodologies of systematic review (this is the opposite to our MSc / MA courses, implementation research cluster, and provides a where teaching is worth 120 credits, and the and synthesis of evidence. It will focus on structured and supportive opportunity for high research project is 60 credits). selected qualitative, quantitative and mixed calibre students to advance their understanding and skills in implementation research. Graduates method evidence review and synthesis.

For further course details, please see: of this programme may progress on to carry out www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/healthcare independent research at PhD level. Alternatively • Research Methods The research methods module provides a it would be appropriate for students who are platform to understand the core elements of seeking a stand-alone research based quantitative and qualitative research, qualification suitable for a career in research delineating their particular approaches to with transferable skills for graduate scientific inquiry, their methodologies and employment. related methods. The main focus of the module is on the application of quantitative and BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 131

Occupational Therapy MSc/PgDip Teaching methods used on this professional • Occupations in the Lifecycle 2 programme centre on enquiry based learning This module develops a critical examination and other complementary learning opportunities. and in-depth understanding of occupational These opportunities utilise the study expertise of therapy theory, research and practice for postgraduate learners and support the service users.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS development of personal competencies, such as Entry to the MSc/PgDip Occupational Therapy • Research Methods or e-Research Methods programme requires applicants to have obtained reflective skills, self-evaluative abilities and collaborative team working proficiencies.

This module is an introduction to research an award at 2.ii or above first degree in any methods and presents a platform for students subject.

Core Modules: to engage in both quantitative and qualitative research.

English language standard – we ask for an IELTS Year 1: score of 7.0 with no individual score less than 7.0 • Foundation Studies in Occupational Therapy (or equivalent). This does not apply to all This module introduces you to the profession of Year 2/3 prospective candidates, please ask for advice as occupational therapy and the learning style of • Dissertation (for MSc students only) – your Bachelor degree may be sufficient to meet the programme as well as preparation for the supervised research project (20,000 words) this requirement. Applicants meeting the entry first practice placement. requirements during shortlisting will be invited CAREER PROSPECTS for interview.

• Core Studies in Occupational Therapy Successful completion of study offers eligibility This module develops an in-depth underto apply for registration with the Health COURSE DESCRIPTION standing of the theory, research and practice Professionals Council. In accordance to the Bangor University provides two routes to that underpins occupational therapy. requirements of the World Federation of qualifying as an Occupational Therapist: Occupational Therapists (WFOT), over 1000 hours – MSc in Occupational Therapy (2 years, plus 3-6 • Occupations in the Lifecycle 1 of the programme are dedicated to practice months for dissertation) placements in a range of service settings. These This module develops an in-depth knowledge – Post Graduate Diploma in Occupational Therapy and critical understanding of the importance are distributed at dedicated times throughout the (2 years) and nature of occupational engagement and the programme. WFOT accredited courses enable qualifying students to work in a wide range of impact of occupational interruptions applied Both routes offer graduates the opportunity to across the lifecycle in a wide range of settings. countries throughout the world. For further achieve both a higher level academic award (preinformation relating to WFOT please refer to: registration) and a qualification to potentially http://www.wfot.org/countries.asp Year 2 register and practice as an Occupational • Advanced Studies in Occupational Therapy Therapist. The taught element and practice For further course details, please see: This module involves comprehensive placement experiences run over 2 years from www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/healthcare exploration of occupational therapy September to September. There is an additional professional identity, professional practice and 3-6 months for students enrolled on the MSc service management across the whole problem route to complete their dissertation. Potential solving process in Health, Social Care and Third students should be aware that this is an Sector settings. intensively timetabled Master Level curriculum.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 2 years (plus 3-6 months for dissertation); PgDip: 2 years.

Risk Management MSc/PgDip/PgCert Each module involves 2 or 3 induction days held at Bangor University. Students are then given access to an online community to support their study. This is an essential aspect of our ENTRY REQUIREMENTS programme and you will be expected to access A good first degree in a relevant subject from a materials and participate in online seminars recognised institution is required. Degree subjects acceptable for this programme: Nursing, throughout the course of your study.

Midwifery, Occupational/Speech and Language Core Modules: Therapy, Physiotherapy, Medicine/Dentistry, • Fundamental Principles of Risk Management Psychology, Radiography, Education, Sociology This module aims to develop an understanding and Social Science. English language standard: of history and underpinning theories and the IELTS score of 6.5 with no individual score less process of risk management and their than 6.0 (or equivalent). This does not apply to all application within complex health and related prospective candidates, please ask for advice as contexts. your Bachelor degree may be sufficient. Working professionals with non-graduate qualifications • Influences On Risk Management will be considered on an individual basis.

This module examines the nature and behaviour of open systems in order to identify COURSE DESCRIPTION the key influences on risk management This course is designed to equip students with practice and policy within the learner’s own the advanced skills to promote patient and client safety in health and social care settings. Students context and contemporary health and safety law in relation to healthcare standards and will be expected to apply learned theory in the financial constraints. form of work-based projects where an emphasis is placed upon identifying a sound evidence base • MDT Working For Risk Management to support innovative development. The course This module examines key features and offers you the opportunity to: challenges to interprofessional working and • gain a thorough understanding of state-of-thecollaboration. art risk management and governance theory and principles • Leadership, Quality, Innovation and Change • be introduced to practical approaches and This module aims to develop the skills and techniques that support the implementation of knowledge required by health care positive change in practice. professionals to creatively lead the cultural • join multidisciplinary study groups to gain a change required to place patients and clients at wider perspective of practical issues the centre of care delivery.

• a part-time study option with online teaching • Work-based Learning support to minimise time away from the This module enables learning and personal workplace. development through individual work based COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

132 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

activities and the dissemination of practice that will improve patient care.

• Research Methods or e-Research Methods This module is an introduction to research methods and presents a platform for students to engage in both quantitative and qualitative research approaches and develop an ability to utilise specific research techniques.

• Dissertation – supervised research project (20,000 words) CAREER PROSPECTS The programme provides a coherent personal developmental plan for existing and aspiring leaders and managers who are significant agents in delivering a high quality, innovative health and/or social care service. This programme is especially suitable for candidates with experience or aspiring to leadership and management roles (especially in fields related to risk management, quality management, organisational assurance and governance), in the NHS and Social Care Sectors, other public, private and voluntary organisations, general leadership and management, and/or research in leadership, management, risk management, health, social care and related disciplines.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/healthcare

Public Health and Health Promotion MSc/PgDip/PgCert Education and Health Promotion focussing on The programme aims to develop people who: policy and practice.

• have public health and health promotion knowledge and skills; • understand the inter-relationships between the • Research Methods or e-Research Methods ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This module is an introduction to research factors that influence health; Entry to the MSc Public Health and Health methods and presents a platform for you to • can critically analyse and reflect on public Promotion programme requires a good first engage in both quantitative and qualitative health and health promotion theory, research degree in a relevant subject from a recognised research approaches and develop an ability to and practice; institution. Degree subjects acceptable for all utilise specific research techniques.

• can present evidence on the basis of programmes: Nursing, Midwifery, underpinning theory and understanding Occupational/Speech and Language Therapy, • Dissertation - supervised research project • have the necessary skills, motivation and Physiotherapy, Medicine/Dentistry, Psychology, (20,000 words) commitment to engage in lifelong learning and Radiography. continuing professional development.

Optional Modules: English language standard – we ask for an IELTS • Public Health Nutrition score of 6.5 with no individual score less than 6.0 Compulsory Modules: • Accountability in Health and Social Care • Social & Behavioural Sciences (or equivalent). This does not apply to all This module aims to identify and analyse social, • Leadership, Quality, Innovation and Change prospective candidates, please ask for advice as • Work-based learning psychological, political and cultural influences your Bachelor degree may be sufficient to meet • Person-centred counselling skills affecting public health and health promotion this requirement.

• Promoting Mental Health and Wellbeing policy and practice.

Working professionals with non-graduate CAREER PROSPECTS qualifications will be considered on an individual • Introduction to Health Economics This module aims to introduce you to different This programme provides a broad view of public basis by the School. methods for the finance and delivery of health health and health promotion and has no placements or clinical competencies thus making care and provide you with international COURSE DESCRIPTION examples drawn from the Europe, Africa, Arab it suitable for local and international candidates This programme is intended for professionals who wish to study at this level as a career interested in promoting health and wellbeing and states, Australia and US. requirement or for academic progression. It has been developed in collaboration with provides a basis for students of public health and practitioners and specialists in the field of public • Epidemiology and Needs Assessment health promotion to develop skills that can be This module explores and critically appraises health and health promotion in the UK. applied when working with individuals, groups the key concepts of epidemiology and their This programme attracts students from a wide and communities in a broad range of public application to public health and health range of health and social care disciplines, health and health promotion related careers. promotion. facilitating multi-disciplinary learning.

It provides opportunity for students to develop their skills to manage change, lead public health • Principles & Practice of Public Health Promotion programmes, and to work with individuals, This module identifies the main theoretical groups and communities. principles and critically assesses the models that affect the practice of Public Health, Health COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

Health Studies / Health Science / Nursing / Midwifery / Radiography / Allied Health Professions PhD/MPhil ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A first or upper second class honours degree in a relevant subject is required. Alternatively appropriate lengthy experience in health-related research or in a research-oriented post may be relevant.

English language standard – we ask for an IELTS score of 7.0 or above (with no individual element below 6.5).

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS We offer innovative education and research to meet the requirements of today’s health services.

Renowned for delivering excellent courses and conducting high quality research, the School of Healthcare Sciences offers a range of postgraduate opportunities for national and international students.

PhD/MPhil Research degrees provide students with a unique opportunity to develop an independent programme of research that will contribute to knowledge in their professional field, and provide unique opportunities for personal and career development.

Professional Doctorate in Healthcare Higher-level healthcare practice combines theory and evidence from research with other forms of knowledge, including aesthetics, ethics and personal professional knowledge that is located within varied organisational and political contexts. The Professional Doctorate provides students with a structured programme to advance scholarship within their professional practice. This programme is especially relevant

for those health professionals in advanced clinical or organisational roles which combine elements of practice, research and service improvement in healthcare.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Working together with research centres across the College of Health and Behavioural Sciences and other universities in the UK and internationally, we have built a reputation for our WHY CHOOSE BANGOR? research in evidence-based practice, cultural Our novel research focus on knowledge production, synthesis and utilisation is directed at sensitivity and language awareness, and generating high quality evidence and developing complex conditions across the lifespan. Using this evidence base, our experienced programme better understanding of the effectiveness and cost effectiveness of interventions, services and leaders and supervisors deliver up-to-date, clinically relevant courses and supervisory organisations. We are also developing and experiences for students from a variety of applying novel research methods to synthesise what is known, and to gain better understanding settings and professions. of how and why evidence or knowledge does or Our partnerships with world-leading research does not get used in practice. centres, practice, and policy units provide opportunities for joint teaching, supervision and In addition to studying in a beautiful location collaborative projects. We are also committed to close to Snowdonia and outstanding coastal the personal and professional development of all scenery, there are many reasons for pursuing students across our programmes. postgraduate research opportunities at the School of Healthcare Sciences: Applicants are also encouraged to contact the Administrator: Mrs Susan Metcalf • A welcoming and supportive academic (s.metcalf@bangor.ac.uk ) in the first instance to environment; • Experienced supervisors working at the leading register their interest in the Postgraduate edge of their academic and professional fields; Research Programme in Healthcare. We can then • Individualised support from supervisory teams ensure that the most appropriate member of research staff contacts you personally to discuss providing complementary expertise to your your interests, and keep you abreast of new research; opportunities such as studentships. For more • Dedicated office space and access to information and prior to enquiring further or information technology; • Attention to both your research training and the making an application, it is advisable to explore development of other skills such as leadership the links with our departmental research centre and visit the School of Healthcare Sciences and project management. website.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/healthcare BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 133

Fundamentals of Community Practice Level 6 Award / Specialist Practice Award General Practice Nursing Level 6 Award / Diabetes Management PgCert The review of the NHS in Wales (WAG, 2008), Designed to realise our Potential (WAG, 2008), and the forthcoming Community Nursing Strategy.

Diabetes Management (60 credits Level 6) This postgraduate qualification combines the diabetes management module (40 credits) and a work-based learning module (20 credits) in an innovative course aimed at General Practitioners, Hospital Doctors, Specialist Nurses and other Completion of this module opens a gateway for healthcare professionals involved in the care of further modules toward your degree which are individuals with diabetes. The programme aims also NLIAH funded if they are related to community nursing practice and may replace the to facilitate development of knowledge and skills for diabetes care and chronic disease existing specialist qualifications in community management and development of high quality, nursing practice (not health visiting). evidence-based healthcare. Educational aims The development of this new module was driven include development of innovative strategies for by the Review of Community Nursing Education Specialist Practice Award managing this group of patients, identification of for Wales which was undertaken by the National General Practice Nursing key principles in the teaching and management Leadership and Innovation Agency for Healthcare This 2 year part-time modular Level 6 course of patients with chronic disease and to move (NLIAH), the findings of which has influenced the encompasses the latest NMC requirements for forward the bilingual initiative in health care by commissioning figures for community education specialist practice awards. Four broad areas of encouraging the training and development of for the period 2008/9. clinical practice; care and programme bilingual health staff. management; clinical practice leadership and In order to provide education which matches the clinical practice development and their profile of different roles within community associated outcomes form the basis of this nursing teams, and which focuses attention on course. These outcomes are addressed within the challenges facing community nurses who the different programme modules and are linked work in a continuously changing environment, a to, and further developed through fieldwork new modular approach to community nurse practice activity. Demonstration of the education has emerged. The Workforce achievement of these outcomes exists via Development Unit (NLIAH) are hosting the module assignments and assessed fieldwork Curriculum Development group, one of three practice. work streams coordinated by the Steering group, the other two being the Communications group This specific programme requires the student to and the Organisational Change and Development be a qualified nurse, registered with the NMC, be group. in employment in practice nursing, or in a position to attain a secondment in a general The module is designed to prepare community practice for the duration of the course part of the nurses to meet the challenges of nursing in the bilingual initiative in health care education by community in Wales, recognising policy encouraging the training and development of documents such as Towards a Framework for bilingual health staff. Applicants should normally possess a Diploma and will be invited to attend Post-registration Education (DoH, 2007), Role for an interview. redesign in the NHS in Wales (NHLIAH, 2007),

Š BETSI CADWALADR UNIVERSITY HEALTH BOARD

Fundamentals of Community Practice This post-registration Level 6 module has been developed as a collaborative initiative between the Developing Community Nursing Education steering group (NLIAH/WD), all HEI providers (through the curriculum development group), and key stakeholders in Wales. In addition, at a local level, liaison with clinical colleagues from the North Wales Trusts and LHBs has been on-going throughout the module’s development.

134 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Medical Sciences About the School The School of Medical Sciences is the focus for medical education at Bangor University.

The School offers undergraduate and postgraduate degrees, and a range of medical research opportunities.

The School is a partner in the North Wales Clinical School, a partnership between the Higher Education Institutions which operate in north Wales and the Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board. The North Wales Clinical School therefore provides a collaborative environment for medical education and research within north Wales.

We are committed to delivering courses for postgraduate study appropriate for health care and allied professions.

Our programmes have been developed in response to educational demands both locally and nationally, employing enthusiastic academics, clinicians and other health professionals from a wide range of specialties.

Overview of academic areas Bangor University has a long history of excellence in health research and teaching.

The School of Medical Sciences is building on these strengths. The School is also building on the biomedical research strengths of Bangor University and, in collaboration with other academic departments, is actively developing complementary programmes of translational and clinical research in line with national and local healthcare priorities.

The School has been successful in grant capture which promotes clinical research within north Wales in partnership with clinicians within the Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board.

The School offers postgraduate opportunities in medical education and research.

COURSE LIST: MRes • Medical Sciences* PgCert • Medical Education Practice PhD/MPhil • Research Studentships * Please see the website for course details.

CONTACT DETAILS: School of Medical Sciences Tel: +44 (0) 1248 383244 E-mail: medsciences@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/sms

STAFF PROFILE

Staff We employ a number of clinical and nonclinical academic staff who are actively involved in research which aligns with national and local healthcare priorities, particularly in the areas of ageing, chronic disease, cardiovascular disease, cancer and mental health. Our academic staff have a wealth of experience in teaching medical and non-medical undergraduate and postgraduate students. The School academics teach in both the University and health service settings.

Dr John M. Delieu, Lecturer, School of Medical Sciences Dr John M. Delieu is currently a lecturer in Anatomy in the School of Medical Sciences, and the Universities’ Designated Individual (for the Human Tissue Act). He is also an Anatomist within the Robert Jones and Agnes Hunt Orthopaedic Hospital, Shropshire; visiting lecturer of Anatomy at Keele University; Associate Clinical Teacher for Cardiff Medical School; Council Member of the British Association of Clinical Anatomists.

He qualified initially as a nurse and worked within the domains of the elderly, paediatrics and as a charge nurse in sexually transmitted diseases. At a later date, he changed direction and studied Anatomy and Cell Biology at the University of Sheffield going on to gain a PhD. “I think what attracted me to north Wales was the rural setting and the friendliness. I still have a genuine buzz when I come to work. In a way it is a hobby.”

Dr Delieu’s is involved in on-going collaborative research looking at induced oxidative stress on cells that have been treated with antipsychotic medication. Also he is collaborating in the development of virtual reality environments and prototyping for anatomy teaching.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 135

136 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Medical Education Practice PgCert COURSE DURATION PgCert: 1 year part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants to this Medical Education Practice (Pg Cert) should normally be qualified clinicians, with some experience of, or access to, supervising and / or teaching in their daily work. A degree, degree level qualification, or professional qualification supplemented by relevant experience will normally form part of the applicant’s profile.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This Medical Education Practice (PgCert) has been designed to meet the local, regional and national needs in developing the knowledge, skills and competencies of clinical educators and learning facilitators working in health and related clinical services. It will provide a framework in which clinical educators can critically review and develop theoretical perspectives and practical skills in facilitating their students/trainees experience.

• An in-depth knowledge and understanding of specific issues at the forefront of theory and practice in medical education.

• A critical understanding of the requirement of clinical performance assessments and appraisal for fitness to practice.

• A critical understanding of the standard setting processes.

• A critical understanding of the basic tenets of good adult pedagogy.

• A practical understanding of the methods used to facilitate learning.

• The ability to appraise the goals of assessment and the impact of assessment on student learning.

• The ability to evaluate the relevance, validity and reliability of assessment methodologies.

• The ability to critically review and reflect on contemporary adult learning and medical education literature relating to the application of simulation teaching technology and apply this to own simulation practice experience.

• Reviewing ethical issues relating to teaching and learning facilitation in a clinical context.

Students will systematically and creatively Compulsory Modules: analyse the complexities of clinical education • Clinical Performance Assessment using techniques that build on their own This module develops a critical understanding experience. The course will involve active and of several key concepts around the theory of reflective learning and ensure the integration of assessment of clinical performance. This will contemporary theory and practice and it will help include concepts of reliability and validity as prepare clinicians to assume leadership well as standard setting. positions in clinical education in their own profession and cooperate in developing multi • Clinical Teaching Evaluation professional aspects of clinical education.

This module concerns the critical evaluation of teaching in the clinical setting. It is designed for This programme will equip clinical educators doctors and other qualified practitioners in the with a greater breadth and depth of knowledge professions allied to medicine. Students will be and understanding of medical education provided with the concepts and critical skills including:

required to appraise the teaching of clinical material in a wide spectrum of settings.

Students will be expected to observe and evaluate teaching in a variety of clinical settings, including teaching they may receive in other modules.

• Teaching and Technology This module explores the conditions underlying effective group functioning both in education and the workplace. The primary aim of this module is to help students facilitate learning using small group teaching and simulation techniques as a tool. The module is practically focussed and will consider ways of conducting, reflecting upon and evaluating.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive research links with external bodies and the NHS, which are fully utilised in ensuring the modules are relevant to the modern healthcare environment graduates will enter.

CAREER PROSPECTS This course will improve employability and enhance career progression for clinicians including advancement onto the consultant grade.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences

Research Studentships PhD/MPhil Current research interests within the School include: • Rheumatic diseases • Inflammatory arthritis • Systemic lupus erythematosus • Behavioural (cognitive) neurology A list of academic staff within the School of • Sensorimotor integration (on eye and limb Medical Sciences can be found on the website, alternatively, contact medsciences@bangor.ac.uk movements) • Higher order sensory processing with an outline of your research proposal, • Neuro-ophthalmology including actual or prospective funding, and an appropriate academic will be identified within the • Neuro-rehabilitation • Cardiac imaging using fMRI School.

• Developing the use of magnetic resonance imaging and rendering • Effects of antipsychotic medication on neutrophil morphology and oxidative stress • Use of quantitive structural activity relations in cellular responses to antipsychotics • History of medicine • Parkinson’s disease • Dementia and neurodegenerative diseases • Evidence based healthcare • Translation of research evidence to practice • Patient reported outcome following hip replacement surgery • Smell and taste pathophysiology, assessment and management • Assessment of endoscopic sinus surgery • Transnasal fibreoptic flexible laryngo oesophagoscopy • Dizziness assessment and treatment • Catabolic effects of rheumatic diseases and effect on muscle mass and function • Autoimmune rheumatic diseases - prognosis, and assessment of treatment • Assessment of novel anti rheumatic treatment • Respiratory medicine • Orthopaedic surgery • Sports and exercise medicine The School of Medical Sciences is always interested to hear from prospective PhD students who have, or are interested in applying for, funding.

• Cardiac imaging and intervention • Cortical processes and cardiovascular output • Cardiology and nuclear medicine • Clinical research into the assessment and development of new anti-cancer drugs • Assessment of the effects of chemotherapy • Intensive care medicine • Chronic disease patient care • Cardio-vascular risk factors in the severely mentally ill • Genetic predictors of antidepressant response • Mental illness in primary care patients • Diabetes and vascular disease For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/medicalsciences

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 137

STAFF PROFILE

Dr Paul Mullins, Director of the Bangor NeuroImaging Unit, Senior MRI Physicist, and Senior Lecturer, School of Psychology Dr Mullins developed an interest in the brain and how brain cells communicate, and respond, to external stimuli, injury and illness whilst studying strokes when working for SmithKline Beecham Pharmaceuticals.

Currently Director of the Bangor NeuroImaging Unit, Senior MRI Physicist, and Senior Lecturer in the School of Psychology, Dr Mullins collaborates with researchers from the College of Health and Behavioral Sciences on neuroimaging study design, data acquisition and processing and resources available to help with their research questions. Dr Mullins is also the course organiser for the Masters in Neuroimaging.

Actively involved in research using magnetic resonance spectroscopy to measure neurochemistry in central nervous system function and disorders, Dr Mullins has 24 publications in the area with a citation count of over 700. In particular, projects are aimed at measuring neurotransmitter (Glutamate, Glutamine and GABA) changes and relationships in response to external and internal stimuli. EU funding for the development of neuroimaging research for dementia studies has recently been secured, involving collaboration with Trinity College Dublin and University College Dublin. Most recently, work has focused on the simultaneous acquisition of MRS and EEG data to better elucidate the neurochemical correlates of neuronal activity.

“Research at Bangor has been an extremely enjoyable experience.

With world-class facilities including the 3T Magnetic resonacne imaging system, our transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) and transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) labs, and numerous ERP and EEG equipment, it is the perfect place to study the physiology and neurobiology of cognitive neuroscience. The large number of first class psychology and cognitive neuroscience researchers to collaborate with is the icing on the cake.”

“I chose Bangor for my postgraduate studies as it has an excellent reputation for world-class research and has excellent facilities. It is also a very supportive department in a stunning location.

My PhD involved the use of fMRI and I also gained experience in EEG two neuroimaging techniques that enable researchers to understand how the brain processes information. My research investigates how people navigate social environments and the decisions they make in those settings. I have had a very supportive supervisory team who have helped me every step of the way. I was also lucky enough to participate in several brain dissections. One great thing about the department is how collaborative staff are, with such diverse expertise if you have an idea staff are happy to collaborate and help you move into new research areas.

I have enjoyed my time as a postgraduate student here in Bangor as there is always so much to do.

The School of Psychology has a wonderful friendly and sociable atmosphere, which makes it a very

138 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

pleasant environment to work in. There are many postgraduate students here and the Research Student Forum organise a multitude of social events. I have enjoyed taking advantage of Bangor’s fantastic location by getting out into the great outdoors and hiking, kayaking and running. If you are new to any of these activities there are many clubs and societies in the Students’ Union, which teach and organize these events.

There is so much to do at Bangor - make sure you get involved in new activities, and take advantage of the amazing research facilities and staff, it is a great place to learn new skills and develop your research ideas.”

DANIELLE SHORE, from Essex, studied a PhD in Psychology

School of Psychology About the School As a postgraduate in Psychology, you will be working with internationally renowned researchers and making use of superb research facilities. Our academic members of staff not only teach well, but also produce research of the highest quality, with influences in the public sector (especially Health and Clinical activities) as well as in industry and the academic world. The School is rated as being in the top 7 UK psychology departments for research power; with more than double the national average of ‘World Leading’ research output and 65% of the total departmental research output being rated in the top two categories of the most recent Research Assessment Exercise.

The School of Psychology at Bangor is one of the country's leading Psychology departments and has a thriving postgraduate community of over 200 Masters and more than 70 PhD students. It is a truly international department with staff and students drawn from over 20 countries from across the world.

Bangor Psychology’s ranking as an elite department is underlined by its listing in the CHE European Excellence Ranking. Stars are awarded to departments who do particularly well in certain areas and the fact that Bangor has scored highly in terms of stars awarded is a clear demonstration of the department's overall quality and the international esteem in which its staff and students are held.

Overall the School is one of the largest in the UK in terms of student numbers and offers students a combination of quantity and quality simply not available elsewhere. As well as high academic standards the School delivers high standards of student support and guidance and prides itself on the fact that its friendly environment is often identified as a major strength. There are a number of academic and social student societies within the department which add a great deal to the overall student experience. The School has consistantly been place in the top five in the UK for overall course satisfaction based on the National Student Survey (NSS).

The School forms a large part of the College of Health and Behavioural Sciences, a College which boasts a very strong research and teaching ethos which translates into excellent course provision.

Staff and facilities These centres, as well as being in the vanguard of academic research in these fields, offer students unique opportunities for project work covering important theoretical and practical elements. Within these research centres staff and students have access to a large number of specialist research labs including a 3T MRI scanner, TMS Labs, ERP, faraday cages, a brain anatomy laboratory, eye tracking facilities and an on-site nursery with observation facilities as well as dozens of computer based testing laboratories.

Postgraduate students at Bangor study under the guidance of academics with international reputations and have access to research facilities that exceed those available in most other departments, either in the UK or internationally.

Overview of academic areas The School’s postgraduate programmes cover a number of specialist areas that reflect the mix of research expertise within the department. The department has over 50 Academic Faculty members, many of whom are world leading or internationally renowned experts in their fields. The research areas of staff can be drawn together in the following broad categories: • Cognitive Neuroscience • Language, Aging and Dementia • Clinical and Health • Behaviour Change • Experimental Consumer Psychology The School boasts a number of prestigious research centres, including: • The Wolfson Centre for Cognitive Neuroscience • The Bangor Imaging Unit • The Centre for Experimental Consumer Psychology • Miles Dyslexia Centre • Centre for Mindfulness Research and Practice • Wales Centre for Behaviour Change

COURSE LIST: PgCert • Clinical and Functional Brain Imaging (part-time) PgDip • Teaching Mindfulness-Based Courses MSc/PgDip/PgCert • Applied Behaviour Analysis MA • Psychology MSc • Foundations of Clinical Neuropsychology • Foundations of Clinical Psychology • Neuroimaging • Psychological Research MA/MSc • Consumer Psychology and Digital Media • Consumer Psychology with Business • Mindfulness-Based Approaches MRes/PgCert • Psychology MSc by Research • Psychology* PhD • Psychology DClinPsy • Clinical Psychology * Please see the website for course details.

CONTACT DETAILS: School of Psychology Tel: +44 (0) 1248 382629 E-mail: psychology@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/psychology @PsychBangor

School of Psychology English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements are: • IELTS 6.5 (with no individual score lower than 6.0) and a writing score of 6.5 • MRes applicants should have an IELTS of at least 7.0 (with no individual score lower than 6.0) and a writing score of 6.5.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 139

Neuroimaging MSc biology of brain function in health and disease.

The programme puts a strong emphasis on practical skills. In a dedicated computer lab, you will learn and practice analysis and imaging techniques. Under supervision of our world-class ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You must normally have a single or joint honours academic staff, you will design your own imaging based studies, which will be run using the indegree in Psychology, Computer Science, house 3T MRI scanner.

Physics, Mathematics, Engineering, Biology, Medical Sciences or a related subject area and Compulsory Modules: normally 65% in your Undergraduate project. If • Proposal I you have a 2.i without 65% in your project, you In this module you will prepare a research are recommended to apply anyway, or speak to proposal and work out practical methods for the department before making an application. conducting the research.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Neuroimaging has emerged as a new important • fMRI This module focuses on providing a broad methodology in the study of the structure and overview on the physiological and neurological function of the human brain in health and basis of neuroimaging. disease. The techniques used are getting increasingly sophisticated and there is a high demand for well-trained professionals. Our MSc • Research Dissertation In this module you will collect, analyse and in Neuroimaging is one of few such programmes interpret data, and present empirical project in in the UK. It is exceptional in its focus on medical a formal thesis. aspects in Neuroimaging.

• Advanced Topics in Neuroimaging The programme is designed to provide students This module has particular emphasis on with the background knowledge and technical cellular, metabolic and electrophysiological skills to design, analyze and evaluate imaging mechanisms of functional signals. data. The programme focuses on Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) based techniques, • Communicating Research in Psychology including functional MRI, anatomical imaging, This module will focus on written Diffusion Tensor Imaging, and Spectroscopy. communication of research, inclusive of writing Imaging techniques will be discussed with the MSc dissertation and writing for publication. reference to relevant Biomedical applications.

The core of the MSc consists of two modules on • Advanced Statistics Neuroimaging. The first module concentrates on This module focuses on the statistical methodological aspects. The second module techniques that are used in studying provides an in-depth introduction of specialised psychology. imaging techniques used to understand the COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

Can also be studied part-time.

Optional Modules: • Cognition and Brain • Clinical Neuropsychology II • Biol. Bases of Psy. Disorders • Consumer Psychology: Theory • Practical Programming • Clinical Neuropsychology • Motivation, Act & Health RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive research links with external bodies and companies, which are fully utilised in ensuring that the modules are relevant to the modern work and research environment graduates will enter.

CAREER PROSPECTS The programme is especially suited for: • students interested in pursuing an academic career in the field of Neuroimaging • students looking to find a job as research staff in industry or academic labs involved in translational research • medical professionals, looking to develop skills in a new emergent technology and research field • students with a background in physics, mathematics or computer science who want to move into cognitive or clinical neuroscience • students with a background in psychology or biology who want to improve your technical skills for a neuroscience career.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

Clinical Psychology DClinPsy mainstream academic psychology department that is highly rated for both research and teaching. The School of Psychology's research excellence is internationally recognised. In the ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Before applying, applicants should have already most recent Research Assessment Exercise it maintained its status as one of the top obtained a single or joint honours first or good Psychology departments in the UK, ranking 7th upper second-class psychology degree and (out of 76) on the Research Power Table. The should be eligible for Graduate Basis for School has particular strengths in clinical and Chartered Membership. Due to the level of health psychology, cognitive neuropsychology, competition, you will not be short-listed for interview if you are currently an undergraduate. applied behaviour analysis, and learning and developmental psychology. The School also It is expected that candidates will have at least prides itself on excellent teaching and during the one year’s relevant paid clinical or relevant most recent internal Quality Audit of the School research experience. of Psychology; the North Wales Clinical Psychology Programme was commended for COURSE DESCRIPTION both its teaching and pastoral care of trainees.

This Doctoral Programme is a collaborative venture between the Betsi Cadwaladr University The Programme was accredited by the BPS in April 2008 and was commended for the Health Board (BCUHB) and Bangor University. supportiveness and accessibility of the The North Wales Programme was the first to establish the Doctorate in Clinical Psychology in Programme Team, the quality of the graduates, and collaboration with stakeholders, including the UK, leading the way for other Programmes.

BCUHB clinical psychologists have close working School of Psychology, commissioners and local clinicians. The academic base of the Programme links with the Bangor University School of is in Bangor and the trainees have dedicated Psychology and currently have numerous joint teaching rooms in the School of Psychology. clinical psychology posts with the University.

There are at present about 100 qualified clinical The College of Health and Behavioural Sciences psychologists working in north Wales covering comprises the School of Psychology, the School work in adult mental health, older adults, learning disabilities, child and adolescent clinical of Healthcare Sciences, the School of Sports Health and Exercise Science, the School of psychology, forensic psychology, neuropsychMedical Sciences and the Institute of Medical and ology and health psychology. Nearly all are Social Care Research. This collaboration brings involved in the programme through teaching, expertise and interest in health research supervision (clinical/research), assessment of together creating an environment for shared academic work and representation at research strategies and health related training committees. activities in terms of professional learning.

One of the distinctive aspects of the North Wales Programme is its close integration into a COURSE DURATION DClinPsy: 3 years full-time.

140 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Several leading international researchers have made their base in Bangor, for example in the areas of Older Adults (Robert T. Woods and Linda Clare) and Learning Disabilities and Autism (Richard Hastings). The School is a centre of excellence for training in clinical practice. There is the Centre for Mindfulness Research and Practice (the UK's leading organisation for the delivery of Mindfulness training programmes).

Michaela Swales (who is internationally recognised for her expertise in Dialectical Behaviour Therapy and leader of the national Dialectical Behaviour Therapy Training Team) is on the School staff and the School hosts an early intervention parent-training centre directed by Judy Hutchings (which is funded nationally to deliver training throughout Wales).

CAREER PROSPECTS Successful candidates will gain a Doctorate in Clinical Psychology that confers eligibility to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council and eligibility for chartered status with the British Psychological Society.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

Psychology MA provide an excellent teaching and learning environment through the use of innovative teaching tools, media and environments. Some courses integrate both undergraduate and graduate classes and so provide a rich and ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Ideally UK applicants should have a single or joint vibrant atmosphere for learning and social interactions. honours degree in psychology, usually with a minimum degree class of 2.i or equivalent.

Programme Aims However, applicants with an appropriate alternative degree are welcome, as are students – To provide postgraduate foundation in with a 2.ii who have additional relevant indicators psychology and psychological research; of academic ability, such as evidence of relevant – To evaluative psychological research methodology, experimental design and work experience. International applicants will be analysis; given individual consideration.

– To provide the conceptual tools necessary for insight into psychological processes and COURSE DESCRIPTION meanings within several key domains of This course is designed to offer advanced study in psychology with an emphasis on both research psychology that the student selects; – To enable students to develop a critical and excellence and critical writing skills. Following evaluative understanding of different two semesters of academic study, students write approaches to psychological study; a stand-alone literature review in an area of – To develop key skills in psychological research psychology that particularly appeals to them. such as scientific writing, critical analysis of This may be an idea or theory that the graduate research and communicating research in is already developing, or may be in an area that psychology; they become interested in during the course. An – To enable students to produce a substantial academic supervisor will help students to written thesis demonstrating their ability to develop their ideas and hone their writing skills, understand, evaluate and integrate providing support for the literature review. psychological research into a coherent body.

During the first two Semesters, content modules Core Modules: are split between core research foundation courses providing an in depth knowledge of how • Person Centred Behavioural Procedures This module explores person-centred psychological experiments are designed, carried behavioural approaches and ordinary life out, analysed and written up, as well as a focus on evaluating scientific research and writing with outcomes for people with learning disabilities who display challenging behaviour. an appropriate scientific style, and courses offering a variety of subject matters that students can choose from. Courses are taught by the highest calibre research academics and we COURSE DURATION MA: 1 year full-time.

Can also be studied part-time.

• Project For the MA Psychology Thesis, students will compose a literature review and develop a proposition that they will advance as an argument.

• Communicating Research in Psychology This course will focus on written communication of research, inclusive of writing the MSc dissertation and writing for publication.

Optional Modules: • Cognition & Brain • Principles of Learning and Behaviour • Psy. Approaches to Severe Mental Illness • Biol. Bases of Psy. Disorders • Consumer Psychology: Theory • Practical Programming • Advanced Statistics • Motivation, Act and Health RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive research links with external bodies and companies, which are fully utilised in ensuring that the modules are relevant to the modern work and research environment graduates will enter.

CAREER PROSPECTS The MA in psychology is especially recommended to graduates who want to pursue a career in psychology-related humanities, the health-care professions and social-sciences such as scientific journalism, business management, occupational psychology, marketing and medical care.

Consumer Psychology with Business MA/MSc COURSE DURATION MA/MSc: 1 year full-time.

Can also be studied part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A good undergraduate degree (usually a 2.i or better), preferably in a related subject, e.g. business, psychology, marketing, finance, management from a university, or a similar qualification from any other institution and normally 65% in your Undergraduate project. If you have a 2.i without 65% in your project, you are recommended to apply anyway, or speak to the department before making an application.

possible to undertake a Business with Consumer • Advanced Statistics This module focuses on the statistical Psychology Masters degree that will involve a techniques that are used in studying dissertation in Business. Candidates may choose psychology between the MA or MSc routes, which are differentiated by the nature of the dissertation.

• Applied Consumer Psychology The MSc dissertation will involve undertaking This module provides practical research empirical research, whilst the MA dissertation experience in consumer psychology and will involve an extended literature review. involves hands-on work with viable commercial Compulsory Modules: enterprises.

• Research Dissertation In this module, you will collect, analyse and Optional Modules: interpret data, and present empirical project in • Nudges and Behaviour Change a formal thesis.

• New Venture Creation • Entrepreneurial Marketing • Consumer Psychology: Theory • Financial Crises and Bank Regulation This module provides a basic knowledge of • Marketing Communication market research, practical issues in consumer science, and an introduction to some of the key RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY psychological perspectives on these problems. The academics involved with this programme

COURSE DESCRIPTION This Masters degree is designed for graduates wishing to start, or further develop, careers in Consumer Psychology and Business and is delivered by schools that enjoy an international reputation in their respective fields. The marriage • Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis of both disciplines is a natural one, as The aim of this module is to provide students understanding behaviour and specifically with in depth understanding of research consumer behaviour in the world of business can methods be crucial to organisational success. Today’s successful businesses and organisations need • Marketing Strategy highly trained people who can help them This module introduces the ‘fundamentals’ of understand their consumers and understand marketing, by illustrating strategies in a wide issues such as: what makes them choose one range of situations, and covering the various product over another? Do brand names and schools of thought in marketing, together with advertising really affect our thinking? Will the relevant analytical models and management Internet change the face of urban and suburban practices. shopping areas?

• Organisations and People In the first semester, Consumer Psychology and This module provides an integrated analysis of Business studies will be in equal proportions, management, organisations and people, however in Semester 2 there will be a greater developing the conceptual, strategic and focus on Consumer Psychology, and the practical skills necessary for managers in dissertation is undertaken in this field. It is also complex, global organisational contexts.

have extensive research links with external bodies and companies, which are fully utilised in ensuring that the modules are relevant to the modern work and research environment graduates will enter.

CAREER PROSPECTS The MA/MSc in Consumer Psychology with Business is especially recommended to graduates who want to pursue a career in business management, marketing, market research or retail as it provides an unusual skill set that our graduates have found has strong demand amongst employers.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 141

Consumer Psychology and Digital Media MA/MSc COURSE DURATION MA/MSc: 1 year full-time; Can also be studied part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Consumer Psychology: Theory This module provides a basic knowledge of market research, practical issues in consumer science.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should normally have a good undergraduate degree in Psychology or a related • Nudges and Behaviour Change This module examines consumer decision discipline and normally 65% in your making processes and tries to understand Undergraduate project. If you have a 2.i without some of the psychological mechanisms at 65% in your project, you are recommended to work. apply anyway, or speak to the department before making an application. International applicants • Digital Politics, Media and Society will be given individual consideration.

This module offers a range of approaches to comprehend the ways in which digital media COURSE DESCRIPTION shape, and are being shaped by, contemporary This course draws upon the expertise of two politics, the economy and wider social different renowned Schools at Bangor. The processes.

School of Creative Studies and Media possesses deep theoretical and practical expertise in digital • Developing Digital Media media, with the School of Psychology being This module provides an introduction to the consistently rated in the top ten psychology design, planning and development processes departments in the UK. involved in the production of digital and interactive media projects.

These hybrid masters programmes allow you to take half your modules in the School of • Applied Consumer Psychology Psychology and the remaining modules in the The module provides practical research School of Creative Studies and Media. The experience in consumer psychology and programmes provide you with an opportunity to involves hands-on work with viable commercial specialise in either psychological research or enterprises. theoretical/practical aspects of digital media (including web technologies, multimedia design, • Proposal 1 videogames, new media writing and critical You will prepare a research proposal and work consideration of digital media). You also receive out practical methods for conducting the tuition in generic and specialist research research. methods from both Schools.

• Research Dissertation You will collect, analyse and interpret their data, and present their empirical project in a formal thesis.

• Advanced Statistics This module focuses on the statistical techniques that are used in studying psychology.

Optional Modules: • Video Game Design • Writing for Digital Media • Communicating Research in Psychology • Practical Programming • Motivation, Action and Health RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive research links with external bodies and companies, which are fully utilised in ensuring that the modules are relevant to the modern work and research environment graduates will enter. Industry links include local, national, and international organisations such as National Trust, Mars, and Unilever.

CAREER PROSPECTS The MA/MSc in Consumer Psychology and Digital Media is recommended to graduates who want to pursue a career in the business management, marketing, communications or research sectors particularly as brand managers, web strategists, product development managers and socialmedia consultants.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

Psychology PhD COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time, 5 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You are expected to have an undergraduate degree in psychology or a related subject, with a minimum degree class of 2.i or equivalent. If you do not already have an MSc degree, then we would normally expect you to complete such a degree prior to starting the PhD programme.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The School of Psychology at Bangor University offers modern undergraduate degree programmes that are fully BPS accredited and a suite of Masters programmes, which reflect the School's research specialisms. The School has achieved excellent ratings in terms of both research and teaching performance and has invested extensively in a modern teaching, learning and research environment, including brain-imaging technology (MRI and EEG).

Students have access to state-of-the-art research and computing facilities and the opportunity to study under world-renowned academic staff. The School also boasts a number of prestigious research centres including the Wolfson Centre for Cognitive Neuroscience, and the Centre for Experimental Consumer Psychology, which as well as being in the vanguard of academic research in these fields, offer students unique opportunities for project work covering important theoretical and practical elements.

The PhD (or doctorate) is the highest academic qualification available. A PhD degree is designed to provide strong grounding in highly specialised areas through research. Its goal is to enable students to be researchers in psychology, contributing to academic knowledge and developing work of internationally publishable quality. Bangor Psychology offers PhD supervision in the following specialisms: • Cognitive and Social Neuroscience • Learning and Development • Language • Clinical Neuroscience • Clinical Psychology • Health Psychology • Experimental Consumer Psychology

142 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

CHOOSING A RESEARCH TOPIC AND SUPERVISOR If you are considering a PhD degree, one of your first actions – before applying for admission to the programme – is to identify and communicate with a potential supervisor in the relevant area.

The research interests and publications of our academic staff are listed within our web pages.

Please e-mail the people whose research is most relevant to the area in which you wish to work: http://www.bangor.ac.uk/psychology/research FUNDING Funding for full-time PhD study (tuition fees plus living allowance) is available through a number of sources, including the ESRC, Bangor University, and the School of Psychology, which offers a number of studentships aimed at exceptional candidates from the UK, Europe, and internationally. Our website offers more details on the funding available for PhD students: http://www.bangor.ac.uk/psychology/postgradu ate/doctorate/phd_res For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

Foundations of Clinical Neuropsychology MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time; Can also be studied part-time.

stimulation (TMS), and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI).

Compulsory Modules • Behavioural Neurology ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This module provides a background in clinical UK applicants should normally have a BPSaccredited undergraduate degree or a conversion neurosciences necessary for the design and conduct of research in experimental degree in Psychology, usually with a 2.i or neuropsychology. equivalent and normally 65% in your Undergraduate project. If you have a 2.i without • Proposal I 65% in your project, you are recommended to In this module you will prepare a research apply anyway, or speak to the department before proposal and work out practical methods for making an application. Applicants with degrees conducting the research. of an equivalent standard in a closely related discipline, including qualified health • Research Dissertation professionals (e.g. clinical psychologists, In this module you will collect, analyse and psychiatrists, occupational therapists) who have interpret your data, and present your empirical relevant clinical experience, will also be project in a formal thesis. considered. International applicants will be given individual consideration.

• Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis The aim of this module is to provide students COURSE DESCRIPTION with in depth understanding of research The course aims to provide a strong foundation methods. of knowledge in the following areas relevant to clinical neuropsychology: • Neuropsychological theory and evidence from • Clinical Neuropsychology This module introduces you to major clinical and experimental studies neuropsychological syndromes following brain • Neuropsychological disorders, including their damage and to a variety of different tests and basis in neuroanatomy and neuropathology, assessment procedures. and their impact on individuals and families • Neuropsychological assessment • Clinical Neuropsychology II • Neuropsychological rehabilitation This module illustrates the role of the • Research methods neuropsychologist in the care of patients with • Conducting neuropsychological research. acquired neurocognitive disorders for some of the more prevalent conditions.

We use a wide range of the latest techniques for understanding brain-behaviour relationships, including functional brain mapping with event related potentials (ERP), transcranial magnetic

• Communicating Research in Psychology This module will focus on written communication of research, inclusive of writing the MSc dissertation and writing for publication.

• Advanced Statistics This module focuses on the statistical techniques that are used in studying psychology.

Optional Modules: • Cognition and Brain • fMRI • Psy. Approaches to Severe Mental Illness • Biological Bases of Psy. Disorders • Practical Programming RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive research links with external bodies and companies, which are fully utilised in ensuring that the modules are relevant to the modern work and research environment graduates will enter.

CAREER PROSPECTS On successful completion of the course, students will be well equipped to undertake further postgraduate study leading to a PhD, or to work in neuropsychological research. The course provides an excellent basis for seeking employment in health care, for example as an assistant psychologist or rehabilitation assistant, and for progressing to professional training, for example in clinical psychology or related areas.

Established health professionals taking the course will find that it provides a valuable opportunity for continuing professional development, which may contribute to future career progression.

Foundations of Clinical Psychology MSc Researchers in the School use a wide range of the latest techniques for understanding brainbehaviour relationships, including functional brain mapping with event related potentials (ERP), transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), ENTRY REQUIREMENTS and functional magnetic resonance imaging UK applicants should normally have a BPSaccredited undergraduate degree or a conversion (fMRI). degree in Psychology, usually with a 2.i or Compulsory Modules: equivalent and normally 65% in your • Proposal I Undergraduate project. If you have a 2.i without In this module you will prepare a research 65% in your project, you are recommended to proposal and work out practical methods for apply anyway, or speak to the department before conducting the research. making an application. Applicants with degrees of an equivalent standard in a closely related • Research Dissertation discipline, including qualified health In this module you will collect, analyse and professionals (e.g. clinical psychologists, interpret their data, and present their empirical psychiatrists, occupational therapists) who have project in a formal thesis. relevant clinical experience, will also be considered. International applicants will be given • Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis individual consideration.

The aim of this module is to provide students with in depth understanding of research COURSE DESCRIPTION methods.

Clinical psychology involves applying psychological understanding to difficulties • Clinical Neuropsychology connected with mental or physical health This module introduces students to major problems. Students taking the MSc in neuropsychological syndromes following brain Foundations of Clinical Psychology will be damage and to a variety of different tests and introduced to the theory and knowledge that assessment procedures. underpins effective practice in clinical psychology, will explore this in relation to a range • Communicating Research in Psychology of conditions, will gain an understanding of the This module will focus on written range of research methods used by clinical communication of research, inclusive of writing psychologists, and will conduct their own the MSc dissertation and writing for publication. research project in a relevant area.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, Can also be studied part-time.

• Advanced Statistics Close links with other departments, such as the Institute of Medical and Social Care Research and This module focuses on the statistical techniques that are used in studying with NHS services produce opportunities for psychology. collaborative clinical psychology research.

Optional Modules: • Cognition & Brain • Principles of Learning & Behaviour • Psy. Approaches to Severe Mental Illness • Biological Bases of Psy. Disorders • Motivation, Action & Health RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive research links with external bodies and companies, which are fully utilised in ensuring that the modules are relevant to the modern work and research environment graduates will enter.

CAREER PROSPECTS This course will be of particular interest to psychology graduates aiming for a career in clinical psychology and who do not yet have relevant work experience. Completing the MSc provides a sound basis for obtaining employment as an assistant psychologist and later gaining entry to clinical training. For graduates who already have relevant work experience the course provides evidence of academic and research skills, which is valuable when making applications for clinical training. It is also an excellent preparation for graduates who are keen to pursue research in the area of clinical psychology and for qualified health professionals with an appropriate academic background who wish to extend their understanding of clinical psychology.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 143

Psychological Research MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, Can also be studied part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You must have a single or joint honours degree in Psychology or a related subject area with a minimum degree class of 2.i or equivalent and normally 65% in your Undergraduate project. If you have a 2.i without 65% in your project, you are recommended to apply anyway, or speak to the department before making an application.

International applicants will be given individual consideration.

designed to help you acquire research skills. In addition you take two tutorial modules with your supervisor wherein you develop a research proposal for your thesis.

• Advanced Statistics This module focuses on the statistical techniques that are used in studying psychology.

On successful completion of Part One, you'll proceed to Part Two (in the third semester). At this time you complete and write your thesis.

Optional Modules: • fMRI • Clinical Neuropsychology • Clinical Neuropsychology II • Consumer Psychology: Theory • Practical Programming • Cognition & Brain • Principles of Learning & Behaviour • Biological Bases of Psy. Disorders • Motivation, Action & Health

The thesis is the ‘heart’ of the MSc and is an intensive research experience conducted in collaboration with your supervisor that allows you to put your knowledge and skills into practice. In conducting your thesis project, you will develop new skills such as planning, cooperative working, and the academic skills COURSE DESCRIPTION Our MSc in Psychological Research is exceptional essential to understanding and reporting findings to others. for its dual emphasis on basic psychological science and applied issues. The course is Compulsory Modules: designed to provide students with a wide range • Proposal I of practical research skills, advanced studies in In this module you will prepare a research modern psychology, and an opportunity to learn proposal and work out practical methods for how this knowledge is applied in either industrial conducting the research. or clinical settings. The course has been recognised by the Economic and Social Research • Research Dissertation Council (ESRC) as providing the transferable In this module you will collect, analyse and skills essential to social science research. interpret data, and present empirical project in Students who take this course will get a a formal thesis. comprehensive research experience working with top international calibre researchers, and an • Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis exceptional opportunity to see how modern The aim of this module is to provide students psychology can be put into practice. with in depth understanding of research methods.

The course consists of two parts. Part one comprises taught modules over two semesters.

You are required to take three 'content' modules, • Communicating Research in Psychology This module will focus on written each designed to provide knowledge and communication of research, inclusive of writing promote understanding in a specific core area of the MSc dissertation and writing for publication. psychology. You also take three 'skills' modules

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive research links with external bodies and companies, which are fully utilised in ensuring that the modules are relevant to the modern work and research environment graduates will enter.

CAREER PROSPECTS This Masters is recommended for students who are looking to specialise in a particular area of Psychology prior to undertaking a PhD or looking for a post as a research assistant. It also provides excellent general research skills that graduates can use in a range of other employment environments.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

Clinical and Functional Brain Imaging PgCert COURSE DURATION Pg Cert: 1 year part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You must have an undergraduate degree in Medicine or Radiography, usually with a minimum degree class of 2.i or equivalent.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Neuroimaging is emerging as a new important sub-discipline in the study of the human brain in health and disease. In the Medical sciences it plays a prominent role in the detection and diagnosis of neurological and psychiatric illnesses and in the evaluation of treatments. The techniques are becoming increasingly sophisticated and there is a high demand for well-trained professionals.

The main aims of the programme are to provide radiographers, radiologists and junior doctors with: • A foundation in functional neuroanatomy and common brain diseases • An appreciation of the approach to interpretation of clinical brain CT and MRI • An introduction to the methodologies relevant to imaging for clinical research

The course puts a high emphasis on practical skills in the design and analysis of neuroimaging studies in the research and clinical setting. The laboratory sections accompanying the modules provide the central method for transmitting both subject specific and general skills. Teaching is delivered through formal lectures, small group discussions, laboratory sessions and monthly neuroradiology conferences held at Ysbyty This part-time certificate course offers postqualification training for health professionals. It is Gwynedd supervised by Consultant Radiologists and Consultant Neurologists. one of the few courses in the UK that offers a foundation in functional neuroanatomy, diagnostic brain imaging and research skills in anatomical and functional brain imaging including: functional MRI, anatomical imaging, Diffusion Tensor Imaging, and spectroscopy. The programme has a strong emphasis on practical skills. In a dedicated computer laboratory, the students learn and practice analysis and imaging techniques. Under supervision of our world-class academic staff, students design their own imaging studies, which are run on the in-house 3T MRI scanner.

Compulsory Modules: • Neuroradiography and Lesion Analysis The primary teaching strategy of the module will be a preceptorship in which students are supervised by a neurologist in a structured programme aimed at teaching the fundamentals of neuroradiological localisation and diagnosis.

• fMRI This module focuses on providing a broad overview on the physiological and neurological basis of neuroimaging.

• Advanced Topics in Neuroimaging This module has particular emphasis on cellular, metabolic and electrophysiological mechanisms of functional signals.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive research links with external bodies and the NHS, which are fully utilised in ensuring the modules are relevant to the modern healthcare environment graduates will enter.

CAREER PROSPECTS • Consultant Radiologists who seek to develop skills for research in neuroimaging.

• Radiographers looking to develop skills in a new emergent technology and research field.

• Junior doctors seeking additional qualifications for a career pathway in Radiology.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

144 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Applied Behaviour Analysis MSc/PgDip/PgCert • Behaviour Change Procedures The course consists of two parts. Part One This module provides students with an comprises taught modules designed around the understanding of the basic concepts and BACB Task List. On successful completion of Part procedures used in Applied Behaviour Analytic One, you will proceed to Part Two - a clinical interventions. research study, planned and conducted in ENTRY REQUIREMENTS collaboration with your BCBA-qualified research You should normally have a single or joint • Person Centred Behavioural Procedures honours first degree in Psychology, ideally with a supervisor.

This module explores person-centred degree class of 2.i or equivalent and normally 65% in your Undergraduate project. If you have a Teaching is done through a combination of taught behavioural approaches and ordinary life outcomes for people with learning disabilities workshops, seminars, specialised computer2.i without 65% in your project, you are who display challenging behaviour. based instructional packages and practical recommended to apply anyway, or speak to the department before making an application. Mature 'hands-on' research experience. We provide a • Clinical Behavioural Interventions high quality teaching and learning environment candidates (25+ at the start of the course) with relevant experience who are not graduates may that is intellectually stimulating and that uses the In this module students will develop advanced understanding of behavioural approaches to principles of behaviour analysis. This requires also gain entry to the certificate level of the language and their applied implications. innovative course content and instructional course. procedures, measurement of learning, flexible communication among students and staff, and a RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY COURSE DESCRIPTION The course director, Dr Hughes is an elected friendly and supportive environment.

This programme is aimed at those wishing to Advisor for the Cambridge Centre for Behavioral specialise in applied behaviour analysis. The Studies, an international organisation devoted to You may choose to take a smaller number of course is designed to develop advanced the dissemination and promotion of the uses of theoretical and practical knowledge of the basic modules for a Postgraduate Certificate or behavioural psychology. Dr Hughes is organiser Diploma, or for CPD purposes. principles of behaviour analysis and the of the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group, application of the principles within clinical and UK and Europe (EABG); the longest standing Compulsory Modules: research settings. The programme has been organisation devoted to behaviour analysis in developed by Board Certified Behavior Analysts • Proposal I You will prepare a research proposal and work Europe and is a founder member of the European (BCBA) in collaboration with the Behavior Association of Behaviour Analysis and of the UK out practical methods for research.

Analysts Certification Board (BACB). It covers Society for Behaviour Analysis. He is also on the their entire Task List specifications and is advisory board of the UK Autism Education recognised by the BACB as providing the content • Research Dissertation You will collect, analyse and interpret data, and Competency framework. He has developed a eligibility criteria necessary to sit the full BCBA number of strong relationships with outside present empirical project in a formal thesis. exam. organisations, charities and authorities, such as Ambitious about Autism, The Sharland • Principles of Learning and Behaviour Bangor University (Wales), California State Foundation, local education authorities in north This module explains the theoretical and University, Stanislaus, and Warsaw School of Wales, and Northumberland Tyne and Wear philosophical foundation of the science of Social Sciences and Humanities (Poland), have Foundation NHS Trust. behaviour analysis. been awarded a highly prestigious grant to facilitate international Dual Masters degrees in CAREER PROSPECTS • Ethics and Functional Assessment the area of Behaviour Analysis. Students This BCAB recognised MSc is a highly relevant This module will be devoted to establishing accepted onto the Atlantis EU-US program will qualification for those interested in pursuing a advanced knowledge of the principle issues spend a year studying in Europe (1 semester in career with special educational or developmental involved in the main ethical considerations in Bangor and 1 semester in Warsaw), and 10 needs in a wide range of settings. working with people in applied settings, months (2 semesters) at CSU Stanislaus in measuring behaviour, interpreting and Turlock, California. To apply for the program, you For further course details, please see: analysing behavioural data. need to be a student already enrolled on the MSc www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology in Applied Behavioural Analysis, or have been • Advanced Behavioural Research Methods offered a place on the course.

This module provides students with an understanding of experimental validity and its relationship to experimental design in behaviour analysis.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time; PgDip: 30 weeks full-time; PgCert: 15 weeks full-time.

Psychology MRes/PgCert COURSE DURATION MA/MSc: 1 year full-time; PgCert: 15 weeks full-time, Can also be studied part-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis The aim of this module is to provide students with in depth understanding of research method.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS You must have a single or joint honours degree in • Methods and Analysis in Psychology In this module you will work alongside an Psychology or a related discipline, with a academic in developing your research career. minimum degree class of 2.i or equivalent and You will design, carry out, analyze and write-up normally 65% in your Undergraduate project. If a research study. Ultimately, this work will be you have a 2.i without 65% in your project, you written up as a formal thesis. are recommended to apply anyway, or speak to the department before making an application.

• Research Project The MRes programme provides a dedicated route The research project is the ‘heart’ of the MRes and is an intensive research experience for high-calibre students who (may have a conducted in collaboration with your supervisor specific research aim in mind) are ready to carry that allows you to put your knowledge and out independent research leading to PhD level skills into practice. study or who are seeking a stand alone research based qualification suitable for a career in Optional Modules: research with transferable skills for graduate • Biological Bases of Psychological Disorders employment.

• Psychological Research in Consumer Science It is the normal expectation that the independent research (120 credits) should be of at a publishable standard in a high quality peer reviewed journal.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive research links with external bodies and companies, which are fully utilised in ensuring that the modules are relevant to the modern work and research environment graduates will enter.

CAREER PROSPECTS The MRes is primarily designed for students who wish to pursue a career in academic research.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 145

Mindfulness-Based Approaches MA/MSc • Teaching 2 Applications are invited for the Foundation This module involves further development of module and the Research and Evaluation module skills and deepening of understanding in from those with a range of professional delivering MBAs. backgrounds, as the focus is on personal experience of the practice and the science of mindfulness, with integration of these into one’s • Research and Evaluation of MindfulnessBased Approaches life and work. The Foundation and both Teaching This module includes basic research modules can be a non-certificated training methodology, the considerations required for process to teach MBAs for those who have an ENTRY REQUIREMENTS eliciting information on MBAs and knowledge of appropriate professional background and You must have an initial degree or recognised the body of research on Mindfulness-Based context. equivalent qualification, and a professional Approaches. background with at least 5 years’ professional experience. We prioritise students with personal The curriculum is designed to extend your • Dissertation current personal experience of the practice of experience of mindfulness practice in the form A research thesis of up to 20,000 words mindfulness, knowledge of the growing field of taught in Mindfullness Based Approaches presenting an individual research project MBAs, and skills and understanding in teaching (MBAs). conducted on a topic relevant to Mindfulnessthese. The core of the teaching is delivered in the Based Approaches. interactive, participatory, collaborative style used Applications are invited for the Foundation module and the Research and Evaluation module when teaching mindfulness-based approaches in RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY other contexts. This will be supported by some from those with a range of professional The academics involved with this programme didactic presentations followed by group backgrounds, as the focus is on personal have extensive teaching and research links with discussion and individual tutorials/supervision. experience of the practice and the science of external bodies, particularly in connection to mindfulness, with integration of these into one’s The programme requires a strong personal implementation of mindfulness within contexts life and work. The Foundation and both Teaching commitment from participants to engage in a daily and on going personal mindfulness practice such as health care and social care, education modules can be a non-certificated training and in depth reflections on the experience of this. and workplace. These links are fully utilised in process to teach MBAs for those who have an ensuring the programmes are relevant to the appropriate professional background and varied contexts that graduates will enter.

Compulsory Modules: context.

• Foundation in Mindfulness-Based Approaches This module integrates personal experience of CAREER PROSPECTS COURSE DESCRIPTION This course could enable you to develop your mindfulness practice with a development of The MSc in Mindfulness-Based Approaches is career in a number of ways. Students may opt to understanding of the rationale MBAs. designed to provide students with a strong go on to further postgraduate study leading to a experiential and theoretical knowledge base in PhD. For qualified health, social care or education • Teaching 1 MBAs as a basis for professional practice, professionals, the course offers an exciting This module develops core skills and teaching and research in this area. You must opportunity for continuing professional understanding in the delivery of MBAs. have an initial degree or recognised equivalent development. qualification, and a professional background with at least 5 years’ professional experience.

COURSE DURATION Each of the four 30 credit modules is taught over five weekends spread across the academic year, simultaneously with the University’s School of Education’s part-time Masters programme. The full Master’s degree can be completed in 3 years, or up to a maximum of 5 years.

Teaching Mindfulness-Based Courses PgDip COURSE DURATION PgDip: 4 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants will normally have the following: a good degree or equivalent; a professional qualification in a relevant field such as health care, psychology, psychotherapy, counselling, social care, or education, with at least 3 years’ experience in their area of work; a regular mindfulness meditation practice for at least a year; have participated in an 8-week course of MBCT or MBSR. COURSE DESCRIPTION This course has been designed to give a strong experiential and theoretical knowledge base, together with a full training, in teaching Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy (MBCT) or Mindfulness-Based Stress Reduction (MBSR) within the student’s own professional context.

The course cannot be accredited because there is no regulatory body for teaching mindfulness, but for qualified health, social care or education professionals it gives the opportunity to gain both an academic award, and in addition a Certificate of Competence in Teaching Mindfulness-Based Courses, which is awarded by the Centre for Mindfulness Research and Practice, internationally acclaimed for standards of excellence in this field.

The course programme consists of four compulsory modules all of which have to be taken sequentially over 4 years, the first three being delivered on Saturdays, while the teaching element of the final module is given in a 7-day residential block. From the first year’s

146 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Compulsory Modules: • Foundation in mindfulness-based approaches This module integrates personal experience of mindfulness practice with a development of understanding of the rationale MBAs.

experiential and theoretical foundation in the practice and principles of mindfulness as taught in MBCT and MBSR, the programme gives students the opportunity to gain increasingly indepth levels of understanding and practice in teaching the 8-week mindfulness course; also to be assessed on practical skills learned within the teaching group, as well as on their understanding and skills in critical analysis of the theories and rationales underlying mindfulness-based courses. In the final module, Assessed Teaching Practice, students are assessed through their recordings of teaching a mindfulness-based course within their own professional context, as well as through written work. Students are expected to start teaching mindfulness-based courses under supervision, during years 2 and 3 of the programme, and must have taught at least three such courses before embarking on the Assessed Teaching Practice module.

• Assessed Teaching Practice In this module you will engage in a developmental process that integrates and builds on previous personal, theoretical and skills-based learning in mindfulness issues.

In individual circumstances, it may be possible to change from the Postgraduate Diploma in TMBCs to the MA/MSc in MBAs. In such a case, a student would have to forego the award of Postgraduate Diploma in TMBCs and transfer credits obtained to the Master’s in MBAs programme. Students would then need to complete the compulsory Master’s Research module before registering and completing the research dissertation.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY The academics involved with this programme have extensive teaching and research links with external bodies, particularly in connection to implementation of mindfulness within contexts such as health care and social care, education and workplace. These links are fully utilised in ensuring the programmes are relevant to the varied contexts that graduates will enter.

• Teaching 1 This module develops core skills and understanding in the delivery of MBAs. • Teaching 2 This module involves further development of skills and deepening of understanding in delivering MBAs.

CAREER PROSPECTS Suitable for students already engaged in teaching mindfulness who want to broaden and deepen their skill set in order to further develop their skills in this area.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/psychology

School of Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences About the School The School of Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences (SHES) has been providing highcalibre MSc programmes since 2000. The School attracts approximately 45 students per year from home and abroad, including students from the USA, Singapore, Bahrain, Malaysia and Trinidad and Tobago.

The scientific expertise of the School's academics (all of whom are research active) is regularly recognised by research accreditation exercises. The most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) confirmed the School's now well-established reputation for the highest quality research, with 80% of work being judged as either world leading or at an international level. This placed the School as one of the top ten Sport Science Schools in the UK. The School's excellence in research feeds directly into postgraduate degree programmes, since students are taught by, and work with, the researchers who drive the knowledge base in the subject areas they study.

The School values the overall experience of students highly and takes great pride in having a caring and student centred approach. Within a close knit and friendly academic community the School aims to provide a challenging and enjoyable learning environment that is welcoming and supportive of all students.

Students are also encouraged to take advantage of the unique environment Bangor offers – a reputable academic institution located between Snowdonia and the sea – one of the prime university locations in Britain for pursuing sport and a range of outdoor activities.

Facilities The School is based in a beautiful Grade II listed building on the banks of the Menai Strait and is well resourced for the scientific study of sport, health and exercise. It has an extensive range of laboratories containing state-of-the-art equipment for sport and exercise physiology, psychology, motor control and learning, and motion analysis.

Physiology Laboratories are BASES accredited. Facilities include: • exercise physiology laboratories, equipped with an Ultrasound and Isokinetic Dynomometer; • an environmental chamber – to allow testing in extreme temperature and humidity conditions; • a hypoxia chamber – to allow research testing at simulated high altitudes; • dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scanners – to provide measurements of tissue composition. Bangor University’s was the first UK Sports Science School to install a DEXA; • a motion analysis laboratory – equipped with a state-of–the-art 12-camera passive marker system to analyse whole body

movement, and an active marker system to allow for analysis of smaller, part-body movements; • psychology testing laboratories including a driving simulation and observation/ interview suite; • cell biology and biochemistry laboratories.

Overview of Academic Areas The School offers a full range of taught and research sport, health and exercise science postgraduate degrees, from programmes that specialise in performance and health sciences to degrees with a greater vocational element (eg MSc in Applied Sports Science and Outdoor Activities and Exercise Rehabilitation). Which degree you choose will depend on your specific interests and your career aspirations.

Research Links The School has a track record of supporting research into exercise and clinical rehabilitation and disease prevention (working with local NHS Boards, Arthritis Care and Research (ACR) etc), elite performance, and talent identification and development (two ongoing projects with the England and Wales Cricket Board). Staff have provided professional support to a number of International sports and Governing Bodies.

These include the British Gymnastics Association, National Ice Skating Association, British Orienteering Federation, Welsh Canoeing Association, and the Welsh Yachting Association. Some staff have also provided expertise to the British Olympic Association, the British Olympic Medical Institute and British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences.

Within the School's Institute for the Psychology of Elite Performance, staff have worked with the Ministry of Defense's (MoD) Initial Training Group on a successful Leadership Study and are currently working with UK Sport in understanding the developmental journeys of GB's highest achieving athletes. Staff in the Extremes Research Group have also worked with the Ministry of Defense to investigate the effects of energy deficit on physical performance, cognitive function and health during eight weeks of arduous training.

Based on the high quality of its research, the School has developed an excellence in enterprise and innovation activities. These activities, including knowledge transfer, involve the School in developing productive and collaborative relationships with the public/private sectors, local communities and other agencies. These relationships provide an opportunity to work with local businesses to facilitate high quality and meaningful student experiences, carry out relevant and applicable research, and contribute to the local community. Examples of existing partners include: Snowdonia Active; Outdoor Partnership; Sports Council for Wales and Rygbi Gogledd Cymru (North Wales Regional Rugby).

COURSE LIST: MSc • Applied Sport Science • Applied Sport and Exercise Physiology • Applied Sport and Exercise Psychology • Applied Sport Science and Outdoor Activities • Exercise Rehabilitation • Sport and Exercise Psychology (BPS Accredited) MRes/PgCert • Sport and Exercise Physiology • Sport and Exercise Psychology • Sport and Exercise Science PhD/MPhil • Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences

CONTACT DETAILS: School of Sport, Health & Exercise Science Tel: +44 (0) 1248 388256 E-mail: Taught courses: mscsport@bangor.ac.uk Research courses: shesphds@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/sport

“Overall, students on these programmes are producing work of a very good quality. At the top level, the students are producing work that is of the highest quality. It is clear that the programme develops students’ theoretical and research knowledge base, critical thinking and evaluation skills, understanding of research methods and a range of analytical techniques, and communication and professional skills to a very high level.”

External Examiner, May 2012

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 147

“I feel through this process I have developed my communication and presentation skills. I have given computer session lectures, so this has improved my confidence in talking to a group. It is great to be able to help the Undergraduates, as I know how I felt in their situation and the extra help and support that is offered by MSc Assistants is very useful...

I feel this is a great thing to put on my CV as it shows I am willing to help others. I also have experience of leading group discussions and classes, which has lead to my confidence in public speaking improving. I have gained a lot from this experience and I am glad I applied”.

Cassie Wood, MSc Assistant 2011-13

Career Prospects The School's postgraduate programmes prepares students for a career as a sport scientist, working with squads of elite athletes and performers to fine tune their training; in sport science research; working in the public health sector, for example in sports therapy or physiotherapy; or working in the health/ fitness industry generally. Another vocational route is postgraduate study and a career in teaching (after completing a postgraduate certificate of education), research or lecturing.

Graduate Assistantships All postgraduate taught applicants (Home/EU/International, full-time and parttime) are eligible to APPLY to become a Graduate Assistant (GA). Graduate Assistants work with academic staff in a range of teaching, learning and assessment activities to support undergraduate student learning for up to 60 hours each academic year. Payment is made monthly (approximately £55 per month).

MSc/MRes Entry Requirements At least a good second class honours degree is required.

BPS accredited programme in Sport and Exercise Psychology – only students with graduate basis for chartered membership (GBC) will be eligible for this MSc. Students must have completed an accredited BPS undergraduate degree.

EU and Overseas students, whose first language is not English, are required to take the standardised English Language test (IELTS) at How Graduate Assistantships support career their British Council before the June of their In addition to the above, the Applied Sport development admission to the course. Students who achieve a Science and Outdoor Activities programme is SHES postgraduate programmes equip score of 6.5 or above (no individual score below ideal preparation for those who wish to further students with the latest knowledge in their 6.0) are eligible for direct entry to the course. their careers in environmental physiology and selected field, plus a wide range of Students who achieve 6.0 may be required to the psychology of outdoor performance. As transferable skills, and an autonomous attend an English Language Course at Bangor University, in the summer preceding their course. well as working with professionals in the approach to learning that keeps them at the

outdoor environment, career opportunities also exist in sport science research.

cutting edge of their chosen career. Assistantships are an innovative feature that allows students to put some of their learning into The Exercise Rehabilitation programme is practice by supporting School activities, to aimed at Sport Science or Health graduates, help develop their personal applied support interested in developing their expertise and skills and to enhance their CVs with direct knowledge base in exercise and rehabilitation. experience to support their future employability. Graduate Assistants from the Funding School have gone on to work as lecturers and The School/University offers the following research assistants in FE/HE, teachers, awards to students applying to study on any physiotherapists and exercise rehabilitation taught postgraduate programme: specialists, outdoor instructors/guides and paramedics.

First Class Funding – Excellence Award (Home/EU Students only) Further information about the School's The School will reward academic excellence bursaries and assistantships can be found at: at entry. A fee reduction of £1,000 will be www.bangor.ac.uk/sport/bursaries.php.en applied for self-funding Home/EU students Duration of MSc/MRes Programmes who achieve a first class honours degree (or One year full-time: Two years part-time equivalent).

The taught modules will run from September to March/April and the Research Project from April to September (December to September for MRes students).

148 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Application Process MSc Applications Students must first complete a Postgraduate Application Form, available at: www.bangor.ac.uk/courses/postgrad/taught/a pplication.php.en MRes Applications Applicants who are interested in undertaking an MRes programme should first identify a potential supervisor from the staff list available on the School website at www.bangor.ac.uk/sport They should follow the online application process for PhD/MPhil students which can be found at: www.bangor.ac.uk/courses/postgrad/research /index.php.en In addition, students should prepare a brief outline of their proposed area of research to accompany their application form.

Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences MSc Degrees • Independent Study A portfolio will then be developed; the portfolio The Independent Study module integrates records activities including meetings with material from the taught modules section of the supervisor, attendance at workshops, meetings MSc study programme. It provides, amongst and a plan of work with at least one client, and other things, an understanding of the methods thought/evaluations of all meetings and that can be used to establish a list of relevant workshops (ie evidence of reflective practice). references on a particular topic. Students will be expected to obtain a good deal of the The programmes are delivered using a variety of • Overview and Format of the relevant literature by using library-based teaching methods, including lectures, seminars, Research Project module systems including computerised search workshops, group activities, practical work, The Research Project is an independent piece methods and inter-library loan services tutorials and role play. Each module comprises of research, and acts as the culmination of the whenever appropriate. You are guided through approximately 200 hours of student time academic challenges you have faced. The this process during the preparation of the (including formal contact). module comprises 60 credits (i.e. equivalent to Independent Study research proposal, and three double modules) and will formally equate subsequently the Research Project when you to 600 hours of student time.

There are six MSc programmes on offer: are expected to generate your own literature • Applied Sport Science base. The Independent Study research proposal Students work closely with their supervisors to • Applied Sport and Exercise Physiology comprises part of the information that will be • Applied Sport and Exercise Psychology develop the work on their research proposal considered by the Course Team and the • Applied Sport Science and Outdoor Activities submitted during the Independent Study Examination Board in the context of student • Sport and Exercise Psychology module. As External Examiners have noted, progression to the Research Project phase of (British Psychological Society accredited; first throughout this module you receive excellent each programme. in the UK) research training from leaders in the field, with • Exercise Rehabilitation many of the resulting projects being published Specifically, the Independent Study should in international, peer reviewed journals. consist of a critical and concise review of the MSc Programme Structure and Content research literature pertaining to a particular All students will undertake core/compulsory Specifically, the project will involve a review of research question. A rationale for the proposed modules in: research evidence with the aim of formulating research question must be provided, along with an appropriate research question, and will a sound methodology for exploring the likely involve some refinement and pilot work.

• Research Skills; research question, planned analyses, and Once achieved, you will implement a research • Independent Study (a one-to-one supervised design and method suited to the area of programme of work leading to the development expected outcomes. Further, anticipated problems such as resources, equipment, enquiry. The supervisor provides excellent of the proposal for the Research Project); expert guidance throughout the process.

• Supervised Experience – this module is tailored possible ethical issues, informed consent forms, a statement of feasibility of the project to the needs of the individual and could include and expected costs must be discussed. directed work with a specified client group or Multi-disciplinary and interdisciplinary studies, individual; which might involve your ongoing • Research Project relevant to the programme sport/exercise experience, will be encouraged. being studied.

Each topic will normally involve data collection, analysis and interpretation and allow you to demonstrate your initiative, independence and • Research Skills time management. You will be expected to Research Skills is a double-credit taught show a thorough knowledge of the relevant module. The extended nature of the module sources of information and the ability to use allows students to study the very broad nature them with discrimination; to provide full of the research process that will allow them to references; to exercise sound and independent complete, initially, an appropriate Independent judgment; to structure work logically and to Study (a double module in which a research express this work with clarity and precision. proposal for the Research Project is completed) and subsequently, a full Research Project. The module covers material relevant to the design “After I finished my degree I got a and analysis of both quantitative and qualitative job at a renowned sport-scientific research. It also provides an understanding of the benefits and limitations of various research research institute in the methods, research designs, data collection External Examiner, Psychology Netherlands. After working there instruments and data analysis tools. Students Programmes, May 2012 have the opportunity to develop their ability to for over two years I am now on a be critically evaluative.

MSc degrees offer 120 taught credits and a 60credit research project. The programmes have been designed to be flexible and relevant to your individual needs and interests, with a strong emphasis on the application of theory to professional practice.

“The use of the viva in Research Skills is novel, challenging and, to my mind, encourages a deeper learning of the course content than is often achieved in similar modules that I am aware of.”

PhD scholarship at Victoria

Specific content includes: Statistical issues in quantitative research; Simple and multiple (forced entry, moderated and mediated) regression analyses; Single factor analysis of variance with and without repeated measures; Two factor analysis of variance with and without repeated measures; Single factor and two factor multivariate analysis of variance (with and without repeated measures); Repeated measures analysis of variance using the multivariate solution; Doubly repeated measures analysis of variance; Analysis of covariance; Follow-up procedures for all of the above; Assumptions underpinning all of the above and available options for dealing with violations to these assumptions; Experiments and causal inference; External and construct validity; Experimental and quasi-experimental designs; Correlational and epidemiological research; Reliability and validity in quantitative and qualitative research; Issues in qualitative research and design; Interviews; Single case design and analysis; Observation; Narrative; Ethnography; grounded theory and discourse analysis.

• Supervised Experience University, Australia investigating The content of this module will be largely some psychological skills in student specific and include activities (workshops, directed reading, client based relation to performance of work) that will develop the individual’s personal applied support skills. Initially, you complete an talented adolescent athletes and individual self-assessment of your current also teaching sport psychology skills/knowledge base and set personal goals tutorials.” to enable you to improve your applied support skills. All students will attend units (workshops) Fleur Van Rens, MSc Sport and Exercise on Ethics in Research and consultancy, communication and counselling skills and how Psychology, graduated in 2009 to conduct a needs assessment. Specific physiology and psychology workshops (e.g.

Imagery) will also take place.

Students will complete a contract of intended activities agreed with their supervisors in the first four weeks of their programme of study.

This contract may, where appropriate, include the intention to apply to British Association of Sport and Exercise Science (BASES) to commence a formally logged Supervised Experience.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 149

Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences MSc Degrees continued Students also undertake a range of compulsory • Sport Psychology – covering Group cohesion; Collective efficacy; Leadership; Goals. and optional modules relevant to the programme Catastrophe models; Processing efficiency being studied. theory; Conscious processing hypothesis; Ironic effects theory; Attention control theory.

Applied Sport Science – this programme provides a focus on sport and performance. As well as undertaking the core modules listed, you • Exercise Psychology – examining some of the major theoretical and practical issues in choose modules from Performance Physiology; applied exercise psychology. Specifically, the Sport Psychology; Exercise Psychology; Clinical following topics will be explored: the Exercise Physiology; Rehabilitation of the Injured antecedents and consequences of appearance Athlete or Effective Coaching. related anxiety; the role of mental skills and confidence in exercising regularly; group Applied Sport and Exercise Physiology – dynamics; motivation and motivationally focuses on sport and exercise physiology. In supportive environments; and counselling for addition to the core modules listed above, you exercise behaviour change. In addition, a choose an optional module from Sport student-led approach is adopted with students Psychology; Effective Coaching or Rehabilitation researching and verbally presenting material of the Injured Athlete. You also undertake two on a chosen topic. further compulsory modules in Clinical Exercise Physiology and Performance Physiology.

Applied Sport Science and Outdoor Activities – this academic programme focuses on the • The Clinical Exercise Physiology module is a application of physiology and psychology to laboratory and seminar based module that outdoor activities. Within the modular structure examines: the effect of ageing and physical of the degree, you undertake the core modules activity on aerobic capacity, body composition, immune and endocrine function, and quality of listed above and a compulsory Higher Skills module, plus one optional module from life; pathophysiology of pulmonary, metabolic, Performance Physiology; Sport Psychology; bone and joint, cancer, cardiovascular, Effective Coaching or Rehabilitation of the Injured neuromuscular and other lifestyle related diseases; symptoms and diagnosis of common Athlete. clinical conditions; methods and prescription of exercise testing and prescription of people with • Higher Skills – is it intended that on completion of this module that you should be sufficiently common clinical conditions; and practical physiological tests that are appropriate to these knowledgeable and skilled to work in scientific and outdoor related disciplines. Due to current conditions. industry regulation and insurance requirements, the attainment of nationally recognised • Performance Physiology reviews the link vocational qualifications is essential to gain between physiology and physical performance, employment in outdoor activities. This module followed by detailed examination of endurance activities with emphasis on muscle oxygenation will enable you to progress towards, or actually attain, National Governing Body (NGB) awards and metabolism and the implications for in outdoor activities. Pending approval of prior fatigue. A final consideration will be some learning/experience, this module may not need alternative models of fatigue in endurance to be pursued. However, an additional 20 activities. It also examines other factors that credits would need to be studied instead. exert a major influence on performance, such as basic and applied aspects of strength and power, and alterations in the immune function. Exercise Rehabilitation – aimed at sport science or health graduates who are interested in developing their expertise and knowledge base Applied Sport and Exercise Psychology – you undertake the core modules listed above, plus an in exercise and rehabilitation. You undertake the core modules listed above plus compulsory optional module from Rehabilitation of the modules in Clinical Exercise Physiology (see Injured Athlete or Effective Coaching. You also previous) and Rehabilitation of the Injured study two additional compulsory modules as Athlete. follows:

• The Rehabilitation of the Injured Athlete module covers theoretical perspectives in sports injury rehabilitation; psychological response to sports injury including: cognitive responses, emotional responses and behavioural responses; measurement issues in psychological response to sports injury research; the role of confidence in injury and rehabilitation; social support in sports injury rehabilitation; psychological interventions in sports injury rehabilitation; therapeutic modalities and physical techniques used in rehabilitation; exercise, training principles and biomechanics of rehabilitation; the physical rehabilitation of sports injuries (through the use of examples of shoulder, knee and lower limb injuries); the rehabilitation team and the sports-specific rehabilitation plan; returning the athlete to competition; failure to rehabilitate; current trends in injury rehabilitation research and future research directions; and critical assessment of sports rehabilitation research.

Sport and Exercise Psychology

Accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS) The School is proud to have been the first to gain BPS postgraduate professional training accreditation for this MSc programme.

Completion of this course will form part of a period of study required for registration as a Chartered Psychologist.

The programme is aimed at students with BPS graduate basis for chartered membership (i.e. they must have undertaken a BPS accredited undergraduate degree). You will undertake the core/compulsory modules Research Skills, Independent Study, Supervised Experience and Research Project, plus compulsory modules in Sport Psychology and Exercise Psychology (see previous). You also choose one optional module from Rehabilitation of the Injured Athlete or Effective Coaching.

Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences MRes Degrees MRes degrees are aimed at students who wish to gain more extensive training in research in sport, health and exercise sciences. They will undertake 60 taught credits and then complete a final compulsory Research Project comprising 120 credits.

There are three MRes pathways: • MRes Sport and Exercise Physiology • MRes Sport and Exercise Psychology • MRes Sport and Exercise Science

MRes Programme Structure and Content Research skills oriented modules form the The individual programmes have been designed bedrock of the School’s MRes programmes. As a result taught modules are aligned with both to provide you with the opportunity to develop a discipline specific and the (higher) cognitive critical understanding of the principles and skills. Within a modular structure all students application of research design and analytical methods relevant to their scientific discipline. You undertake compulsory modules in research skills totalling 40 credits: will also learn about the importance of conducting research with reference to ethical and • Research Skills (20 credits – see previous regulatory guidelines and develop your module detail) theoretical understanding of research at the forefront of your chosen discipline. These and 20 credits from the following modules: programmes facilitate the integration of theory • How to Conduct Statistics (20 credits); and professional practice. Throughout the • Presentation of Statistics (10 credits); research process student autonomy of learning • Peer Reviewing (10 credits); becomes increasingly important.

• Latent Variable Modelling (10 credits); plus 20 credits from optional modules and a final compulsory Research Project comprising 120 credits.

150 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

• How to conduct Statistics and Presentation of Statistics modules – the purpose of these two taught modules is to provide you with an indepth understanding and critical appreciation of statistical procedures. As independent study based modules, they will enable you to gain a comprehensive understanding of a statistical procedure of your choosing (following consultation with the staff member responsible for the module). To this end, you will normally cover (i) relevant background issues; (ii) when to use utilise particular statistical tests; (iii) how to conduct statistical testing via appropriate software; (iv) how to correctly interpret computational output; and (v) how to present the findings following analysis.

Students learn about these themes through a ‘learning by teaching’ paradigm via the development of a statistics oriented verbal presentation and written assignment resembling a book chapter/resource. The verbal presentation will be conducted first in order to obtain developmental feedback for the written assignment.

Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences MRes Degrees continued • Peer Reviewing Scientific Research – students work closely with their supervisor to perform an initial review of a previously submitted (and subsequently published) research article. You will then follow the paper along the peer review process, discussing your review with your supervisor, and then be required to adequately address concerns which have been raised.

Collectively this will mean that you will cover a contemporary research topic in a highly focused and in-depth manner gaining a comprehensive understanding of how to prepare your own manuscripts (e.g. research proposal, Research Project) and how to evaluate the research of others. In order to place your highly specialised knowledge into a more holistic perspective, you will also attend the School’s Research Seminar series.

• Latent Variable Modelling – this module introduces students to the concepts of Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) and provides a basic grounding in their implementation. It also covers an introduction to SEM using LISREL and topics including: measurement models and structural models; exploratory factor analysis; confirmatory factor analysis (CFA); structural modelling with observed and latent variables; conceptual issues, common misunderstandings and limitations.

• Research Project Under the guidance of your supervising tutor(s), students will pro-actively determine the content of this unit. The initial stages of the Research Project will develop the work of the project proposal and taught phases of the MRes programmes. This will involve the surveying

and reviewing of research evidence with the aim of formulating an appropriate research question, and will likely involve some refinement and pilot work. Once achieved, you will implement a research design and method suited to your area of enquiry. Ethical approval of the study will be obtained before data may be collected, thereby introducing you to this integral part of the research process.

Throughout this module you receive excellent research training from leaders in the field. It is expected that the resulting projects will be publishable in international, peer-reviewed journals.

You therefore undertake discipline specific research (e.g. psychology, physiology, medicine, health); Research design and statistics; Ethics and Presentation of research findings Multi-disciplinary studies and interdisciplinary work, which might involve your ongoing sport/exercise experience, will be encouraged.

Each topic will normally involve data collection, analysis and interpretation and allow you to demonstrate your powers of imagination, initiative, independence and time management.

You will be expected to demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the relevant sources of information and the ability to use them with discrimination; to provide full references; to exercise sound and independent judgment; to structure work logically and to express yourself with clarity and precision.

MRes Sport and Exercise Physiology – in addition to the core/compulsory modules you choose a further 20 credits from the following optional modules: Clinical Exercise Physiology; Performance Physiology; or Rehabilitation of the Injured Athlete.

MRes Sport and Exercise Psychology – in addition to the core/compulsory modules you choose a further 20 credits from the following optional modules: Sport Psychology; Effective Coaching; Exercise Psychology; or Rehabilitation of the Injured Athlete.

MRes Sport and Exercise Science – in addition to the core/compulsory modules you choose a further 20 credits from the following optional modules: Clinical Exercise Physiology; Sport Psychology; Effective Coaching; Exercise Psychology; Performance Physiology; or Rehabilitation of the Injured Athlete.

You choose 20 credits from optional modules, according to the programme chosen, to make up your total of 60 credits from the taught component of the MRes programmes.

Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences MPhil and PhD Programmes MPhil and PhD programmes are available for students interested in the possibility of pursuing an entirely research-based degree in Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences (MPhil or PhD).

Please contact shesphds@bangor.ac.uk to request additional information.

Professional accreditation Students undertaking any programme of postgraduate study (MSc, MRes or PhD/MPhil) may have the opportunity to prepare for the British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES) supervisory experience training, which is normally a pre-requisite of the Association's professional accreditation.

BASES also organises an annual student conference. Former MSc students have won prestigious awards for ‘Best Postgraduate Verbal Presentation’ and ‘Best Postgraduate Poster Presentation’ at the BASES Student Conferences.

These awards are open to MSc, MRes and PhD students from all UK Universities.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 151

152 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Institute of Medical and Social Care Research About the Institute The Institute of Medical and Social Care Research (IMSCaR) was founded in 1997, providing a focus for the University's research in health and social care.

Overview of academic areas IMSCaR’s main research areas are in health economics and medicines evaluation; ageing and dementia care; medical statistics and trials methodology. Students undertake their MScs and PhDs on a range of topics, at present these span ageing and dementia care, parenting programmes for disadvantaged families, pharmacoeconomics, and economics of disability, cancer care and pay for performance in the NHS. Students are encouraged to undertake both methodological and applied research in producing their thesis.

IMSCaR aims to undertake international quality research, with an increasing grant capture from research councils, of local and national benefit to patients and their professional and informal carers. We seek to do so through work characterised by scientific rigour, practical relevance, and collaboration between academic institutions and health and social care providers. IMSCaR undertakes multi-disciplinary research, bringing together a staff of health economists, psychologists and statisticians; in collaboration with a wide range of clinical specialties, spanning oncology, pharmacy, rheumatology and public health.

Staff and facilities IMSCaR is a dedicated research institute with over 70 research staff and postgraduate research students in 3 distinct but interlinked research centres - the Centre for Health Economics and Medicines Evaluation (CHEME); the Dementia Services Development Centre; and the North Wales Organisation for Randomised Trials in Health (NWORTH) which is Bangor’s Clinical Trials Unit.

Where possible, students are offered an opportunity to link into an ongoing study or clinical trial, providing an opportunity for original research contribution, while benefiting from the wider research team on matters such as ethics, data protection, analysis and manuscript preparation. IMSCaR follows a ‘four publication’ model for PhD thesis, thereby giving prospective post doctorates a head start having made a material contribution to the outputs of the Institute. We also aim to offer students an opportunity for post doctoral employment.

From time to time, studentships are advertised, but enquiries from potential selffunding students are also welcome.

MSc by Research • Ageing and Dementia Studies • Health Economics • Health Services Research PhD/MPhil • Ageing and Dementia Studies • Health Economics • Health Services Research

CONTACT DETAILS: Institute of Medical and Social Care Research Tel: +44 (0) 1248 388771 E-mail: imscar@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/imscar

STAFF PROFILE

Though staff contribute to taught MSc modules across the College of Health and Behavioural Sciences, IMSCaR’s focus is on developing its doctoral research programme. This means that our postgraduate research students, many of whom are externally funded by the MRC, NISCHR, and charities such as Tenovus, enjoy full involvement in the Institute’s research life, from sharing offices with research staff, journal clubs, providing support to ongoing research projects and with opportunities to disseminate their PhD findings at national and international conferences.

COURSE LIST:

Dr Joanna Charles, Research Officer in Health Economics, Institute of Medical and Social Care Research

Dr Jo Charles is a Research Officer in Health Economics within IMSCaR's Centre for Health Economics and Medicines Evaluation at Bangor University, and has both a BSc (Hons) and an MSc from Bangor University's School of Psychology. In 2009 Jo was funded by the Welsh Assembly Government to undertake her doctoral research as an IMSCaR PhD student exploring the public health economics of improving parenting using the Incredible Years Toddler Parenting Programme. Her particular PhD topic allowed her to forge links with the School of Psychology and the Centre for Evidence Based Early Intervention at Bangor University as the economic evaluation was conducted alongside a randomised controlled trial of the clinical effectiveness of the programme conducted by a PhD student in the School of Psychology.

Jo’s current role within the department is to collaborate and support colleagues at Bangor conducting economic evaluations of a range of trials in a wide variety of health and medical disciplines. She also has a particular role in supporting the NHS staff of Public Health Wales. Jo has published three papers and attended a variety of conferences during her time at IMSCaR such as; the Health Economists Study Group (HESG), UK Society for Behavioural Medicine (UKSBM) and the Welsh Health Economists Group (WHEG) presenting her research.

IMSCaR's postgraduate research programmes are intended to provide the training in a professional research environment for an academic career rather than just a qualification, as acknowledged by Jo who says: "Having a keen interest in public health and health enhancing interventions, I viewed studying for a PhD within IMSCaR as a natural progression, providing me with the opportunity to achieve my goal of a career in research. My area of study was orientated towards working with preventative public health interventions that improve the life of individuals and are cost-effective to reduce the strain on the healthcare system in Wales.

I found the IMSCaR PhD programme to be extremely supportive and completing my thesis by publication was the perfect foundation for a career in academic research."

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 153

Ageing and Dementia Studies MSc by Research COURSE DURATION MSc by Research: 1 year full-time, 2 years parttime.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Given the high expectations, applicants must have a minimum degree class of 2.i or above / equivalent in a relevant subject. International students must also have IELTS of 7.0 or above (with no individual element below 6.5).

Development Unit. Any taught modules and courses will not count as credits towards this or any other qualification but, if identified as being of developmental value by the student and the supervisory team, will provide the extra skills and knowledge needed to undertake postgraduate research.

Dementia Services Development Centre The Dementia Services Development Centre, also known as DSDC, was founded in 1999. In collaboration with Cardiff and Vale UHB, DSDC Wales is one of a network of centres in the DSDC Network throughout the British Isles which conduct research and promote service development and training in the field of dementia care.

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MSc by Research programme will provide a dedicated route for high calibre students who (may have a specific research aim in mind and) are ready to carry out independent research leading to PhD level study. Alternatively it would be appropriate for students who are seeking a stand-alone research based qualification suitable Research is conducted on a local and national level within Wales with the research centre in for a career in research with transferable skills Bangor being the lead for the Wales Dementias for graduate employment. and Neurodegenerative Diseases Research Network (NEURODEM Cymru) but there are also The MSc by Research requires the student to strong collaborative links with researchers undertake a substantial piece of independent across the UK, Europe and elsewhere in the research at the cutting edge of ageing and world. dementia studies (180 credits). It is the normal expectation that the independent research DSDC is active across a wide range of ageing and should be of a publishable standard in a high dementia research activities and these can be quality peer reviewed journal. broadly categorised (i) dementia care (including Alzheimer's disease, family care-giving and In addition to the support of the research psychosocial interventions); (ii) gerontology; and project’s supervisors and from fellow (iii) well-being and resilience across the life-span. postgraduate research and professional researchers within IMSCaR’s Dementia Services For further course details, please see: Development Centre, there will also be the www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/imscar opportunity to undertake taught modules at postgraduate level as well as attend workshops and courses provided for postgraduate research students by the University’s Academic

Health Economics MSc by Research COURSE DURATION MSc by Research: 1 year full-time, 2 years parttime.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Given the high expectations, applicants must have a minimum degree class of 2.i or above / equivalent in a relevant subject. International students must also have IELTS of 7.0 or above (with no individual element below 6.5).

154 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MSc by Research programme will provide a dedicated route for high calibre students who (may have a specific research aim in mind and) are ready to carry out independent research leading to PhD level study. Alternatively it would be appropriate for students who are seeking a stand-alone research based qualification suitable for a career in research with transferable skills for graduate employment.

The Centre for Health Economics and Medicines Evaluation The Centre, also known as CHEME, was founded in 2001 and is one of three health economics centres in Wales. Research is conducted on a local and national level within in Wales but there are also strong collaborative links with health services researchers across the UK and Europe.

In addition to the support of the research project’s supervisors and from fellow postgraduate research and professional researchers within IMSCaR’s Centre for Health Economics and Medicines Evaluations, there will also be the opportunity to undertake taught modules at postgraduate level as well as attend workshops and courses provided for postgraduate research students by the University’s Academic Development Unit. Any additional taught modules and courses will not count as credits towards this or any other qualification but, if identified as being of developmental value by the student and the supervisory team, will provide the extra skills and knowledge needed to undertake postgraduate research.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/imscar

CHEME is active across a wide range of health economic research interests and these can be broadly categorised (i) economic evaluation The MSc by Research requires the student to alongside clinical trials; (ii) pharmacoeconomics; undertake a substantial piece of independent research at the cutting edge of health economics and (iii) health service evaluation. The Centre also has very close links with Public Health Wales and and medicines evaluation (180 credits). It is the has expertise in research regarding the health normal expectation that the independent research should be of a publishable standard in a economics of cancer, dementia, sight disabilities and rural health. high quality peer reviewed journal.

Health Services Research MSc by Research COURSE DURATION MSc by Research: 1 year full-time, 2 years parttime.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Given the high expectations, applicants must have a minimum degree class of 2.i or above / equivalent in a relevant subject. International students must also have IELTS of 7.0 or above (with no individual element below 6.5).

COURSE DESCRIPTION The MSc by Research programme will provide a dedicated route for high calibre students who want to carry out clinical, health or social care research using an evidence-based methodology, including randomised clinical trials, leading to PhD level study. Alternatively it would be appropriate for students who are seeking a stand-alone research based qualification suitable for a career in research with transferable skills for graduate employment.

In addition to the support of the research project’s supervisors and from fellow postgraduate research and professional researchers within all of IMSCaR’s three research centres and especially its NWORTH Trials Unit, there will also be the opportunity to undertake taught modules at postgraduate level as well as attend workshops and courses provided for postgraduate research students by the University’s Academic Development Unit. Any additional taught modules and courses will not count as credits towards this or any other qualification but, if identified as being of developmental value by the student and the supervisory team, will provide the extra skills and knowledge needed to undertake postgraduate research.

This MSc by Research programme requires the student to undertake a substantial piece of independent research at the cutting edge of clinical, health or social care (180 credits). It is the normal expectation that the independent research should be of a publishable standard in a high quality peer reviewed journal.

The NWORTH Trials Unit NWORTH, or the North Wales Organisation for Randomised Trials (in health and social care), was founded in 2002 and is one of the original seventeen fully accredited UKCRC clinical trials units registered in 2007 in recognition of being able to provide the full spectrum of expertise required to deliver high quality clinical research and the capability to centrally co-ordinate multicentre trials to the highest standards.

NWORTH is active across a wide range of clinical, health and social care research interests by collaborating with research-active specialists in disciplines such as cancer care, children’s health, dementia, dentistry, mental health, obstetrics, oncology, pharmacy and public health. Whilst students need to produce independent research, the NWORTH Trials Unit can provide a wealth of advice and support where appropriate including project design and governance, data collection and management, QA and compliance plus analysis.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/imscar

Ageing and Dementia Studies / Health Economics / Health Services Research PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time or 5 years part-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time or 4 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Given the high expectations, applicants must have a minimum degree class of 2.i or above / equivalent in a relevant subject. International students must also have IELTS of 7.0 or above (with no individual element below 6.5).

COURSE DESCRIPTION The PhD/MPhil programme will provide a dedicated route for high calibre students who (may have a specific research aim in mind and) are ready to carry out independent research leading to postdoctoral status. Alternatively it would be appropriate for students who are seeking a high level qualification suitable for a career in research with transferable skills for graduate employment.

IMSCaR uses the ‘four paper’ model for its PhD programme whereby the thesis comprises four pieces of independent but related research that are of a publishable standard in a high quality peer reviewed journal.

In addition to the support of the research project’s supervisors and from fellow postgraduate research and professional researchers within IMSCaR’s Centre for Health Economics and Medicines Evaluation, there will also be the opportunity to undertake taught modules at postgraduate level as well as attend workshops and courses provided for postgraduate research students by the University’s Academic Development Unit. Any taught modules and courses will not count as credits towards this or any other qualification but, if identified as being of developmental value by the student and the supervisory team, will provide the extra skills and knowledge needed to undertake postgraduate research.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/imscar BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 155

COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL AND APPLIED SCIENCES The College of Physical and Applied Sciences can trace its roots back to the foundation of the University in 1884. It has had a long tradition of excellence in research and teaching and employs many academics who are leaders in their fields. The College comprises three constituent schools, the School of Chemistry, the School of Computer Science and the School of Electronic Engineering.

The College is one of the most successful at the University in the quality of its research outputs. Students who study with us are able to receive individual attention for the duration of their time in Bangor.

The research quality of the College was confirmed in the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (RAE 2008) which saw all three Schools - Chemistry, Computer Science and Electronic Engineering improve their position both nationally and locally. Electronic Engineering was ranked equal second in the UK. All Schools enjoy valuable and extensive collaborations both within the UK and internationally as evidenced from the high proportion of publications that include co-authors from other UK and international institutions and organisations. Such interactions and collaborations, when added to the expertise and facilities within the College, provide a unique resource for regional businesses and employment opportunities for students.

The strategic directions of the College are clear and map well onto the four stated pillars of the Government Higher Education strategy: • Digital Economy (ICT) • Low Carbon • Economy, Health and Biosciences • Advanced Engineering and Manufacturing Computer Science has seen rapid expansion in its Visualisation and Medical Graphics activities. The internationally recognised work on Pattern Recognition together with growing activity in Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Agents forms a second key theme.

Systems Modelling, the third theme in Computer Science, provides opportunities for interaction with a number of local industries and with colleagues in the School of Electronic Engineering where the key themes are Optoelectronics and Organic Electronics with continuing activity in Laser Micromachining.

Students who study at the College of Physical and Applied Sciences are assured that their work will contribute to and be involved with current research, and many of our students have papers published during their time at Bangor.

Chemistry at the Life Science Interface, Materials Chemistry and Theoretical and computational Chemistry are the major themes at the School of Chemistry. However, the boundaries between these areas are soft and many research projects go across these themes. Strong links to national and international collaborations open opportunities for the future.

156 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Š GLYN DAVIES

Students have access to state-of-the-art research equipment, such as the nitrogen glove box facility (seen here), attached to the Class 1000 clean room for handling organic electronic devices which cannot be exposed to oxygen.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 157

158 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Chemistry About the School Chemistry at Bangor has a distinguished history stretching back over 125 years and Chemistry was one of the four founding departments of the University in 1884. Over this period the highest standards in teaching coupled with a strong commitment to research have been the School’s mission.

The School of Chemistry combines a traditional approach with a modern curriculum and teaching methods. The result is a modern School which offers a range of solid-based postgraduate degree courses which have been highly rated by our external examiners.

The School has an active postgraduate programme with students from the UK and from many different countries around the world. Research work at the School is of the highest quality and creativity spanning the traditional areas of organic, inorganic and physical chemistry grouped together under the three research themes of chemistry at the life science interface, materials chemistry and theoretical chemistry.

Staff and facilities The School has a full complement of academic staff working in modern teaching and research facilities. Postgraduate teaching and learning is enhanced by traditional lectures, seminars, IT sessions and laboratory classes with research work being the main emphasis. We have well-equipped laboratories with industry standard instrumentation for students use, including NMR, GC, HPLC, MS, spectroscopy (FTIR and UV-vis), TGA, XRD and microscopy.

Overview of academic areas The School of Chemistry has a vibrant research community which includes MSc Analytical Chemistry, MSc Environmental Chemistry, MRes, MPhil and PhD students all working under the broad School research themes of materials chemistry, chemistry at the life science interface and theoretical chemistry. We also collaborate with colleagues in other departments both at Bangor University and world wide.

The School of Chemistry has been honoured with a Royal Society of Chemistry (RSC) Landmark Award. This is the first for Bangor, and the first of its kind for Wales.

The RSC Chemical Landmark Plaque is in recognition of both Professor Ted Hughes’ critical research in Physical Organic Chemistry and the 125 years of excellence in Chemistry at Bangor.

Professor Hughes was Head of the School of Chemistry from 1943-8. His research contributed to a greater understanding of organic reaction mechanisms which now underpin university chemistry curricula world-wide.

The long-standing relationship forged between the RSC and the School of Chemistry has been extremely important, benefitting all aspects of Chemistry from teaching and research to school events and public lectures. Many of the RSC Local Section officers and Committee members are Bangor Chemistry staff and students.

Serving on the RSC committee has also proved invaluable for many students. The RSC has not only enriched the student experience here at Bangor but has helped to excite generations of school children about science.

COURSE LIST: MSc/PgDip • Analytical Chemistry • Environmental Chemistry MRes • Chemistry MSc by Research • Chemistry* PhD/MPhil • Chemistry * Please see the website for course details.

CONTACT DETAILS: School of Chemistry Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382375 E-mail: chemistry@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/chemistry

School of Chemistry English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements are: • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 6.0).

For PhD/MSc by Research: • IELTS 6.5 (with the following minimum component scores: Writing-6.5; Reading6.5; Speaking-6.0; Listening-6.0.)

For MRes: • 7.0 (Speaking-6.5; Listening-6.5; Writing7.0; Reading-7.0).

Specific research interests include polymer chemistry, photovoltaics, green chemistry, synthetic chemistry, biosensers, quantum dynamics and peptide fragmentation dynamics. We have many links with both industrial and academic partners around the world, contributing to the School's international reputation for excellence.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 159

Chemistry MRes • Laboratory Health and Safety Compulsory Modules: This module gives a basic grounding in safety • Research Thesis training. A series of videos/lectures are used to The thesis takes the form of a 120-200 page give you awareness of all safety issues which (40,000 words maximum) document describing ENTRY REQUIREMENTS include legal requirements, filling in COSHH the background literature to the area of BSc (Hons) 1st class or 2.i (or equivalent) in assessment forms, use of data bases etc. You research and the research work undertaken.

Chemistry or suitable science degree. also participate in an intensive first aid course under the guidance of the Red Cross, the • Advanced Research and laboratory Skills COURSE DESCRIPTION successful completion of which results in This module comprises 3 main areas: The objective of this MRes programme is to certification. (i) project planning produce skilled postgraduates who can act in the (ii) literature review increasingly wide research area of chemistry.

Also included is a practical fire fighting course (iii) initial project laboratory work and training The taught element encompasses subject where you learn the basis of fire prevention, the specific critical evaluation of scientific literature, correct techniques in the use of and choices of As such, this module assesses your ability to writing and presentational skills as well as fire extinguishers. Finally you are expected to work in a laboratory environment and to set in project planning and advanced lab skills (60 put together a small portfolio to indicate that place an area of research work. The literature credits). The research element (120 credits) will you have put the knowledge into practice in report takes the form of a 20-30 page review of require students to undertake a major research your course - e.g. demonstrate the proper use the background literature to your area of thesis under direct supervision which will be of COSHH assessments etc. This will be backed research and will act as the background and written up as a thesis. This will be attractive to up by your supervisor’s/line manager’s input. basis to the final MRes thesis. The document both KESS funded students and industrial should be word processed and should be partners as well as self-funded students.

CAREER PROSPECTS prepared in consultation with your project This will open up postgraduate career supervisor. opportunities in a broad range of employment areas in the chemical, environmental, pharmaceutical and biotech industries.

COURSE DURATION MRes: 1 year full-time.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/chemistry

Analytical Chemistry MSc/PgDip • Diploma Report The diploma report takes the form of a 40 to 50 page thesis describing the background literature to your area of research and the research work performed during the diploma ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A minimum 2.ii honours degree in Chemistry or a project. chemistry-related subject is required.

• Project Thesis The thesis takes the form of a 60 to 100 page COURSE DESCRIPTION (20,000 words maximum) document describing This course provides recent graduates with the background literature to the area of training in current analytical techniques and scientific skills which are of value to a wide range research and the research work undertaken. of sectors including chemical, pharmaceutical, • Literature and Laboratory Skills MSc optoelectronics and environmental monitoring.

This module assesses your ability to work to This programme consists of both a taught initiate and plan a research project. element and a substantial research project. The lecture modules cover a broad range of scientific • Modern Analytical Techniques topics as well as transferable skills. The This module contains three analytical individual research topics may be in either chemistry practicals (UV/Vis, atomic applied or fundamental areas of analytical absorption, advanced chromatography). Valid chemistry and wherever possible, projects are analytical measurement and computer designed to tackle real industrial or environstatistics packages are also covered in the mental problems. context of experimental data analysis.

Compulsory Modules: • Laboratory Health and Safety • IT Presentation Skills This module gives a basic grounding in safety This module is designed to give you a virtual training. toolbox of ways to make yourself seen, heard and understood. It pulls together a range of the Optional Modules - choose 1: latest in presentation technologies and • Pollution and Environment software applications.

• Structure and Reactivity (Organic Chemistry) • Synthetic Glycoconjugates as Biological Probes • Diploma Laboratory Work MSc The diploma laboratory work continues on from • Processes at Interfaces • Advanced Topics in Inorganic Chemistry the preliminary first semester literature module and is intended to enable development • any other Early Research and Development Programme chosen in discussion with your of your laboratory, analytical and spectroscopic Supervisor skills.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time; Diploma: 30 weeks fulltime.

160 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Students that study this degree on the ATM (Access to Masters) programme will be automatically partnered with a local company.

The project you undertake on this scheme will relate directly to the work of that company and you will work closely with and under the supervision of the company. To take advantage of the Access to Masters Scheme UK and EU students need to have been living in the convergence area of Wales for at least 3 years.

More details on the ATM scheme can be found on the School of Chemistry’s web site.

CAREER PROSPECTS This degree could open up a whole world of opportunity for graduates for example some of our students have found careers in the following areas: • Researching pollutant levels in marine and costal environments • Developing new sensors for measuring of organic and inorganic species • Identifying new biomarkers of disease states • Quality Assurance Laboratories • Hi-Tech industry • Postgraduate study in Chemistry, Environmental or related sciences (PhD) • Teaching For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/chemistry

Environmental Chemistry MSc/PgDip • Diploma Report The diploma report takes the form of a 40 to 50 page thesis describing the background literature to your area of research and the research work performed during the diploma ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A minimum 2.ii honours degree in Chemistry or a project. chemistry-related subject is required.

• Project Thesis The thesis takes the form of a 60 to 100 page COURSE DESCRIPTION (20,000 words maximum) document describing This course provides recent graduates with the background literature to the area of training in current analytical techniques, research and the research work undertaken. scientific and transferable skills applicable for environmental chemistry research. Individual • Literature and Laboratory Skills MSc research topics (which make up a considerable This module comprises 2 main areas: part of the course) are all in the area of (i) project planning environmental chemistry. Typical projects have (ii) literature review included contaminated land/water clean-up, studies of marine anti-fouling agents and the As such, this module assesses your ability to effect of drought on nutrient cycling in soil. The work to initiate and plan a research project. The lectures and teaching cover a broad range of literature report takes the form of a 20-30 page topics. Coursework is assessed by formal review of the background literature to your area examination, and the MSc is awarded following of research and will act as the background and the examination of a dissertation. basis to the final Diploma report and MSc thesis.

Compulsory Modules: • IT Presentation Skills • Modern Analytical Techniques This module is designed to give you a virtual This module contains three analytical toolbox of ways to make yourself seen, heard chemistry practicals (UV/Vis, atomic and understood. It pulls together a range of the absorption, advanced chromatography). Valid latest in presentation technologies and analytical measurement and computer software applications and gives a chance to get statistics packages are also covered in the hands-on experience with them. context of experimental data analysis.

• Diploma Laboratory Work MSc • Laboratory Health and Safety The diploma laboratory work in the first and This module gives a basic grounding in safety second semester continues on from the training. preliminary first semester literature module and is intended to enable development of your laboratory, analytical and spectroscopic skills.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time; Diploma: 30 weeks fulltime.

Optional Modules - choose 1: • Pollution and Environment • Waste Management and Utilisation • Structure and Reactivity (Organic Chemistry) • Synthetic Glycoconjugates as Biological Probes • Processes at Interfaces • Advanced Topics in Inorganic Chemistry any other Early Research and Development Programme chosen in discussion with your Supervisor.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Students who study this degree on the ATM (Access to Masters) programme will be automatically partnered with a local company.

The project you undertake on this scheme will relate directly to the work of that company and you will work closely with and under the supervision of the company. To take advantage of the Access to Masters Scheme, UK and EU students need to have been living in the convergence area for at least 3 years. More details on the ATM scheme can be found on the School of Chemistry’s website.

CAREER PROSPECTS Most of our students now have successful careers in the chemical and parmaceutical industry, environmental consultancy, teaching or further PhD studies and academia.

Chemistry PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION PhD: 2 to 3 years full-time; MPhil: 2 years fulltime.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A minimum 2.i honours degree in Chemistry or a chemistry-related subject is required.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Many research projects are continually investigated. Please check the School’s website. for the most up-to-date list of research conducted within the School.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Some of our students have completed a PhD whilst working within industry and studying parttime. We also offer funding streams for EU students which link students with industry for the duration of their PhD. Students gain invaluable industry experience and the local company is able to take advantage of the latest research.

CAREER PROSPECTS Most of our students now have successful careers in the chemical and parmaceutical industry, environmental consultancy, teaching or further PhD studies and academia.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/chemistry

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 161

162 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

School of Computer Science About the School The School of Computer Science is a young and lively community of academic staff, undergraduate and postgraduate students and postdoctoral research workers.

Computer Science at Bangor is ideally placed to provide the training required for a career in IT in the 21st Century. Our interactions with a wide range of companies ensure our degree courses reflect current trends and recent developments in their subjects.

Facilities The School has a strong and vibrant postgraduate programme and our students have dedicated laboratories in which to work.

The School is well equipped with computer rooms and other specialist equipment (such as a High Performance Visualisation and Medical Graphics laboratory) that are used to support and reinforce information and concepts presented during lectures and seminars.

In addition, we aim to ensure that our students use industry-standard hardware and software from the beginning of their studies and we continue to invest in new computer systems and up-to-date software to support our teaching.

The School’s strong focus on postgraduate teaching and research means that all our students are involved with current research themes from the outset, working closely with their personal tutors on the latest research.

An innovative cross-disciplinary approach by scientists at the School of Computer Science and the School of Psychology received over £500,000 in funding from two of the UK’s main funding bodies, the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Councils and the Economic and Social Research Council.

The ability to create artificial vision systems as complex as our own human vision has challenged robotics experts for decades. Artificial vision systems able to recognise objects and function beyond a stable, controlled environment would have a range of applications. Working together, the cross-disciplinary project aims to work out the highly complex neural processes involved in simple tasks such as recognising objects, despite variations such as position, light and shadow.

Dr Ik Soo Lim from the School of Computer Science explained: “Our input involved translating data from one discipline into the language of another. We will be converting the data being collected in the psychologists’ vision laboratories into computational models that will underpin the development of more complex artificial visual systems.”

COURSE LIST: MSc • Computer Science • Computer Science with Artificial Intelligence • Computer Science with Security • Computer Science with Visualisation MRes • Advanced Visualisation, Virtual Environments and Computer Animation MBA • Information Management (see page 74) PhD/MPhil • Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Agents • Communication Networks and Protocols • Medical Visualisation and Simulation • Pattern Recognition/Classifiers

CONTACT DETAILS: School of Computer Science Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382686 E-mail: cs-pg-admissions@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/cs

The Sotware Alliance Wales (SAW) project helps to foster collaborations with local IT companies. There are also many opportunities in the IT industry in many sectors due to the presence of a high number of IT companies and SME’s in north Wales.

Overview of academic areas Research expertise in the School spans computer graphics, visualization, knowledge discovery, and communications. Expertise in these areas is incorporated into our teaching activities, giving students direct access to the latest Computer Science research.

School of Computer Science English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements are: • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 5.5).

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 163

Computer Science with Visualisation MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 years full-time, 2 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A recognised initial degree in Computer Science is required.

Applicants from overseas must in addition demonstrate competence in English to level IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5. An appopriate ELCOS (Bangor University English Language School) pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve the required English language level.

COURSE DESCRIPTION Students completing this course will have an understanding of the fundamentals underpinning computing and its applications with a specialisation in the area of visualisation. You will be able to describe the operation of such software systems, apply the related principles into the implementation of properly engineered software, and understand the drivers for future trends.

Compulsory Modules: • Individual Project (60 credits) • Information Visualisation • Computer Animation • Virtual Environments and Human Perception • Scientific Visualisation • High Performance Computing • Data Networks and Internet Systems • Information Visualisation Optional Modules: • AI and Agents • Applied AI • Object Oriented Programming

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Researchers in the School are leaders in the field of visualisation, and are part of the Research Institute in Visual Computing (RIVIC), a collaborative amalgamation of research programmes between the computer science departments in Aberystwyth, Bangor, Cardiff and Swansea Universities. The School has many links with industry (e.g. IBM, EADS) and organisations (North Wales Police, MOD, DSTL). The job market for computer science students with specialist skills in visualisation encompasses all areas of the IT industry since the need for visualisation is fundamental.

CAREER PROSPECTS Computer Science at Bangor is regularly ranked amongst the top universities in the UK for employability according to league tables. The Software Alliance Wales (SAW) Project helps to foster collaborations with local IT companies.

There are also many opportunities in the IT industry in many sectors due to the presence of a comparatively high number of IT companies and SMEs in north Wales.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/computerscience

Computer Science with Security MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 years full-time, 2 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A recognised initial degree in Computer Science is required.

Applicants from overseas must in addition demonstrate competence in English to level IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5. An appopriate ELCOS (Bangor University English Language School) pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve the required English language level.

COURSE DESCRIPTION In 2011, it was estimated that the total cost of cyber crime to the UK was £27 bn. The major financial losses were associated with the theft of Intellectual Property and Industrial Espionage.

Critical in the protection of an organisation’s infrastructure are the development of a computer security culture and the adoption of mature security standards/controls and technology.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Computer Science at Bangor is regularly ranked amongst the top universities in the UK for employability according to league tables. The Software Alliance Wales (SAW) Project helps to foster collaborations with local IT companies.

There are also many opportunities in the IT industry in many sectors due to the presence of a comparatively high number of IT companies and SMEs in north Wales.

Students completing this course will have an understanding of the fundamentals underpinning computing and its applications with a specialisation in the area of Security. You will be able to describe the operation of such software systems, apply the related principles into the implementation of properly engineered software, and understand the drivers for future trends.

CAREER PROSPECTS This MSc will equip you with the computer and information security skills needed by any organisation. Those completing the MSc in Computer Science with Security course will definitely be more employable as computer securities become a priority.

Compulsory Modules: • Individual Project (60 credit) • Network Security • Cryptography • Digital Forensics • Data Networks and Communications • High Performance Computing • AI and Agents • Technologies for Internet Systems Optional Modules: • Applied Artificial Intelligence • Object Orientated Programming

164 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/computerscience

Computer Science with Artificial Intelligence MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time, 2 years part-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A recognised initial degree in Computer Science is required.

Students completing this course will have an understanding of the fundamentals underpinning computing and its applications with a specialisation in the area of Artificial Intelligence. You will be able to apply the related principles into the implementation of properly engineered software, and understand the drivers for future trends.

Applicants from overseas must in addition demonstrate competence in English to level IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5. An appopriate ELCOS (Bangor University English Language School) pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve the required English language level.

CAREER PROSPECTS To name just two examples of many, Artificial Intelligence technologies used to develop search engines (e.g. Google, Bing) and recommendation software (e.g. Amazon, Facebook) have proved to be game changers in the IT industry spawning billion-dollar sub-industries such as search engine optimisation. Clearly, Artificial Intelligence is an area of fundamental importance to all IT employers.

Compulsory Modules: • Individual Project (60 credits) • Project Foundations and Management Tools For further course details, please see: • AI and Agents www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/computerscience • Applied Artificial Intelligence • Natural Language Processing and Information Retrieval • Pattern Recognition and Neural Networks COURSE DESCRIPTION Artificial intelligence has been used to such great • Data Networks and Communications effect in recent years that it has been Optional Modules: instrumental in bringing about a change in the • Computer Animation way the internet functions and has also been fundamental to the success of many companies. • Virtual Environments and Human Perception • Pattern Recognition and Neural Networks In 2003, Greenpeace published a report entitled • High Performance Computing “Future Technologies: Today’s choices – • Technologies for Internet Systems Nanotechnology, Artificial Intelligence and • Information Visualisation Robotics; A technical, political and institutional map of emerging technologies”. They identified RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY five key technologies as “emerging” that offer “hope for the betterment of the human condition”. Computer Science at Bangor is regularly ranked These five key technologies were: Biotechnology; amongst the top universities in the U.K. for Nanotechnology; Cognitive Science; Robotics; and employability according to league tables. The Software Alliance Wales (SAW) Project helps to Artificial Intelligence. The last three of these technologies are in the Artificial Intelligence area foster collaborations with local IT companies.

There are also many opportunities in the IT that is addressed by this programme. industry in many sectors due to the presence of a comparatively high number of IT companies and SMEs in north Wales.

Computer Science MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Applicants should hold an Honours degree in Computer Science or a related scientific discipline, at a 2.ii level or higher or the international equivalent. Applicants with initial degrees in other disciplines will be considered on an individual basis, with the assessment based on the applicant’s potential to succeed on, and benefit from, the course.

Applicants from overseas must in addition demonstrate competence in English to level IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5. An appopriate ELCOS (Bangor University English Language School) pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve the required English language level.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This MSc takes an immersive approach to learning both the principles and practices of computer systems with much of the material based around examples and practical exercises.

Students completing this course will have a firm grasp of the current practices and directions in computer systems and will be able to design and build for example, distributed systems for the Web using Internet, Intranet and other technologies.

Compulsory modules: • High Performance Computing • Data Networks and Communications • Information Visualisation • Technologies for Internet Systems • AI and Agents • Individual Project Optional modules: • Object Oriented Programming • Natural Language Computing • Pattern Recognition and Neural Networks • Applied Artificial Intelligence • Computer Animation • Scientific Visualisation • Virtual Environments and Human Perception

CAREER PROSPECTS Computer Science at Bangor is regularly ranked amongst the top universities in the UK for employability according to league tables. The Software Alliance Wales (SAW) Project helps to foster collaborations with local IT companies.

There are also many opportunities in the IT industry in many sectors due to the presence of a comparatively high number of IT companies and SMEs in north Wales.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/computerscience

• MSc Research Project Students are expected to conduct project work that is at near or actual state of the art research level and to present this work as a written dissertation.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Students that study this degree on the ATM (Access to Masters) programme will be automatically partnered with a local company.

The project you undertake on this scheme will relate directly to the work of that company and you will work closely with and under the supervision of the company. To take advantage of the Access to Masters Scheme, UK and EU students need to have been living in the convergence area of Wales for at least 3 years.

More details on the ATM scheme can be found on the School of Computer Science web site.

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 165

Advanced Visualisation, Virtual Environments and Computer Animation MRes COURSE DURATION MRes: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS An honours degree in computer science or engineering/scientific discipline, which included a substantial computing element.

COURSE DESCRIPTION This course aims at providing computer science graduates with the knowledge and skills to specialise in advanced computer graphics principles and practice, as well as gaining exposure to research activities in this field.

Students completing this course will have a firm grasp of the current practices and directions in computer graphics techniques and be able to apply them to scientific visualization, virtual environments, and computer animation.

Compulsory Modules: • Computer Animation • Virtual Environments and Human Perception • Information Visualisation • Scientific Visualisation • MRes Project CAREER PROSPECTS Computer Science at Bangor is regularly ranked amongst the top universities in the UK for employability according to league tables. The Software Alliance Wales (SAW) Project helps to foster collaborations with local IT companies.

There are also many opportunities in the IT industry in many sectors due to the presence of a comparatively high number of IT companies and SME’s in north Wales.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/computerscience

Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Agents / Communication Networks and Protocols / Medical Visualisation and Simulation / Pattern Recognition / Classifiers PhD/MPhil COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS • Artifical Intelligence and Intelligent Agents: a good honours degree or equivalent is required.

• Communication Networks and Protocols: a good honours degree or equivalent in electronic engineering or computer science is required.

• Medical Visualisation and Simulation: a good honours degree or equivalent with computer science is required.

• Pattern Recognition/Classifies: a good honours degree or equivalent with computer science is required.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Artifical Intelligence and Intelligent Agents Research topics include knowledge-based systems, logic, multi-agent systems, distributed systems, machine learning, data mining, computational linguistics, natural language processing, information theory and information retrieval. A central goal of the research is to develop intelligent agents, which have weak properties such as autonomy, social ability, reactivity, proactivity, temporal continuity and goal orientedness as well as strong properties such as mobility, benevolence, rationality, collaborative ability and adaptivity. Past and current projects include knowledgeable agents, text mining, text categorization, question/ answering, biomedical Information retrieval systems, Welsh-English translation, believable agents (e.g. chatbots), and artificial life agents.

166 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Communication Networks and Protocols The main research fields are: network planning and optimization, wireless data networks, and network protocols. There are strong links externally with the other research groups, both within the and internationally, as well as many of the leading companies in the area.

Visualisation and Simulation The main research fields are: medical visualisation; surgical simulation; telemedicine; computer graphics; and visualisation across the computational Grid. There are strong links externally with the other research groups in this field, and the NHS. Pattern Recognition/Classifiers Pattern recognition is a very active field of research intimately bound to machine learning and data mining. Also known as classification or statistical classification, pattern recognition aims at building a classifier that can determine the class of an input pattern. An input could be the ZIP code on an envelope, a satellite image, microarray gene expression data, a chemical signature of an oil-field probe, a financial record of a company and many more. The classifier may take a form of a function, an algorithm, a set of rules, etc. Pattern recognition is about training such classifiers to do tasks that could be tedious, dangerous, infeasible, impractical, expensive or simply difficult for humans. Pattern recognition faces many challenges in the modern era of massive data collection (e.g. in retail, communication and Internet) and high demand for precision and speed (e.g. in security monitoring and target tracking).

New methodologies are needed to answer these application-born challenges.

The School offers a new and exciting research programme in the area of Pattern Recognition and Classification.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Some of our students have completed a PhD whilst working within industry and studying parttime. Bangor University also offers various funding streams for local students (the KESS programme) which links students with industry for the duration of their PhD. Students gain invaluable industry experience and the local company is able to take advantage of the latest research.

CAREER PROSPECTS Computer Science at Bangor is regularly ranked amongst the top universities in the UK for employability according to league tables. The Software Alliance Wales (SAW) Project helps to foster collaborations with local IT companies.

There are also many opportunities in the IT industry in many sectors due to the presence of a comparatively high number of IT companies and SMEs in north Wales.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/computerscience

School of Electronic Engineering About the School The School of Electronic Engineering is at the forefront of education and research in electronics today and conducts world-leading research in optoelectronics, optical communications, organic electronics and bioelectronics. In the most recent Government Research Assessment Exercise the School was ranked 2nd in the UK. Staff and facilities Since our staff work with companies through joint research projects, knowledge transfer partnerships and as consultants, students can be sure that they are taught by practising professional engineers and scientists.

The School of Electronic Engineering has excellent facilities for postgraduate students, including a dedicated PC lab for MSc students and access to cutting edge laboratory equipment, from clean rooms to optical communications testbeds. Students will have access to relevant equipment and experimental techniques, and will carry out their project work in the School’s well equipped research laboratories.

The hands-on approach to teaching and laboratory work means that all our students will gain invaluable experience of industrystandard techniques, giving you a significant edge in the job market.

Overview of academic areas Optoelectronics research focuses on understanding the physics of semiconductor optoelectronic devices, with a particular emphasis on the dynamics of optoelectronic systems and on optical chaos synchronisation and chaos communications.

The Organic Electronics researchers examine how organic chemicals, with desirable electronic properties, can be manufactured into electronic devices to compete with silicon, with a particular emphasis on organic photovoltaic materials and low-cost plastic electronics.

The interaction between electronic and electrical phenomena and biological samples forms the focus of bioelectronic research at the school. Biological measuring instruments can be made by utilising the interplay of cells and miniaturised, structured electric fields, to build an entire ‘lab on a chip’.

School of Electronic Engineering English Language requirements International applicants are normally required to provide evidence of English language proficiency. The minimum English requirements are: • IELTS 6.0 (with no individual score lower than 5.5), with a writing score of 6.5.

COURSE LIST: MSc • Broadband and Optical Communications • Electronic Engineering • Nanotechnology and Microfabrication MRes • Electronic Engineering

Sanjay Priyadarshi, from India, was awarded a research scholarship that was offered as part of the University’s 125th anniversary celebrations. He is currently studying for a PhD at the School of Electronic Engineering.

“I received the 125th Anniversary Research Scholarship which was a golden opportunity for me to follow my dream of studying further and now I am a PhD student at the School of Electronic Engineering. My area of research is Optical Chaos Communication and the Characteristics of Nonlinear Dynamics of Semiconductor Lasers.

The School has excellent facilities and experienced staff that all have the incredible skill of motivating and preparing their students for the challenges of the new high-tech world. Bangor University is among the best research-intensive universities in the UK. The University has excellent research facilities along with excellent teaching and learning resources and support.

PhD/MPhil • Electrical Materials Science • Laser Micromachining and Laboratory-ona-Chip • Optical Communications • Optoelectronics • Organic Electronics CONTACT DETAILS: School of Electronic Engineering Tel: + 44 (0) 1248 382686 E-mail: eng-pg-admissions@bangor.ac.uk www.bangor.ac.uk/eng

The School of Electronic Engineering is ranked 2nd in the UK in the most recent government Research Assessment Exercise.

The best thing about the School for me is the eco-friendly research environment and the fact that I can discuss my thoughts and ideas with the full involvement of the group. My colleagues also provide all the support that I need.

I am working on Optical Chaos, which has a potential application in secure communication. The semiconductor lasers are fascinating sources for secure optical communications using chaos. It is most relevant for today’s increasing requirement for secure data transmission at very fast speed.

After I complete my studies I hope to work with an optimistic group in a challenging research field and also to make the best use of my knowledge for the development of Science and Technology and to utilise it for the wellbeing of mankind.”

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 167

Electronic Engineering MRes Specialist areas of study: Optoelectronics; Optical Communications; Organic Electronics; Polymer Electronics; Micromachining; Nanotechnology; VLSI Design; Bio-Electronics; Microwave Devices.

COURSE DURATION MRes: 1 year full-time.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS We welcome applicants who have gained an Honours degree in Electronic Engineering, Physics or a related scientific discipline, at a 2.ii level or higher or the international equivalent.

Applicants with initial degrees in other disciplines will be considered on an individual basis, with the assessment based on the applicant’s potential to succeed on, and benefit from, the course.

It is the normal expectation that the independent research thesis (120 credits) should be of at a publishable standard in a high quality peer reviewed journal. Each MRes shares the taught element of the course. After successful completion of the taught element you are then able to specialise in a specific subject for your thesis.

Compulsory Modules: The taught provision has four 15 credit modules that concentrate on specific generic skills.

• Modelling and Design This module focuses on the simulation and design of electronic devices using an advanced software package – COMSOL. This powerful commercial software package is extremely adaptable and can be used to simulate and design a very wide range of physical systems.

• Research Project After the successful completions of the taught component of the programme, the major individual thesis will be undertaken within the world-leading research groups of the School.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates of these courses have gone on to work in various branches of the Electronics industry, for example optical communications and telecommunications companies, government research facilities like GCHQ, and various nanotechnology enterprises, from start-ups to multinational companies.

Many MRes students will continue postgraduate study after graduating, going on to MPhil and Phd aprogrammes. Whatever your final destination, MRes graduates will have demonstrable independent research skills and the ability to scope and manage complicated technical Applicants from overseas must in addition projects. You will also have developed scientific • Introduction to Nanotechnology demonstrate competence in English to level and engineering skills specific to your particular IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5 with a and Microsystems area of study, from scanning probe microscopy to This module focuses on device fabrication writing score of 6.5. An appopriate ELCOS techniques at the nano and micro scale, as well finite element modelling which are of immediate (Bangor University English Language School) applicability in technical industries. pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve the as introducing some of the diagnostic tools available to test the quality and characteristics required English language level.

For further course details, please see: of devices. www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering COURSE DESCRIPTION • Project Planning and Management Each programme is aligned to the research This module focuses on the skills required to conducted within the School. The MRes scope, plan, execute and report the outcomes of programme provides a dedicated route for higha business and research project. calibre students who (and possibly have a specific research aim in mind) are ready to carry • Mini Project out independent research leading to PhD level study or who are seeking a stand alone research- This module focuses on applying the skills and techniques to a mini project, whose theme will based qualification suitable for a career in form the basis of the substantial research research with transferable skills for graduate project. employment.

Broadband and Optical Communications MSc • Mobile Communications Compulsory Modules: This module will provide an in-depth • Data Networks and Communications understanding of current and emerging mobile This module will provide an in-depth communication systems, with a particular understanding of how real communication ENTRY REQUIREMENTS emphasis on the common aspects of all such networks are structured and the protocols that This degree is aimed at candidates who have systems. make them work. It will give you the ability to gained an Honours degree in Electronic explain in detail the process followed to provide Engineering, Physics or a related scientific • Optoelectronics an end-to-end connection. discipline, at a 2.ii level or higher or the This module will outline the key optoelectronic international equivalent. Applicants with initial application areas: consumer products (displays, degrees in other disciplines will be considered on • Modelling and Design lighting, data storage and photovoltaics) and This module focuses on the simulation and an individual basis, with the assessment based industrial themes (sensors, optical design of electronic devices using an advanced on the applicant’s potential to succeed on, and communication, laser machining, software package – COMSOL. This powerful benefit from, the course. environmental issues and device packaging). commercial software package is extremely adaptable and can be used to simulate and Applicants from overseas must in addition RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY design a very wide range of physical systems. demonstrate competence in English to level This course was devised in close consultation IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5 and with the telecommunications industry, and a • Project Planning and Management writing score of 6.5. An appopriate ELCOS number of modules are taught by guest lecturers This module focuses on the skills required to (Bangor University English Language School) scope, plan, execute and report the outcomes of with many years of industry experience. pre-sesional course may be taken to achieve the a business and research project. required English language level.

CAREER PROSPECTS Graduates can expect to find employment in the • Advanced Optical Communications COURSE DESCRIPTION The main learning objective of this module is a fast-developing communications industry, from This course aims to give suitable graduates an local-loop service providers to backhaul network study of the design and operating in-depth understanding of the technology, and companies. You will have advanced skills in the characteristics of optical fibre communication the drivers for the technology, in the area of analysis and design of broadband communisystems. broadband and mobile communications. The cation systems and components, with a course will also provide exposure to current particular emphasis on optical communications.

• Mini Project research activity in the field.

This module focuses on applying the skills and These skills will be immediately applicable in the ever-growing communications industry. techniques to a mini project.

Upon completing the programme, you will have a detailed understanding of the current practices For further course details, please see: • Broadband Communication Systems and directions in this topic, and will be able to www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering This module aims to provide you with an inapply them to the task of continuing the roll-out depth understanding of current and emerging of advanced communication services across the broadband communications techniques globe. employed in local, access and backbone networks.

COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

168 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Electronic Engineering MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

Compulsory Modules: • Introduction to Nanotechnology and Microsystems This module focuses on the device fabrication techniques at the nano and micro scale.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This degree is aimed at candidates who have gained an Honours degree in Electronic • Modelling and Design Engineering, Physics or a related scientific This module focuses on the simulation and discipline, at a 2.ii level or higher or the design of electronic devices using an advanced international equivalent. Applicants with initial degrees in other disciplines will be considered on software package – COMSOL. an individual basis, with the assessment based • Project Planning and Management on the applicant’s potential to succeed on, and This module focuses on developing tools and benefit from, the course. techniques for managing projects with an engineering focus.

Applicants from overseas must in addition demonstrate competence in English to level IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5 with a • Advanced Sensor Systems This module focuses on the physical principles writing score of 6.5. An appopriate ELCOS and engineering practice of advanced (Bangor University English Language School) pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve the technologies for sensing various physical variables applying nanotechnology and required English language level. microfabrication.

COURSE DESCRIPTION • Mini Project This programme aims to provide a broad based Electronic Engineering MSc which will enable you This module focuses on applying the skills and techniques to a mini project. to contribute to the future development of electronic products and services. The course Optional Modules include: reflects the School’s highly regarded research • VLSI Design activity at the leading edge of electronic • RF and Optical MEMS engineering. The MSc will provide relevant, up• Microengineering to-date skills that enhance the engineering • Further Microengineering competency of its graduates and allows a • Laser Physics broader knowledge of electronic engineering to • Optoelectronics be acquired by studying important emerging • Mobile Communications technologies, such as, optoelectronics, • Broadband Communication Systems bioelectronics, polymer electronics and micromachining. The course is intended for graduates in a related discipline, who wish to enhance and specialise their skills in several emerging technologies.

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Students following this degree on the ATM (Access to Masters) programme will be automatically partnered with a local company.

The project you undertake on this scheme will relate directly to the work of that company and you will work closely with and under the supervision of the company. To take advantage of the Access to Masters Scheme students need to have been living in the convergence area of Wales for at least 3 years. More details on the ATM scheme can be found on the School of Electronic Engineering web site.

CAREER PROSPECTS All graduates of this course will have skills and knowledge in the techniques and ideas of modern electronic systems, with a particular emphasis on the influence of nanotechnology on their design. You will also have developed scientific and engineering skills specific to your particular module choices, from the design of multi-million gate digital circuits to modelling communication systems and optoelectronic devices which are of immediate applicability in technical industries.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 169

Nanotechnology and Microfabrication MSc COURSE DURATION MSc: 1 year full-time.

• Microengineering Compulsory Modules: This module provides an introduction to the • Introduction to Nanotechnology and rapidly expanding subject of microengineering.

Microsystems The module investigates clean room-based This module focuses on the device fabrication lithographic and related methods of techniques at the nano and micro scale, as well microfabrication, as well as microas introducing some of the diagnostic tools manufacturing issues for a range of materials available to test the quality and characteristics such as silicon, polymers and metals. of devices.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS This degree is aimed at candidates who have gained an Honours degree in Electronic Engineering, Physics or a related scientific discipline, at a 2.ii level or higher or the international equivalent. Applicants with initial degrees in other disciplines will be considered on • Modelling and Design This module focuses on the simulation and an individual basis, with the assessment based design of electronic devices using an advanced on the applicant’s potential to succeed on, and software package – COMSOL. benefit from, the course.

CAREER PROSPECTS Students completing this course will have a firm grasp of the current practices and directions in this exciting area and will have the knowledge and skills to enable you to design and build microscale devices. In particular you will have • Project Planning and Management Applicants from overseas must in addition strong numerical modelling skills, with expertise This module focuses on the skills required to demonstrate competence in English to level IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5 with a scope, plan, execute and report the outcomes of in the newly emerging field of multiphysics modelling. These skills are immediately a business and research project. writing score of 6.5. An appopriate ELCOS applicable in the growing number of industries (Bangor University English Language School) which apply nanotechnology to the design of new pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve the • Advanced Sensor Systems products and processes.

This module provides you with an required English language level. understanding of more complex sensor systems and a view of current developments in Graduates of these courses have gone on to work COURSE DESCRIPTION in various branches of the Electronics industry, specific areas of sensor development.

This course teaches numerate graduates for example optical communications and knowledge and skills in the field of telecommunications companies, government nanotechnology and microfabrication. The course • Mini Project This module focuses on applying the skills and research facilities like GCHQ, and various takes an immersive approach to learning both nanotechnology enterprises, from start-ups to techniques to a mini project. the principles and practices of nanotechnology multinational companies. Some MSc students and microfabrication with much of the material will continue postgraduate study after based around examples and practical exercises. • RF and Optical MEMs This module introduces the use and benefits of graduating, going on to PhD and MPhil External examiners have noted the strong miniaturisation in RF and optical technologies. programmes. practical element both in the MSc project and in The module will investigate improvements in the taught part of the course, and have component characteristics, and manufacturing For further course details, please see: commended that students on this course do processes. Applications of RF and optical nano www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering significant projects in the clean room. and microsystems will be discussed using examples.

Electrical Materials Science / Laser Micromachining and Laboratory-on-a-Chip / Optoelectronics / Optical Communications / Organic Electronics PhD/MPhil Optoelectronics Optoelectronics research is directed at advancing design and system applications of semiconductor optoelectronic and organic electro-optic devices ENTRY REQUIREMENTS A good honours degree or equivalent is required. including laser diodes and optical waveguides.

Activities range from: Basic device operating principles through to matters of engineering Applicants from overseas must in addition design; Issues in nonlinear dynamics of optical demonstrate competence in English to level IELTS 6.0 overall and no element under 5.5 with a devices for chaotic optical data encryption. writing score of 6.5. An appopriate ELCOS Optical Communications (Bangor University English Language School) pre-sessional course may be taken to achieve the Research interests include: Advanced optical communications systems for long-haul core required English language level. networks, next-generation high capacity access networks and cost-effective local area networks; COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Optical networking and future all-optical Electrical Materials Science networks; Optical and electrical signal Research interests include: Electronic and processing. dielectric properties of weakly conducting materials; Properties of metal, semiconductor Organic Electronics and insulating surfaces; Electrokinetic Research is undertaken into: Synthesising new manipulation of bioparticles; Hydrocarbon polymers; Lipid films in Langmuir monolayer and monomers and polymers for electronic device bilayer forms; Biological polymers, enzymes and application; Fabrication of polymer MISFETs, Schottky diodes, LEDs, electrical and optical cells; Metal dielectric and metal semiconductor characterisation of polymers and devices, interfaces; Interaction of ultrasound with AFM/EFM/Kelvin probe studies on fabricated biological materials. devices.

Laser Micromachining and Laboratory-on-a-chip Research interests include: Electronic and dielectric properties of biological materials; Electrokinetic manipulation of bioparticles; Biological polymers, enzymes and cells; Microfabrication of biofactory and laboratory-ona-chip; Medical therapeutics and diagnostics.

COURSE DURATION PhD: 3 years full-time; MPhil: 2 years full-time.

170 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

RESEARCH LINKS/LINKS WITH INDUSTRY Some of our students have completed a PhD whilst working within industry with some even studying part-time while employed. Bangor University also offers various funding streams for local students (the KESS programme) which links students with industry for the duration of their PhD. You gain invaluable industry experience and the local company is able to take advantage of the latest research.

CAREER PROSPECTS PhD and MPhil graduates in this field have enviable career prospects. Some will go on to Postdoctoral positions, and eventually to academic careers. Others will go on to work in the electronics industry, where both their specialist knowledge and their general research and interpersonal skills are equally valued.

For further course details, please see: www.bangor.ac.uk/go/pg/electronicengineering

A-Z OF COURSES Accounting (PhD/MPhil) Accounting and Finance (MSc) Advanced Clinical Practice (MSc/PgDip/PgCert) Advanced Visualisation, Virtual Environments and Computer Animation (MRes) Ageing and Dementia Studies (MSc by Research/PhD/MPhil) Agricultural Systems (PhD/MPhil) Agroforestry (MSc/PhD/MPhil) Allied Health Professions (PhD/MPhil) Analytical Chemistry (MSc/PgDip) Applied Behaviour Analysis (MSc/PgDip/PgCert) Applied Marine Geoscience (MSc) Applied Sport and Exercise Physiology (MSc) Applied Sport and Exercise Psychology (MSc) Applied Sport Science (MSc) Applied Sport Science and Outdoor Activities (MSc) Archaeology (PhD/MPhil) Arthurian Literature (MA/Diploma) Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Agents (PhD/MPhil)

79 Filmmaking: Concept to Screen (MA) 26 68,100 Film (PhD/MPhil) 28 130 Film and Visual Culture (MRes) 27 Finance (MA/MSc/MBA/PhD/MPhil) 73,79,98,100 166 Fine Art (MA) 62 154,155 Food Security in a Changing Environment* (MSc) 118 120 Forensic Linguistics (MSc) 41 116,120 Forest Ecology and Management (PhD/MPhil) 120 133 Forestry (MSc by Distance Learning) 117 160 Foundations of Clinical Neuropsychology (MSc) 143 145 Foundations of Clinical Psychology (MSc) 143 122 French and Francophone Studies (PhD/MPhil) 45 149 Fundamentals of Community Practice (Level 6 Award) 134 149 149 Geography (PhD/MPhil) 120 149 German Studies (PhD/MPhil) 45 37 30 Health and Social Care Leadership (MSc/PgDip/PgCert) 130 166 Health Economics (MSc by Research/PhD/MPhil) 154,155 Health Science (MSc/PgDip/PgCert/PhD/MPhil) 131,133 Banking (PhD) 79 Health Services Research (MSc by Research/PhD/MPhil) 155 Banking and Finance (MA/MSc/MBA) 69,98,101 Health Studies (PhD/MPhil) 133 Banking and Law (MA/MBA) 70,87 Heritage (PhD/MPhil) 37 Bilingualism (MA/PhD/MPhil) 41,42 Hispanic Studies (PhD/MPhil) 45 Biodiversity Conservation (PhD/MPhil) 120 History (MA/Diploma/PhD/MPhil) 36,37 Biological Sciences (PhD/MPhil) 113 Broadband and Optical Communications (MSc) 168 Implementing Evidence in Health & Social Care (MRes/PgCert) 131 Business and Marketing (MA) 71 Information Management (MBA) 74 Business with Consumer Psychology (MA/MSc) 71 International Banking and Development Finance (MSc) 74,101 International Commercial and Business Law (LLM) 82 Celtic Archaeology (MA/Diploma) 36 International Intellectual Property Law (LLM) 82 Chemistry (MRes/PhD/MPhil/MSc by Research) 159,160,161 International Law (LLM) 83 Clinical and Functional Brain Imaging (PgCert) 144 International Law - European Law (LLM) 83 Clinical Psychology (DClinPsy) 140 International Law – Global Trade Law (LLM) 84 Clinical Sciences* (MMedSci) 136 International Law – International Criminal Law & Cognitive Linguistics (MA) 40 International Human Rights Law (LLM) 84 Communication Networks and Protocols (PhD/MPhil) 166 International Media Management (MSc) 28,75 Community Development (MA/Diploma/PgCert) 62 International Social Work (MA) 93 Comparative Criminology and Criminal Justice (MA) 92 Islamic Banking and Finance (MA/MSc/MBA) 76,99 Composition/Electro-acoustic Composition/Sonic Arts Italian Studies (PhD/MPhil) 45 – Special Track (MMus) 49 Computer Science with Artificial Intelligence (MSc) 165 Journalism (PhD/MPhil) 28 Computer Science with Security (MSc) 164 Computer Science with Visualisation (MSc) 164 Language Development (MSc) 42 Computer Science (MSc) 165 Language Policy and Planning (MA) 94 Conservation and Land Management (MSc) 116 Laser Micromachining and Laboratory-on-a-Chip (PhD/MPhil) 170 Consumer Psychology and Digital Media (MA/MSc) 142 Law (PhD, MPhil, LLM by Research) 88 Consumer Psychology with Business (MA/MSc) 141 Law - General (LLM) 85 Creative Practice (MA/Diploma) 27 Law and Banking (LLM) 85 Creative Studies (PhD/MPhil) 28 Law and Criminology (LLM) 86,92 Creative Writing (MA) 30 Law and Management (MBA) 77,88 Criminal Justice (PhD/MPhil/MARes) 96 Linguistics (MA/PhD/MPhil) 40,42 Criminology (PhD/MPhil/MARes) 96 Criminology and Law (MA) 86,92 Management (MBA) 77 Criminology and Sociology (MA) 93 Management and Finance (MA/MSc) 78 Creative and Critical Writing (PhD/MPhil) 34 Management Studies (PhD/MPhil) 79 Marine Biology (MSc) 122 Diabetes Management (PgCert) 134 Marine Environmental Protection (MSc) 123 Digital Media (MA/Diploma) 26 Marketing (MBA) 79 Media (PhD/MPhil) 28 Early Modern Literature (MA/Diploma) 31 Medical Molecular Biology with Genetics (MSc/Diploma) 112 Early Music – Standard Track (MA) 51 Medical Education Practice (PgCert) 137 Ecology (MRes) 113 Medical Sciences (MRes/PhD/MPhil) 135,137 Economics (PhD/MPhil) 79 Medical Visualisation and Simulation (PhD/MPhil) 166 Education Doctorate Programme (EdD) 106 Medieval and Early Modern Literature (MA/Diploma) 34 Education Studies (full-time) (MA) 105 Medieval Studies (MA/Diploma) 33 Education Studies (part-time) (MA) 105 Midwifery (PhD/MPhil) 133 Electrical Materials Science (PhD/MPhil) 170 Mindfulness-Based Approaches (MA/MSc) 146 Electronic Engineering (MSc/MRes) 168,169 Molecular Biology with Biotechnology (MSc) 112 English (MA/Diploma/ PhD/MPhil) 31,34 Music (MA, MMus by Research/PhD/MPhil) 52 Environmental and Soil Science (PhD/MPhil) 120 Music – Standard Track (MA) 48 Environmental Chemistry (MSc/PgDip) 161 Music – Special Track (MA) 48 Environmental Forestry (MSc) 117 20th-21st Century Music – Standard Track (MA) 51 Environmental Management (MBA) 72,120 European Languages and Cultures (MA) 44 Nanotechnology and Microfabrication (MSc) 170 Executive LLM in Public Procurement Law and Strategy (LLM) 89 Natural Sciences (MRes) 113 Exercise Rehabilitation (MSc) 149 Neuroimaging (MSc) 140 New Media (PhD/MPhil) 28 Nursing (PhD/MPhil) 133

Occupational Therapy (MSc/PgDip) Ocean Sciences (PhD/MPhil) Optical Communications (PhD/MPhil) Optoelectronics (PhD/MPhil) Organic Electronics (PhD/MPhil)

132 125 170 170 170

Pattern Recognition/Classifiers (PhD/MPhil) 166 Performance (MMus) 49 Philosophy and Religion (MA/MRes/Distance Learning/PhD/MPhil) 54,55 Physical Oceanography (MSc) 125 Policy Research and Evaluation (MA) 94 Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) Primary Education 104 Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE) Secondary Education 104 Professional Writing (PhD/MPhil) 28 Primary Education (Postgraduate Certificate in Education - PGCE) 104 Psychological Research (MSc) 144 Psychology (MA/MRes/PgCert/PhD/MA by Research) 139,141,142,145 Public Health and Health Promotion (MSc/PgDip/PgCert) 133 Public Procurement Law and Strategy (LLM) 89 Radiography (PhD/MPhil) Renewable Materials (PhD/MPhil) Risk Management (MSc/PgDip/PgCert)

133 120 132

Secondary Education (Postgraduate Certificate in Education - PGCE) 104 Social Research and Social Policy (MA) 95 Social Policy (PhD/MPhil/MA Res) 96 Social Work (MA) 96 Sociology (PhD/MPhil/MA Res) 96 Specialist Practice Award General Practice Nursing (Level 6 Award) 134 Sport and Exercise Physiology (MRes) 149,150 Sport and Exercise Psychology (MSc/MRes) 149,150 Sport and Exercise Science (MRes) 149,150 Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences (PhD/MPhil) 151 Studies in Philosophy and Religion (MA Distance Learning) 54 Sustainable Forest and Nature Management (MSc) 119 Sustainable Tropical Forestry (MSc) 119 Teaching Mindfulness-Based Courses (PgDip) The Celts (MA) Theology (MTh Distance Learning) Translation Studies (MA/PhD/MPhil) Tropical Forestry (MSc by Distance Learning)

146 58 53 44,45 118

Welsh (MA/PhD/MPhil) Welsh History (MA/Diploma/PhD/MPhil) Women's Studies (MA/Diploma)

58,59 37 63

Y Celtiaid – The Celts (MA)

58

* new course - subject to validation

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 171

GENERAL INDEX About the University Accommodation Academic Support Alumni Applying Arts and Innovation Centre - Pontio Bangor Employability Award Bangor Miles Dyslexia Centre Bursaries and Scholarships Careers and Employability Service Cost of Living Disability Service Dyslexia English Language Requirements English Language Support Entry Requirements Facilities and Resources Finance Funding How to apply Information for International Students Information Technology Services International Research Excellence International Scholarships International Student Ambassadors International Student Support Office Introduction to the University Library and Archives Service Living and Studying in Bangor Meet and Greet Service for International Students Pontio - Arts and Innovation Centre Postgraduate Students’ Forum Printing and Binding Unit Research Assessment Exercise Research Programmes Taught Courses The City of Bangor Tuition Fees Social Life and Entertainment Sport and Fitness

2 8 9 11 20 4, 14 11 10 18 11 19 10 10 16 16 20 12 18 18 20 16 13 4 18 16 16 1 12 6 16 4, 14 9 13 4 21 21 6 18 14 15

172 BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS

Student Services Students’ Union Study Options Study Skills Support Support for International Students Travelling to Bangor Welcome Week for International Students Academic Schools Bangor Business School Bangor Business School London Centre Bangor Law School School of Biological Sciences School of Chemistry School of Computer Sciences School of Creative Studies and Media School of Education School of Electronic Engineering School of English School of Environment, Natural Resources and Geography School of Healthcare Sciences School of History, Welsh History and Archaeology School of Lifelong Learning School of Linguistics and English Language School of Medical Sciences School of Modern Languages School of Music School of Ocean Sciences School of Philosophy and Religion School of Psychology School of Social Sciences School of Sport, Health and Exercise Sciences School of Welsh

9 9 20 9 9 16 6 16

67 97 81 111 159 163 25 103 167 29 115 129 35 61 39 135 43 47 121 53 139 91 147 57

Colleges College of Arts and Humanities College of Business, Law, Education and Social Sciences College of Health and Behavioural Sciences College of Natural Sciences College of Physical and Applied Sciences

22 64 126 108 156

Research Centres Archive of Traditional Welsh Music Centre for Advanced Welsh Music Studies (CAWMS) Centre for Galician Studies in Wales Centre for Medieval Studies Centre for Research in Early Music Electroacoustic Wales Environment Centre Wales ESRC Centre for Research on Bilingualism in Theory & Practice Institutes of Medieval and Early Modern Studies (IMEMS) Institute of Medical and Social Care Research (IMSCaR) International Centre for Sacred Music Studies (ICSMuS) North Wales Centre for Primary Care Research R.S. Thomas Centre Welsh Institute of Natural Resources

22 22 22 22 22 22 108 22 22 153 22 126 22 108

IMPORTANT INFORMATION The University makes all reasonable efforts to ensure that the information in this brochure is correct at the time of printing (September 2013).

The University makes all reasonable efforts to provide the courses, tuition and learning support, research opportunities and other services and facilities with reasonable care and skill and in the way described in this prospectus.

USEFUL CONTACTS BANGOR UNIVERSITY GWYNEDD LL57 2DG Tel: 01248 351151 Website: www.bangor.ac.uk UK/EU PG ADMISSIONS Tel: +44 (0)1248 388484 E-mail: postgraduate@bangor.ac.uk

However, the University shall be entitled if it reasonably considers it to be necessary (including in order to manage its resources and to improve the quality of its provision) to make reasonable changes to this provision including:

INTERNATIONAL PG ADMISSIONS Tel: +44 (0)1248 382028 E-mail: international@bangor.ac.uk

• to make change to (for example) the content and syllabus of courses and methods of teaching and assessment (including in relation to placements);

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND FOUNDATION COURSES Tel: +44 (0)1248 382252 E-mail: elcos@bangor.ac.uk

• to suspend or discontinue courses (for example, because a key member of staff is unwell or leaves the University and cannot reasonably be replaced).

HALLS OFFICE Tel: +44 (0)1248 382667 E-mail: halls@bangor.ac.uk

In the unlikely event that the University discontinues or does not provide a course or changes it significantly before it begins, the University will tell the relevant individuals at the earliest possible opportunity. An individual will be entitled to withdraw from the course by telling the University in writing within a reasonable time of being informed of the change.

The University will make available to students such learning support and other services and facilities as it considers appropriate but may vary what it provides and how it provides it (for example, the University may consider it desirable to change the way it provides library or IT support).

The willingness of the University to consider an application is no guarantee of acceptance. Students are admitted to the University on the basis that the information they provide in their application form is complete and correct.

MONEY SUPPORT UNIT Tel: +44 (0)1248 383566/383637 E-mail: moneysupport@bangor.ac.uk STUDENT HOUSING OFFICE Tel: +44 (0)1248 382034 E-mail: studenthousing@bangor.ac.uk THE MILES DYSLEXIA CENTRE Tel: +44 (0)1248 383843 E-mail: dyslex-student@bangor.ac.uk PROSPECTUS AND OTHER UNIVERSITY LITERATURE Tel: +44 (0)1248 383561/382005 E-mail: prospectus@bangor.ac.uk STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES Tel: +44 (0)1248 382024 E-mail: studentservices@bangor.ac.uk

DESIGN/IMAGES: COWBOIS/HAMILTON PRINT: W.O. JONES PRINTERS LTD Bangor University Registered Charity No: 1141565

BANGOR UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE PROSPECTUS 173